Manual QSK19

Shop Manual QSK19 Series Engines
Copyright 1997 Cummins Engine Company, Inc. All rights reserved
Bulletin No. 3666232 Printed 12/97
Foreword
This manual contains complete rebuild procedures and specifications. Disassembly, cleaning, inspection, and assembly instructions are included. A listing of accessory and component suppliers is located in Section M - Component Manufacturers. Suppliers can be contacted directly for any information not covered in this manual. Read and follow all safety instructions. Refer to the WARNING in the General Safety Instructions in Section i - Introduction. The repair procedures in this manual are based on the engine or component removed from chassis. Some rebuild procedures require the use of special service tools. Make sure the correct tools are used as described in the procedures. When a specific brand name, number, or special tool is referenced in this manual, an equivalent product can be used in place of the recommended item. A series of specific service manuals (for example: Troubleshooting and Repair, Specifications, and Alternative Repair) are available and can be ordered by filling out and mailing the Literature Order Form located in Section L - Service Literature. Cummins Engine Company, Inc. encourages the user of this manual to report errors, omissions, and recommendations for improvement. Please use the postage paid, pre-addressed Literature Survey Form in the back of this manual for communicating your comments. The specifications and rebuild information in this manual is based on the information in effect at the time of printing. Cummins Engine Company, Inc. reserves the right to make any changes at any time without obligation. If differences are found between your engine and the information in this manual, contact a Cummins Authorized Repair Location or call 1-800-DIESELS (1-800-343-7357). The latest technology and the highest quality components are used to manufacture Cummins engines. When replacement parts are needed, we recommend using only genuine Cummins or ReCon exchange parts. These parts can be identified by the following trademarks:
g-01 (shop-frwd)
Table of Contents
Section Introduction ........................................................................................................................................ Engine Identification .......................................................................................................................... Complete Engine Group 00 ............................................................................................................. Cylinder Block Group 01 ................................................................................................................. Cylinder Head Group 02 .................................................................................................................. Rocker Levers Group 03 .................................................................................................................. Cam Followers/Tappets Group 04 ................................................................................................... Fuel System Group 05 ..................................................................................................................... Injectors and Fuel Lines Group 06 ................................................................................................. Lubricating Oil System Group 07 .................................................................................................... Cooling System Group 08 ............................................................................................................... Drive Units Group 09 ....................................................................................................................... Air Intake System Group 10 ............................................................................................................ Exhaust System Group 11 ............................................................................................................... Compressed Air System Group 12 ................................................................................................. Electrical Equipment Group 13 ....................................................................................................... Engine Testing Group 14 ................................................................................................................. Mounting Adaptations Group 16 ..................................................................................................... Electronic Engine Controls Group 19 ............................................................................................. Service Literature ............................................................................................................................... Component Manufacturers ................................................................................................................. Specifications ..................................................................................................................................... Index ................................................................................................................................................... i E 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 16 19 L M V X
QSK19 Section i - Introduction
Page i-a
Section i - Introduction
Section Contents
Page About the Manual ............................................................................................................................................. i-1 General Cleaning Instructions.......................................................................................................................... Glass or Plastic Bead Cleaning ..................................................................................................................... Solvent and Acid Cleaning ............................................................................................................................ Steam Cleaning ............................................................................................................................................ i-9 i-9 i-9 i-9
General Repair Instructions.............................................................................................................................. i-8 Welding on a Vehicle with Electronic Components ......................................................................................... i-8 General Safety Instructions.............................................................................................................................. i-7 Important Safety Notice ................................................................................................................................. i-7 How to Use the Manual..................................................................................................................................... i-1 Illustrations ....................................................................................................................................................... i-6 Symbols ............................................................................................................................................................ i-2
About the Manual Page i-1
About the Manual

This manual contains information needed to correctly operate and maintain your engine as recommended by Cummins Engine Company, Inc. Additional service literature (Shop Manual, Troubleshooting and Repair Manual, etc.) can be ordered by filling out and mailing the Literature Order Form located in Service Literature, Section L. This manual does not cover vehicle or equipment maintenance procedures. Consult the vehicle or equipment manufacturer for specific maintenance recommendations. Both metric and U.S. customary values are listed in this manual. The metric value is listed first, followed by the U.S. customary in brackets. Numerous illustrations and symbols are used to aid in understanding the meaning of the text. Refer to page i-3 through i-6 for a complete listing of symbols and their definitions. Each section is preceded by a Section Contents to aid in locating information more quickly.
How to Use the Manual

This manual is organized according to the maintenance intervals that are to be performed. A table that states the required intervals and the checks to be made is located in Section 2. Locate the maintenance interval that you are performing and follow all the procedure steps given in that section. In addition, all the previous maintenance interval procedures must also be performed. Keep a record of all the checks and inspections made. A record form for recording date, mileage/kilometer or hours, and what maintenance checks were performed is located in Section 2. Refer to Section T for a troubleshooting guide to your engine. Follow the Troubleshooting Section Contents for locating and correcting engine problems. Refer to Section V for specifications recommended by Cummins Engine Company, Inc. for your engine. Specifications and torque values for each engine system are given in that section. NOTE: Discharge of oil or oily water into or upon the water is a direct violation of todays laws. Violators are subject to a penalty of various monetary charges. Dispose of these substances in accordance with standards set by the EPA.
Symbols Page i-2
Symbols
The following symbols have been used in this manual to help communicate the intent of the instructions. When one of the symbols appears, it conveys the meaning defined below:
g-01 (full-sym)
Symbols Page i-3
Symbols Page i-4
Symbols Page i-5
Illustrations Page i-6
Illustrations
Some of the illustrations throughout this manual are generic and will not look exactly like the engine or parts used in your application. The illustrations can contain symbols to indicate an action required and an acceptable or not acceptable condition.
The illustrations are intended to show repair or replacement procedures. The procedure will be the same for all applications, although the illustration can differ.
g-01 (illus)
General Safety Instructions Page i-7
General Safety Instructions

Important Safety Notice WARNING
Improper practices or carelessness can cause burns, cuts, mutilation, asphyxiation or other bodily injury or death. Read and understand all of the safety precautions and warnings before performing any repair. This list contains the general safety precautions that must be followed to provide personal safety. Special safety precautions are included in the procedures when they apply. Make sure the work area surrounding the product is dry, well lit, ventilated, free from clutter, loose tools, parts, ignition sources and hazardous substances. Be aware of hazardous conditions that can exist. Always wear protective glasses and protective shoes when working. Rotating parts can cause cuts, mutilation or strangulation. Do not wear loose-fitting or torn clothing. Remove all jewelry when working. Disconnect the battery (negative [-] cable first) and discharge any capacitors before beginning any repair work. Disconnect the air starting motor if equipped to prevent accidental engine starting. Put a Do Not Operate tag in the operators compartment or on the controls. Use ONLY the proper engine barring techniques for manually rotating the engine. Do not attempt to rotate the crankshaft by pulling or prying on the fan. This practice can cause serious personal injury, property damage, or damage to the fan blade(s) causing premature fan failure. If an engine has been operating and the coolant is hot, allow the engine to cool before you slowly loosen the filler cap and relieve the pressure from the cooling system. Do not work on anything that is supported ONLY by lifting jacks or a hoist. Always use blocks or proper stands to support the product before performing any service work. Relieve all pressure in the air, oil, fuel and the cooling systems before any lines, fittings, or related items are removed or disconnected. Be alert for possible pressure when disconnecting any device from a system that utilizes pressure. Do not check for pressure leaks with your hand. High pressure oil or fuel can cause personal injury. To prevent suffocation and frostbite, wear protective clothing and ONLY disconnect fuel and liquid refrigerant (freon) lines in a well ventilated area. To protect the environment, liquid refrigerant systems must be properly emptied and filled using equipment that prevents the release of refrigerant gas (fluorocarbons) into the atmosphere. Federal law requires capturing and recycling refrigerant. To avoid personal injury, use a hoist or get assistance when lifting components that weigh 23 kg [50 lb] or more. Make sure all lifting devices such as chains, hooks, or slings are in good condition and are of the correct capacity. Make sure hooks are positioned correctly. Always use a spreader bar when necessary. The lifting hooks must not be side-loaded. Corrosion inhibitor, a component of SCA and lubricating oil, contains alkali. Do not get the substance in your eyes. Avoid prolonged or repeated contact with skin. Do not swallow internally. In case of contact, immediately wash skin with soap and water. In case of contact, immediately flood eyes with large amounts of water for a minimum of 15 minutes. IMMEDIATELY CALL A PHYSICIAN. KEEP OUT OF REACH OF CHILDREN. Naptha and Methyl Ethyl Ketone (MEK) are flammable materials and must be used with caution. Follow the manufacturers instructions to provide complete safety when using these materials. KEEP OUT OF REACH OF CHILDREN. To avoid burns, be alert for hot parts on products that have just been turned off, and hot fluids in lines, tubes, and compartments. Always use tools that are in good condition. Make sure you understand how to use them before performing any service work. Use ONLY genuine Cummins or Cummins ReCon replacement parts. Always use the same fastener part number (or equivalent) when replacing fasteners. Do not use a fastener of lesser quality if replacements are necessary. Do not perform any repair when fatigued or after consuming alcohol or drugs that can impair your functioning. Some state and federal agencies in the United States of America have determined that used engine oil can be carcinogenic and can cause reproductive toxicity. Avoid inhalation of vapors, ingestion, and prolonged contact with used engine oil.
g-02 (safety)
General Repair Instructions Page i-8
General Repair Instructions

This engine incorporates the latest technology at the time it was manufactured; yet, it is designed to be repaired using normal repair practices performed to quality standards. Cummins Engine Company, Inc. does not recommend or authorize any modifications or repairs to engines or components except for those detailed in Cummins Service Information. In particular, unauthorized repair to safety-related components can cause personal injury or death. Below is a partial listing of components classified as safety-related: Air Compressor Air Controls Air Shutoff Assemblies Balance Weights Cooling Fan Fan Hub Assembly Fan Mounting Bracket(s) Fan Mounting Capscrews Fan Hub Spindle Flywheel Flywheel Crankshaft Adapter Flywheel Mounting Capscrews Fuel Shutoff Assemblies Fuel Supply Tubes Lifting Brackets Throttle Controls Turbocharger Compressor Casing Turbocharger Oil Drain Line(s) Turbocharger Oil Supply Line(s) Turbocharger Turbine Casing Vibration Damper Mounting Capscrews
Follow all safety instructions noted in the procedures Follow the manufacturers recommendations for cleaning solvents and other substances used during the repair of the engine. Some solvents and used engine oil have been identified by government agencies as toxic or carcinogenic. Avoid excessive breathing, injestion and contact with such substances. Always use good safety practices with tools and equipment. Provide a clean environment and follow the cleaning instructions specified in the procedures The engine and its components must be kept clean during any repair. Contamination of the engine or components will cause premature wear. Perform the inspections specified in the procedures Replace all components or assemblies which are damaged or worn beyond the specifications Use genuine Cummins new or ReCon service parts and assemblies The assembly instructions have been written to use again as many components and assemblies as possible. When it is necessary to replace a component or assembly, the procedure is based on the use of new Cummins or Cummins ReCon components. All of the repair services described in this manual are available from all Cummins Distributors and most Dealer locations. Follow the specified disassembly and assembly procedures to avoid damage to the components Complete rebuild instructions are available in the shop manual which can be ordered or purchased from a Cummins Authorized Repair Location. Refer to Section L Service Literature for ordering instructions.
Welding on a Vehicle with Electronic Components CAUTION

Improper welding can destroy the vehicles electronic components. Before welding, disconnect the negative (-) and then positive (+) battery cables. Attach the welder ground cable within 0.61 meters [2 feet] of the part being welded. Do NOT connect the welder ground cable to any electronic component or component mounting location. Do NOT weld on the engine or engine-mounted components.
g-03 (repair-e)
General Cleaning Instructions Page i-9
General Cleaning Instructions

Solvent and Acid Cleaning
Several solvent and acid-type cleaners can be used to clean the engine parts. Experience has shown that the best results can be obtained using a cleaner that can be heated to 90 to 95 degrees Celsius [180 to 200 degrees Fahrenheit]. A cleaning tank that provides a constant mixing and filtering of the cleaning solution will give the best results. Cummins Engine Company, Inc. does not recommend any specific cleaners. Always follow the cleaner manufacturers instructions. Remove all the gasket material, o-rings, and the deposits of sludge, carbon, etc., with a wire brush or scraper before putting the parts in a cleaning tank. Be careful not to damage any gasket surfaces. When possible, steam clean the parts before putting them in the cleaning tank.
WARNING
Acid is extremely dangerous and can damage the machinery. Always provide a tank of strong soda water as a neutralizing agent. Rinse all of the parts in hot water after cleaning. Dry completely with compressed air. Blow the rinse water from all of the capscrew holes and the oil drillings. If the parts are not to be used immediately after cleaning, dip them in a suitable rustproofing compound. The rustproofing compound must be removed from the parts before installation on the engine.
Steam Cleaning
Steam cleaning can be used to remove all types of dirt that can contaminate the cleaning tank. It is a good way to clean the oil drillings.
WARNING
Wear protective clothing to prevent personal injury from the high pressure and extreme heat. Do not steam clean the following parts: 1. Electrical Components 5. Belts and Hoses 2. Wiring 6. Bearings 3. Injectors 7. Electronic Control Module (ECM) 4. Fuel Pump 8. ECM Connectors
Glass or Plastic Bead Cleaning

Glass or plastic bead cleaning can be used on many engine components to remove carbon deposits. The cleaning process is controlled by the size of the glass or plastic beads, the operating pressure, and the cleaning time.
CAUTION
Do not use glass or plastic bead cleaning on aluminum piston skirts. Do not use glass bead cleaning on aluminum ring grooves. Small particles of glass or plastic will embed in the aluminum and result in premature wear. Valves, turbocharger shafts, etc., can also be damaged. Follow the cleaning directions listed in the procedures. NOTE: Plastic bead blasting media, Part No. 3822735, can be used to clean aluminum ring grooves. Do not use any bead blasting media on pin bores or aluminum skirts. Follow the equipment manufacturers cleaning instructions. The following guidelines can be used to adapt to manufacturers instructions: 1. Bead size: - Use U.S. size No. 16-20 for piston cleaning with plastic bead media, Part No. 3822735. - Use U.S. size No. 70 for piston domes with glass media. - Use U.S. size No. 60 for general purpose cleaning with glass media. 2. Operating Pressure: - Glass: Use 620 kPa [90 psi] for general purpose cleaning. - Plastic: Use 270 kPa [40 psi] for piston cleaning. 3. Steam clean or wash the parts with solvent to remove all of the foreign material and glass or plastic beads after cleaning. Rinse with hot water. Dry with compressed air. 4. Do not contaminate the wash tanks with glass or plastic beads.
g-01 (clean-e)
General Cleaning Instructions Page i-10
NOTES
QSK19 Section E - Engine Identification
Page E-a
Section E - Engine Identification

Section Contents
Page Engine Diagrams ............................................................................................................................................. E-6 Engine Views ............................................................................................................................................... E-6 Engine Identification ....................................................................................................................................... Cummins Engine Nomenclature ................................................................................................................... ECM Dataplate ............................................................................................................................................ Engine Dataplate ......................................................................................................................................... Specifications.................................................................................................................................................. Air Intake System ......................................................................................................................................... Batteries (Specific Gravity) ............................................................................................................................ Cooling System ........................................................................................................................................... Electrical System ......................................................................................................................................... Exhaust System ........................................................................................................................................... Fuel System ................................................................................................................................................. General Specifications ................................................................................................................................. Lubricating Oil System ................................................................................................................................. E-1 E-1 E-1 E-1 E-2 E-2 E-5 E-4 E-2 E-4 E-2 E-2 E-3
Engine Identification Page E-1
Engine Identification
Cummins Engine Nomenclature
The model name provides identification data for the engine. Refer to the illustration for the model name identification. The application codes are: A = Agricultural C = Construction D = Generator Drive F = Fire Pump G = Generator Set L = Locomotive M = Marine P = Power Unit R = Railcar T = Tactical Military
Engine Dataplate
The engine dataplate shows specific information about the engine. The engine serial number (ESN) (1), Control Parts List (CPL) (2), Model (3), and Horsepower and rpm rating (4) provide information for ordering parts and service needs. NOTE: The engine dataplate must not be changed unless approved by Cummins Engine Company, Inc.
ECM Dataplate
The external ECM dataplate is located on top on the ECM. The dataplate contains the following: ECM part number (P/N) ECM serial number (S/N) Manufacturer date code (D/C) Engine serial number (ESN) ECM code identifying the software in the ECM
Specifications Page E-2
Specifications
General Specifications
NOTE: For performance and fuel rate values, refer to the engine data sheet, or the fuel pump code for the particular model involved. Engine Speed ................................................... Refer to the fuel pump calibration data for optional speed rating. Displacement ....................................................................................................................... 19 liters [1150 C.I.D.] Bore and Stroke ................................................................................. 158.75 mm x 158.75 mm [6.25 in x 6.25 in] Engine Weight: Dry ........................................................................................................................................ 1720 kg [3800 lb] Wet ........................................................................................................................................ 2045 kg [4504 lb] Firing Order ......................................................................................................................................... 1-5-3-6-2-4 Valve and injector settings: Intake valve adjustment ....................................................................................................... 0.36 mm [0.014 in] Intake valve limits ........................................................................................ 0.28 to 0.43 mm [0.011 to 0.017 in] Exhaust valve adjustment .................................................................................................... 0.81 mm [0.032 in] Exhaust valve limits ................................................................................... 0.74 to 0.89 mm [0.029 to 0.035 in] Injector OBC Method adjustment (in engine) ........................................................................ 19 Nm [165 in-lb] Compression Ratio: 525 HP to 600 HP-Jacket Water Aftercooled (JWAC) ............................................................................... 17.0:1 600 HP to 750 HP-Low Temperature Aftercooled (LTA) ............................................................................. 15.0:1 Crankshaft Rotation (Viewed from the front of the engine) ..................................................................... Clockwise
Air Intake System

Maximum Allowable Intake Restriction (at rated speed and load) With Clean Filter Element ....................................................................................... 380 mm H2O [15 in H2O] With Dirty Filter Element ......................................................................................... 635 mm H2O [25 in H2O]
Electrical System
Maximum Starting Circuit Resistance 24 - volt starter .......................................................................................................................... 0.00200 Ohms Battery Cable Sizes - American Wire Gauge (Maximum length in cranking motor circuit) 24 to 32 - volt No. 00 ........................................................................................................................................... 6.1 No. 000 ......................................................................................................................................... 8.2 No. 0000 or two No. 0* ................................................................................................................ 10.7 Two No. 00 .................................................................................................................................. 13.7 m m m m [20 [27 [35 [45 ft] ft] ft] ft]
Minimum Cranking Speed Without Starting Aid ....................................................................................... 150 rpm * Two strands of No. 0 cable can be used instead of one No. 0000 cable, providing all connections are carefully made to provide equal current flow in each parallel cable. NOTE: Starting aids, such as block heaters, lubricating oil pan heaters, etc., are available to aid in cold weather starting.
System Voltage
24 Volt**
Ambient Temperatures -18C (0F) 0C (32F) Cold Cranking Reserve Capacity* Cold Cranking Reserve Capacity* Amperes Amperes Amperes Amperes 900 320 640 240
* The number of plates within a given battery size determines reserve capacity. Reserve capacity is the length of time sustained cranking can occur. ** CCA ratings are based on two 12-volt batteries in series.
Fuel System
NOTE: For performance and fuel rate values, refer to the engine data sheet, or the fuel pump code for the particular rating involved. Basic Application Requirements Engine Idle Speed ...................................................................................................................... 600 to 1400 rpm Fuel Inlet Maximum Restriction: Clean Fuel Filter ......................................................................................................... 100 mm Hg [4.0 in-Hg] Dirty Fuel Filter .......................................................................................................... 203 mm Hg [8.0 in-Hg] Fuel Drain Line Restriction: With Check Valves ...................................................................................................... 0 to 21 kPa [0 to 3 psi] With Check Valves Removed* .................................................................................. 14 to 34 kPa [2 to 5 psi] *All QSK19 engines are built with a check valve. Fuel Check Valve Between Fuel Pump and Cylinder Head (Integral to Fuel Pump): Opening Pressure ..................................................................................................... 21 to 35 kPa [3 to 5 psi] Engine Minimum Cranking Speed ........................................................................................................... 150 rpm Fuel Check Valve in Fuel Drain Line: Opening Pressure ......................................................................................... 13 to 25 mm Hg [1/4 to 1/2 psi] Derate Engine Fuel Rate for High Altitude ................................. 4% per 300 m [1000 ft] above 3600 m [12,000 ft] Derate Engine Fuel Rate for Hot Weather ......................... 2% per 11C above 38C [1% per 10F above 100F] Shutoff Valve Solenoid Coil Resistance in Ohms 24VDC ............................................................... 28 to 32 Ohms Fuel Pump Cranking Pressure - Minimum: ................................................................ 172 kPa [25 psi] @ 150 rpm Fuel Pump Pressure - Minimum: 1500 rpm: ......................................................................................................................... 1800 rpm: ......................................................................................................................... 2100 rpm: .......................................................................................................................... 2350 rpm: ......................................................................................................................... 1448 kPa [210 1655 kPa [240 1861 kPa [270 1999 kPa [290 psi] psi] psi] psi]
Fuel Filter Specifications (Cummins Engine Company, Inc. Standard No. 14,223) Efficiency: ......................................................................................................................... 98.7% at 10 microns 96.0% at 8 microns 86.0% at 5 microns Water Removal: ............................................................................................................................ Free = 95% Emulsified = 95%
Lubricating Oil System

Oil Pressure (With 15W-40 Oil at 107 C [225 F]) At Idle (Minimum Allowable) .................................................................................................... 138 kPa [20 psi] At No Load Governed Speed ............................................................................... 345 to 483 kPa [50 to 70 psi] Oil Temperature Maximum ................................................................................................................................. 120C [250 F] Oil Filter Capacity Bypass Filter (Spin-On)(LF777 Fleetguard) ............................................................ 2.3 Liters [0.6 U.S. Gallons] Full-Flow Filter (Spin-On)(LF670 Fleetguard) .......................................................... 2.7 Liters [0.7 U.S. Gallons] Combination Filter (Two LF3000 Fleetguard) .......................................................... 5.7 Liters [1.5 U.S. Gallons] Oil Pan Part No. 3096460 3086096 3086097 3331695 3331568 Oil Pan Capacity (Liters) High Low 72 64 61 49 61 49 61 49 114 102 High 19 16 16 16 30 [U.S. Gallons] Low 17 13 13 13 27
NOTE: When the rear gear train option is specified, add 7.6 liters [2 U.S. gallons] to the oil pan capacity listed above.
Cooling System
Coolant Capacity (Engine Only) ............................................................................................................. 32.2 liters [34 U.S. Quarts] Standard Modulating Thermostat Range .............................................................. 82C to 94C [180F to 202F] Standard LTA Thermostat Range .......................................................................... 69C to 78C [157F to 172F] Maximum Coolant Pressure (Exclusive of Pressure Cap) ............................................................. 241 kPa [35 psi] Maximum Allowable Top Tank Temperature ..................................................................................... 100C [212F] Minimum Recommended Top Tank Temperature .............................................................................. 70C [160F] Maximum Allowable Deaeration Time .................................................................................................. 25 Minutes Minimum Allowable Drawdown or 20% of System Capacity (whichever is greater) .......... 11 liters [12 U.S. Quarts] Minimum Allowable Pressure Cap ................................................................................................... 50 kPa [7 psi]
Exhaust System
Back Pressure - Maximum (at rated speed and load): ......................................................... 75 mm Hg [3.0 in Hg] Exhaust Pipe Size (Normally Acceptable Inside Diameter): All Ratings ............................................................................................................................ 152 mm [6.0 in]
Batteries (Specific Gravity)
Engine Diagrams Page E-6
Engine Diagrams
Engine Views
The illustrations show the locations of the major external engine components, the filters, and other service and maintenance points. Some external components will be at different locations for different engine models.
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12.
Fuel Rail Quick-Disconnect Fitting Timing Rail Quick-Disconnect Fitting Oil Pressure Sensor (OPS) Intake Manifold Temperature Sensor (IMTS) Intake Manifold Pressure Sensor (IMPS) Engine Speed Sensor (ESS)(Generator Drive) Ambient Air Pressure Sensor (AAPS) Fuel Pump Outlet Quick-Disconnect Fitting Engine Speed Sensor (NOT Generator Drive) Coolant Temperature Sensor (CTS) OEM Interface Harness Engine Harness
A. Fan Hub B. Aftercooler Assembly C. Combination Full Flow/ Bypass Oil Filters D. Electronic Control Module (ECM) E. Dipstick F. Fuel Filters G. Control Valve Body H. Air Compressor I. Fuel Pump
EXHAUST SIDE - QSK19
1. Coolant Outlet 2. Coolant Inlet 3. Alternate Location for Engine Speed Sensor (ESS)(G-Drive ONLY) 4. Coolant Supply to Turbocharger 5. Turbocharger Oil Drain 6. Oil Inlet to Turbocharger
A. B. C. D. E. F. G.
Turbocharger Thermostat Housing Fan Idler and Assembly Coolant Filter Starting Motor Flywheel Housing Oil Cooler
NOTES
QSK19 Section 0 - Complete Engine - Group 00
Page 0-a
Section 0 - Complete Engine - Group 00

Section Contents
Page Engine Assembly ........................................................................................................................................... 0-58 Assemble ................................................................................................................................................... 0-58 Engine Disassembly ........................................................................................................................................ Disassemble ................................................................................................................................................ General Information ...................................................................................................................................... Assembly .............................................................................................................................................. Disassembly.......................................................................................................................................... 0-8 0-9 0-8 0-8 0-8
Service Tools ................................................................................................................................................... 0-1 Engine Disassembly and Assembly ............................................................................................................... 0-1
Service Tools Page 0-1
Service Tools
Engine Disassembly and Assembly
The following special tools are recommended to perform procedures in this section. The use of these tools is shown in the appropriate procedure. These tools can be purchased from your local Cummins Authorized Repair Location.
Tool No.
Tool Description Engine Support Bracket Kit Support the front of the engine to allow the front support or oil pan adapter to be removed.
Tool Illustration
3375252
Depth Gauge Assembly 3823495 Measure cylinder liner protrusion and cylinder liner counterbore ledge angle.
Puller Remove the alternator and accessory drive pulleys. ST-647
Main Bearing Cap Pulley Used to remove the main bearing caps from the cylinder block. ST-1178
Drill Ream Fixture ST-1232 Machine dowel hole to install oversize dowels in cylinder block and flywheel housing. Use with a drill, reamer, and the appropriate drill/ream bushing set.
Piston Ring Expander ST-1269 Designed to install piston rings on the piston without damaging or distorting the rings.
Service Tools Page 0-2 Tool No. Tool Description Connecting Rod Guide Pins 3375098
QSK19 Section 0 - Complete Engine - Group 00 Tool Illustration
Special nylon pins used to protect the crankshaft journal by guiding the connecting rod during installation or removal.
Liner Installation Tool Install cylinder liner in engine. 3375422
Crack Detection Kit 3375432 Check for cracks in any engine component. Contains cleaner, developer, and penetrant.
Injection Timing Tool 3824942 Check injection timing. The timing fixture is designed to determine the push tube travel in relation to the piston travel.
Universal Injector Timing Tool Fixture Kit Update 3824946 Up-Date Kit for the previous Universal Injection Timing Tool, 3823451, to include QSK 19 hardware.
Light Duty Puller Kit Remove small bushings, oil seals, and bearings. 3375784
Puller Assembly 3375834 Remove the crankshaft front gear from the crankshaft. Use with Part No. 3375835 Puller Jaw.
Universal Liner Puller Remove cylinder liner from engine. 3376015
QSK19 Section 0 - Complete Engine - Group 00 Tool No. Tool Description Pulley Installation Tool Install the alternator and accessory drive pulleys. 3376326
Service Tools Page 0-3 Tool Illustration
Cummins Sealant 3823494 Used to prevent coolant or oil leaks. This is one part Room Temperature Vulcanizing (RTV) silicone rubber, adhesive, and sealant material having high heat and oil resistance, and low compression rate. Camshaft Bushing Tool Hydraulic Actuator Kit 3823621 Hydraulic ram provides the force to install/remove cam bushings when used with installation/removal kit.
Camshaft Bushing Installation/Removal Kit 3824863 Used with the Part No. 3823621 Camshaft Bushing Hydraulic Actuator Kit to remove the camshaft bushing.
Camshaft Pilot 3825150 Install camshaft without damaging the camshaft bushings or camshaft.
Camshaft Gear Puller Kit 3824900 Remove camshaft gear from camshaft without removing camshaft from engine.
Main Bearing Roll-out Tool Used to remove and install main bearing shell. 3823818
Torque Wrench Adapter ST-669 Secures the rocker lever adjusting screw while tightening the lock nut.
Service Tools Page 0-4 Tool No. Water Tube Driver ST-1319 Tool Description
Used to install or remove the water transfer tubes from the rocker housings.
Torque Wrench 3824783 A dial-type torque wrench used to accurately adjust injectors in inch-pounds. Use of a clicker-type torque wrench is not recommended. 0-35 Nm [0-300 in-lb]
Light Duty Puller Kit Used to remove small bushings, oil seals, and bearings. 3375784
Torque Wrench 3376592 Inch-pound torque wrench used to tighten the valve lever adjusting screw. Does not require screwdriver attachment.
Valve Setting Gauge Kit 3824901 Kit contains two 25.4 mm [1 in] wide feeler gauges for centering under the swivel foot of the rocker lever when setting the valves. The kit contains an intake valve gauge at 0.36 mm [0.014 in] and an exhaust valve gauge at 0.081 mm [0.032 in]. Fuel Pump/Air Compressor Wrench 3376845 Used to reach nuts when removing or installing the fuel pump or air compressor.
Filter Wrench Remove spin-on filter. 3375049
Injector Removal / Installation Tool Used to remove and install the QSK injector. 3823580 3824830
QSK19 Section 0 - Complete Engine - Group 00 Tool No. Torque Wrench 3824783 This is a [3/8 inch] drive, [300 in-lb], torque wrench used to set injector preload adjustments on engines with the high pressure fuel injection systems such as the QUANTUM Series K19. Tool Description
Pressure Regulator Removal Tool 3375055 Remove retaining ring from lubricating oil pump regulator (on engine).
Filter Cutter Open spin-on full-flow filter for inspection. 3376579
Thermostat Seal Mandrel Install the thermostat seal in the thermostat housing. ST-1225
Belt Tension Gauge Measure the accessory drive belt tension. ST-1293
Coupling Puller 3376663 Used to remove accessory drive coupling and spline coupling hub.
Oil Seal Remover/Installer Used to remove small bushings, oil seals, and bearings. 3824760
Dial depth gauge ST-537 This gauge is used to check for proper nozzle ring crush or end clearance checks on turbochargers.
Service Tools Page 0-6 Tool No. O-Ring Pick Use to remove and install o-rings. 3376399 Tool Description
Lubricating Oil Sampling Filter Used to monitor oil contamination. ST-1135
Dowel Pin Extractor Remove dowel pins. ST-1134
Digital Volt-Ohm Meter 3377161 Measure electrical circuits; voltage (volts), resistance (ohms), and current (amps).
Weather-Pack Terminal Removal Tool Used to repair Weather-Pack connectors. 3822608
Engine Position Sensor Installation Tool Used to remove and install the engine position sensor. 3822747
Deutsch Terminal Removal Tool Used to repair Deutsch connectors. 3822760
QSK19 Section 0 - Complete Engine - Group 00 Tool No. Heat Gun Used to repair connector wires. 3822860 Tool Description
Wiring Repair Kit 3822926 Contains a variety of connectors, pins, seals, terminals, test leads, and other tools used to repair connectors.
Wire Crimping Pliers Used when repairing connector wires. 3284903
Lubricant DS-ES 3822934 Dielectric lithium grease used to lubricate the pins in the electrical connectors before installation.
Deep Well Socket (11/4 inch) Used to remove and install sensors and actuators. 3823843
Electrical Contact Cleaner 3824510 A non-petroleum cleaner used to clean electrical contacts and connectors.
Engine Disassembly (000-003) Page 0-8
Engine Disassembly (000-003)

General Information
General Information These procedures apply to all QSK19 engines. The differences between engine model due to the application, the optional equipment on an engine, and the year an engine was built are included in the instructions. Omit the steps that do not apply to the engine being rebuilt.
WARNING
A Warning statement is included for any component or assembly that weighs more than 23 kg [50 lb]. To avoid personal injury, use a hoist or get assistance from more than one person when removing or installing these parts.
CAUTION
All fasteners are given in U.S. Customary measurements. All fasteners have right-handed threads unless a Caution states that a fastener has left-handed threads. Disassembly The instructions in this procedure are organized in a logical sequence to disassemble an engine. This is not the only sequence to disassemble an engine. Certain parts must be removed in the sequence indicated. Use this sequence until you become familiar with the engine. Discard all gaskets, seals, hoses, filters, and o-rings. Keep these parts if they are needed for a failure analysis. Label, tag, or mark the parts for location as the parts are removed. This will help find all the parts that can be involved in a failure, and simplify the assembly procedure. Label, tag, or mark the wiring harness and all components and sensors as they are removed from the engine. Label, tag, mark, or photograph all special equipment prior to removal from an engine. This engine assembly procedure does not include the installation of special optional equipment. Force must be used to remove certain parts. A mallet must be used when force is required. Avoid as much dirt as possible during disassembly. The accumulation of additional dirt will make it more difficult to clean the components. Assembly This procedure assumes that all of the components and assemblies have been cleaned, replaced, or rebuilt and are ready to be installed on the engine. Torque values are listed in each step. If a torque value is not specified, use the chart listed in the Specifications (Section V) to determine the correct torque value. Many of the gaskets and o-rings are manufactured from a material designed to absorb oil. These gaskets will enlarge and provide a tight seal after coming in contact with oil. Use ONLY a recommended contact adhesive or a vegetable based oil to install these parts. If the capscrew length is not specified, use the formula in the Specifications (Section V) to determine the correct capscrew length. The use of a longer capscrew than the capscrew that is listed can result in damage to the engine.
Disassemble
Remove the Water Filter Open the draincock on the oil cooler housing and on the water pump. Remove and discard the coolant filter.
Prepare Engine to be Mounted on Rebuild Stand WARNING When using steam, wear protective clothing and safety glasses or a face shield. Hot steam can cause serious personal injury. CAUTION Cover all engine openings and electrical components. This will prevent water damage. Use steam to clean the heavy dirt from the exterior of the engine.
NOTE: Put a tag on all hoses, lines, linkage, and electrical connections as they are removed to identify location and aid during the installation process.
QSK19 Section 0 - Complete Engine - Group 00 WARNING Hot oil can cause serious personal injury. Drain the oil when the oil temperature is approximately 60C [140F]. WARNING Some State and Federal agencies in the United States of America have determined that used engine oil can be carcinogenic and can cause reproductive toxicity. Avoid inhalation of vapors, ingestion, and prolonged contact with used engine oil. Always use the proper procedures to dispose of the oil. Remove the oil drain plug from the bottom of the oil sump. Drain the oil. Install the drain plug. Tighten the drain plug. Torque Value: 100 Nm Remove the 28 capscrews. Remove the oil pan. Remove and discard the gasket. [75 ft-lb]
Rail Applications Remove the lubricating oil drain plug. Drain the lubricating oil. Replace the drain plug and tighten. Torque Value: 100 Nm [75 ft-lb]
QSK19 Section 0 - Complete Engine - Group 00 Rail Applications Remove the lubricating oil filters and filter head. Remove the fuel filter and filter head. Remove the coolant filter and filter head.
Rail Applications Remove 15 capscrews on the top of the oil pan. Install two 3/8 - 16 guide studs in the capscrew holes.
Rail Applications Remove the remaining 23 capscrews. Remove the lubricating oil pan. Remove and discard the gasket.
Remove the Fuel Filters WARNING Fuel is flammable. Do not allow cigarettes, flames, sparks, arcing switches or equipment, pilot lights, or other ignition sources near the fuel system. Close the fuel line shutoff valve before changing the fuel filters, or the overhead tank can drain, causing a fuel leak. Remove the fuel filter with filter wrench, Part No. 3376807.
QSK19 Section 0 - Complete Engine - Group 00 Remove the thread adapter sealing ring (1). Use a clean, lint-free towel to clean the surface of the filter head gasket.
Remove the Oil Filters The external appearance of the full-flow (1) the bypass (2) and the combination (3) filters are the same. The accompanying picture identifies the differences among the three filters. CAUTION The bypass and combination filters both have the same threads. Verify correct filter is used for replacement to avoid damage to the engine. NOTE: The full-flow filter contains [1 1/2-16 inch] threads. The bypass and combination filters contain [2 1/4-12 inch] threads. A combination oil filter is used on most engines. The upper section of the filter contains the full-flow filter element while the lower section contain the bypass element.
NOTE: The following illustrations show the combination oil filter. Use the same procedure when changing the remote bypass oil filters. Use an oil filter wrench, Part No. 3375049, or equivalent. Remove the oil filters. Discard the filters if they are not needed for a failure analysis.
QSK19 Section 0 - Complete Engine - Group 00 Remove the Cooling Fan Drive Belt CAUTION The fan belt idler is under tension. Do NOT allow your hands to get between the idler and the belt, or the fan hub. Personal injury can result. Loosen nuts (1) and (2). Turn nut (1) counterclockwise to end of threaded rod to relieve tension on the belt.
Remove the fan belt.
Check the belt for wear. If the belt indicates any wear, it must be replaced.
Remove the Alternator Drive Belt Loosen the adjusting link and the alternator mounting capscrews. NOTE: The lower jam nut has left-hand threads. Loosen both of the jam nuts. Turn the adjusting screw to relieve the belt tension. Remove the belt.
QSK19 Section 0 - Complete Engine - Group 00 Check the belt for wear. If the belt indicates any wear, it must be replaced.
Remove the Alternator WARNING Always disconnect the negative (-) cable first to avoid sparks that can ignite explosive battery gases. WARNING Batteries emit hydrogen gas. To avoid explosion and personal injury, do not smoke or allow ignition source in area when servicing batteries. Disconnect the wiring and ground strap from the alternator.
Remove capscrews (1) and (2) and the adjusting link. Remove capscrew (3) and nut. Remove the alternator.
Remove the Belt Driven Fan Hub CAUTION This assembly weighs more than 23 kg [50 lb]. To avoid personal injury, use a hoist or get personal assistance. Remove the eight nuts and washers, and the fan hub.
QSK19 Section 0 - Complete Engine - Group 00 Remove the Fan Drive Idler Arm Assembly CAUTION The belt tensioner and the pivot arm assembly will rotate during removal. Personal injury can result. To avoid personal injury, use a hoist or get personal assistance to lift the component. Remove the belt adjusting nut (1) from the tensioner assembly. Remove the three capscrews (2) from the pivot arm assembly. Remove the pivot arm and the belt tensioner as an assembly. Remove the belt tensioner from the idler arm assembly.
Remove the Coolant Tubes and Hoses - Conventional Aftercooling Remove the bypass tube clip (9). Loosen both hose clamps. Remove the bypass tube.
Remove the aftercooler coolant return tube aftercooler coolant supply tube, gaskets and hoses from the thermostat housing support.
QSK19 Section 0 - Complete Engine - Group 00 Remove the aftercooler water supply tube clip (7). Loosen the hose clamps. Remove the support bracket (34). Remove the tube (31). Remove and discard the o-ring.
Remove the Coolant Tubes and Hoses - Low Temperature Aftercooling Remove the bypass tube clamp (9). Loosen both hose clamps. Remove the bypass tube, hose, and water connection.
Remove the water inlet and outlet tube clips (7). Loosen the hose clamps. Remove the aftercooler water tube support bracket (34). Remove the aftercooler water tubes. Remove and discard the o-rings. Disconnect the coolant temperature sensor wire (17).
Remove the aftercooler water supply tube clip (7). Loosen the hose clamps. Remove the support bracket (34). Remove the tube (31). Remove and discard the o-ring.
QSK19 Section 0 - Complete Engine - Group 00 Remove the Turbocharger Coolant Supply and Return Hoses NOTE: This procedure applies to a turbocharger with a water-cooled bearing housing. Disconnect the coolant supply hose and the coolant return hose from the turbocharger.
Remove the Crossover Connection Remove the four mounting capscrews at the top of the air crossover. Loosen the four capscrews at the bottom of the air crossover until there is clearance between the washer and the crossover. Remove the air crossover hose clamps and slide the hose down the turbocharger outlet. Remove the air crossover.
Remove the Turbocharger Remove the mounting capscrews, nuts, and the turbocharger. Remove and discard the gasket.
Rail Applications Remove the turbocharger drain line from the scavenge cross and the turbocharger. Loosen the hose clamp and remove the hose.
QSK19 Section 0 - Complete Engine - Group 00 Rail Applications Remove the 24 capscrews and intake manifold.
Remove the Exhaust Manifold Use two [7/16-14x5 in] guide studs (12). Remove two capscrews as shown. Install the guide studs as shown.
CAUTION This assembly weighs more than 23 kg [50 lb]. To avoid personal injury, use a hoist or get assistance to lift the component. Remove the remaining capscrews. Remove the exhaust manifold and the gaskets. Discard the gaskets.
Marine Applications NOTE: Do not rip, tear, or damage the insulation of the exhaust manifolds. Remove the 7 mounting capscrews. Remove the heat shield. The heat shield comes straight off the manifold.
QSK19 Section 0 - Complete Engine - Group 00 OEM Interface Harness - General Information The QSK equipped engines use three separate wiring harness to control the engine and some of the vehicle operations. 1. Engine Harness 2. OEM Interface Harness 3. OEM Harness
Replace a harness if there is an open circuit or a short circuit found under the protective covering of the harness body.
OEM Wiring Harness - General Information The OEM harness is supplied and installed by the vehicle manufacturer. Follow the vehicle manufacturers instructions, if replacement is necessary. Refer to the vehicle manufacturers troubleshooting and repair manual.
Remove the OEM Interface Harness Disconnect the 21-pin and 31-pin connectors from the OEM harness.
QSK19 Section 0 - Complete Engine - Group 00 Disconnect the 2-pin and 6-pin Deutsch connectors.
Remove the 21-pin and 31-pin connectors from the harness support brackets.
Use a 4 mm [5/32 in] hex head wrench to disconnect the OEM interface harness Deutsch connector from the ECM.
Cut the six wire ties from the harness support bracket and remove the OEM interface harness from the engine.
QSK19 Section 0 - Complete Engine - Group 00 Remove the Engine Wiring Harness Disconnect the engine harness from the coolant pressure sensor. Remove the engine harness clamps.
Cut the ties on the alternator bracket and front engine cover bracket.
Disconnect the coolant temperature sensor and engine position sensor.
Cut the ties on the thermostat housing bracket, aftercooler tube, and fuel tube.
QSK19 Section 0 - Complete Engine - Group 00 Disconnect the intake manifold temperature sensor and intake manifold pressure sensor.
Cut the tie on the engine datalink connector bracket. Remove the bracket. Remove the clamp from the hose.
Disconnect the engine harness from the following: 1. Oil pressure sensor 2. Timing actuator 3. Rail actuator 4. Ambient air pressure sensor 5. Rail pressure sensor 6. Timing pressure sensor
Disconnect the fuel shutoff control wire to the fuel shutoff solenoid.
QSK19 Section 0 - Complete Engine - Group 00 Disconnect the engine block ground from the block.
Use a 4 mm [5/32 in] hex head wrench to disconnect the engine harness Deutsch connector from the ECM.
Cut the seventeen ties holding the engine harness to the support bracket. Cut the corner tie holding the engine harness to the support bracket. Remove two screws and C-clamps. Remove the engine harness.
Remove the Water Pump Outlet Connection Assembly Remove the water pump outlet connection assembly. Remove the water transfer tube from the water connection. Remove and discard the two o-rings (13) and the gasket.
QSK19 Section 0 - Complete Engine - Group 00 Remove the Torque Converter Cooler Cover (if equipped) Remove the oil supply (1) and oil return (2) hoses from the torque converter cooler.
Remove the torque converter cooler cover mounting capscrews. NOTE: The cover must be pried from the housing because of the tight fit between the cover and the o-rings on the elements.
Remove the Oil Cooler Cover (if equipped) Remove all of the capscrews, the oil cooler cover, and gasket. Discard the gasket.
Remove the Torque Converter Cooler Housing (if equipped) CAUTION This component weighs 23 kg [50 lb] or more. To avoid personal injury, use a hoist or get assistance to lift the component. Use two [3/8-16 x 12 in] guide studs to support the housing while the capscrews are being removed. Remove the remaining capscrews, the torque converter cooler housing, and the gasket. Discard the gasket.
QSK19 Section 0 - Complete Engine - Group 00 Remove the torque converter cooler element mounting nuts. Remove the elements. Remove and discard the o-rings.
Remove the Oil Cooler Elements NOTE: There is little clearance between the capscrews and the block on some engines. If necessary, use a drift and a mallet to tap the loosened capscrews from the oil cooler housing. Remove the eight capscrews and the two oil cooler elements. Remove and discard the gaskets.
Remove the Water Pump and Water Pump Drive Shaft Remove the capscrew from the water pump support bracket. Remove the three capscrews and the nut from the water pump mounting flange. Remove the water pump and gasket. Discard the gasket. Remove the drive shaft (14).
Remove the Starting Motor Disconnect the electrical connections from the starting motor.
QSK19 Section 0 - Complete Engine - Group 00 CAUTION This assembly weighs more than 23 kg [50 lb]. To avoid personal injury, use a hoist or get personal assistance. Remove the starting motor capscrews, the starter, spacers, and the gaskets. Discard the gaskets. NOTE: All engines do not contain spacers and gaskets.
Remove the Oil Filter Head WARNING Some State and Federal agencies in the United States of America have determined that used engine oil can be carcinogenic and can cause reproductive toxicity. Avoid inhalation of vapors, ingestion, and prolonged contact with used engine oil. Always follow the proper procedures to dispose the used oil. Remove the six capscrews and the filter head assembly. Remove and discard the gasket.
Lube Oil Transfer Connection Block Remove the transfer connection block.
Remove the Oil Cooler Housing Remove the capscrews and oil cooler housing. Remove and discard the gaskets.
QSK19 Section 0 - Complete Engine - Group 00 Remove the Dipstick and Dipstick Tube (if equipped on this side of engine) Remove the dipstick and dipstick tube.
Remove the turbocharger oil supply and drain lines. Disconnect the oil drain hose and the oil supply hose from the turbocharger.
Remove the Alternator Drive Pulley Remove the plastic plug at the end of the shaft. Insert the adapter, Part No. 3376089, in the shaft to prevent damage. The adapter is included with the pulley installation tool, Part No. 3376326. NOTE: If the adapter is not available, a [3/4-16 inch] capscrew with a head ground smaller than the pulley I.D. can be used.
Put the puller on the pulley. Remove the pulley. Remove the adapter.
QSK19 Section 0 - Complete Engine - Group 00 Remove the Alternator Drive Oil Seal Remove the six button hex head socket capscrews.
Use three [1/4-20 x 1 in] capscrews to remove the seal from the alternator drive shaft. Install the three capscrews in the clinch nuts in the seal case. Tighten the capscrews alternately and evenly to remove the seal.
Remove the o-ring from the groove in the gear cover.
Remove the Water Pump Drive Assembly Remove the water pump drive assembly. Remove and discard the gasket. NOTE: If necessary, tap on the end of the shaft with a mallet.
QSK19 Section 0 - Complete Engine - Group 00 Prepare the Engine Rebuild Stand The following instructions apply to the Engine Roll over Stand, Part No. 3375194. If another engine stand is used, follow the manufacturers instructions. Disengage the locking pin. Turn the swivel plate until the word TOP can be seen as shown.
CAUTION Six spacers, 20 mm [3/4 - in] thick are required to prevent the engine form contacting the engine stand. Put the spacers between the adapter plate and the engine stand. Use six 5/8-18x3-1/4 in Grade 5 capscrews, plain washers, and locknuts. Use the adapter plate, Part No. 3375596. Use the specified mounting hardware to install the adapter plate. NOTE: It will be necessary to rotate the swivel plate to install all six of the capscrews. Disengage the locking pin (16). Turn the adapter plate as shown. Install one 3/8-16x3-3/4 in capscrew in the location shown.
Put the Engine on the Rebuild Stand Install engine lifting fixture, Part No. 3822512, to engine lifting brackets.
QSK19 Section 0 - Complete Engine - Group 00 WARNING Engine weighs 2045 kg [4508 lb]. Use a properly rated hoist and engine lifting fixture, Part No. 3822512, to lift the engine. Lift the engine.
WARNING Be sure the locking pin on the engine stand is in the LOCKED position before removing the lifting hoist. Use nine 3/8-16x3-3/4 in Grade 5 capscrews, plain washers, and lockwashers. Attach the capscrews through the holes as shown. Torque Value: 45 Nm [35 ft-lb] Remove the hoist and lifting fixture.
Remove the Oil Filler Cap and Hose Remove oil filler cap from fill opening. Remove cap, chain, washer and capscrew from engine. Loosen the two hose clamps. Remove the hose.
Remove the Hand Hole Cover with Hose Adapter Remove six capscrews, hand hole cover and gasket. Discard gasket.
QSK19 Section 0 - Complete Engine - Group 00 Remove the Aftercooler Assembly Remove the coolant lines from the aftercooler assembly.
CAUTION This assembly weighs more than 23 kg [50 lb]. To avoid personal injury, use a hoist or get personal assistance to lift the component. Remove two mounting capscrews. Install two [3/8-16 in] guide studs. Use a hoist, two tee handles, and a lifting sling. Attach the tee handles, sling, and hoist. Raise the hoist until there is tension on the sling. Remove the remaining capscrews and the aftercooler assembly. Remove and discard the gaskets. Remove and discard the aftercooler bolt seals from the aftercooler housing.
Remove the Air Compressor Air Inlet Connection and Fuel Supply Tubing Loosen the two hose clamps and remove the inlet hose. Remove the air compressor air inlet connection. Remove and discard the hose. Loosen the fuel tubing nuts at the fuel junction block on the fuel manifold. Remove the fuel tubing mounting clamp and the fuel tubes.
QSK19 Section 0 - Complete Engine - Group 00 Remove the Fuel Manifold Remove the 12 capscrews. Remove the front fuel manifold. Discard the o-rings. Repeat this process for the removal of the rear fuel manifold.
Remove the ECM Remove the six capscrews which hold the ECM to the control valve body. Remove the ECM from the control valve body.
Remove the Fuel Control Valve Body Assembly Clean the control valve body and the surrounding area.
Disconnect the fuel supply hose (1).
QSK19 Section 0 - Complete Engine - Group 00 Remove the four capscrews. Remove the control valve body assembly.
Remove the Rocker Lever Covers NOTE: Crankcase breathers can be mounted in any cylinder location. Record the number of breathers and their correct location before mounting. Remove the rocker lever cover and discard the gasket.
Remove the Rocker Lever Assemblies NOTE: Do not allow the rocker levers to fall off the shaft during removal. Remove the two capscrews. Remove the rocker lever assemblies.
Remove the Push Rods and Crossheads NOTE: It is a good service practice to mark the push rods so they can be installed in their original position. Remove the push rods and crossheads.
QSK19 Section 0 - Complete Engine - Group 00 Remove the Injector and Clamp NOTE: The hold-down clamp can not be removed until the injector is removed. Remove the injector hold-down capscrew. Remove the injector and clamp. Use injector puller, Part No. 3823579, to remove the injectors. Insert the pin of the tool in the hole provided in the body of the injector. The hole faces the front of the engine. If the injector puller mentioned above is not available, carefully use a pry bar. Pry upward on the injector against the cylinder head. Remove the Thermostat Housing Assembly (Conventional) Disconnect the air compressor water outlet tube from the thermostat housing. Remove the four mounting capscrews and the thermostat housing assembly. Remove the water transfer tube. Remove and discard the two o-rings (19).
Remove the Thermostat Housing Assembly (LTA) Remove the four mounting capscrews. Remove the thermostat housing assembly. Remove the water transfer tube. Remove and discard the two o-rings.
Use the water tube driver, Part No. ST-1319 (20). Use a hammer. Drive the water tube towards the front of the engine until the back part of the tube clears the rocker lever housing as shown.
QSK19 Section 0 - Complete Engine - Group 00 Remove the Rocker Lever Housing Remove the seven mounting capscrews and the rocker lever housing.
Remove and discard rocker lever housing gasket.
Remove the Cylinder Head CAUTION This component weighs 23 kg [50 lb] or more. To avoid personal injury, use a hoist or get assistance to lift the component. Remove the six capscrews and the cylinder head. Remove and discard the gasket.
Remove the Cam Follower Assembly Remove the cam follower cover. Remove and discard the gasket.
QSK19 Section 0 - Complete Engine - Group 00 Remove the cam follower assembly. Pull straight out until the shaft is off the ring dowels.
Remove the Dipstick and Dipstick Tube (if equipped on this side of engine) Remove the dipstick and dipstick tube.
Remove the Fuel Pump WARNING Fuel is flammable. Do not allow cigarettes, flames, sparks, arching switches or equipment, pilot lights, or other ignition sources near the fuel system. NOTE: Use two wrenches to remove the fuel tubes and hoses. Support the mating fittings with a wrench. Loosen the fuel tube nuts with the other wrench.
Remove the fuel tubes, hoses and o-rings from the fuel pump and fuel filter head. Remove the fuel filter head.
QSK19 Section 0 - Complete Engine - Group 00 Disconnect the fuel inlet hose (1). Disconnect the electronic fuel control valve supply hose (2). Remove o-rings.
Rail Applications The lubricating oil scavenge pump (A) must be removed prior to removing the fuel pump (B) to allow access to the fuel pump mounting capscrews.
Remove the four mounting capscrews, and the fuel pump. Remove the jaw coupling spider (23). Remove and discard the gasket.
Remove the Air Compressor (Single Cylinder) WARNING When using a steam cleaner, wear protective clothing and safety glasses or a face shield. Hot steam can cause serious personal injury. NOTE: The illustrations shown will be the SS model single cylinder air compressor. Differences in procedures for SS, QE and ST Cummins air will be shown where necessary. Use steam to clean the air compressor. Dry with compressed air. Remove the fuel pump.
QSK19 Section 0 - Complete Engine - Group 00 Remove the coolant lines from the air compressor.
CAUTION This assembly weighs more than 23 kg [50 lb]. Handle securely to avoid dropping. Remove the air connections from the air compressor. Remove the air compressor support bracket and capscrews. Remove the four capscrews, the air compressor, and splined coupling.
Remove the Air Compressor (Twin Cylinder) Disconnect the coolant lines from the air compressor. Remove the air inlet and outlet connections from the air compressor.
Remove the air compressor support mounting capscrews (5). Remove the four capscrews (6). Remove the air compressor. Remove the splined coupling (1). Remove and discard the gasket.
QSK19 Section 0 - Complete Engine - Group 00 CAUTION Use a capscrew in the shaft to prevent damage to the shaft threads. Install a [7/16-20x1 in] capscrew in the shaft. Use a standard puller, Part No. ST647, or equivalent. Remove the accessory drive pulley. Use a brass drift and remove the woodruff key from the shaft. Remove the capscrew from the shaft. Remove the keyway seal. Remove the Accessory Drive Seal Remove the six button head hex socket capscrews.
Use three [1/4-20 x 1 in] capscrews to remove the seal from the accessory drive shaft. Install the three capscrews in the clinch nuts in the seal case. Tighten the capscrews alternately and evenly to remove the seal.
Remove the o-ring from the groove in the gear cover. NOTE: The crankshaft pulley and damper have been removed for clarity.
QSK19 Section 0 - Complete Engine - Group 00 Remove the Accessory Drive Assembly CAUTION The woodruff key must be removed before removing the accessory drive assembly. Damage to the bushing can result. Remove the four capscrews and the nut (31). Remove the accessory drive assembly.
Disconnect the Engine Speed Sensor (ESS) Disconnect the engine speed sensor (ESS) connectors from the engine harness. Loosen the locknut. Remove the ESS from the cylinder block.
Disconnect the Lubricating Oil Pressure Sensor Lift up on the tab and disconnect the connector from the lubricating oil pressure sensor. Use a deep flank drive socket, Part No. 3823843. Remove the lubricating oil pressure sensor from the engine block.
Remove the Piston Cooling Nozzles CAUTION Do NOT attempt to remove the piston cooling nozzle when the piston is at BOTTOM DEAD CENTER (BDC). The nozzle will be damaged and can result in piston failure.
QSK19 Section 0 - Complete Engine - Group 00 Remove the piston cooling nozzle mounting capscrew. Use a slide hammer with a [3/8 x 16 in] thread to remove the nozzle.
Remove the Vibration Damper and Pulley Assembly CAUTION This assembly weighs more than 23 kg. [50 lb]. To avoid personal injury, use a hoist or get assistance to lift the component. Remove one capscrew and install a [3/4-16x5 in] guide stud. CAUTION Do not pry or hammer on the vibration damper. Damage will result. Remove the remaining capscrews, damper and pulley. Remove the guide stud. NOTE: Engines that do not have a belt driven fan hub have an adapter instead of the pulley. Remove the pulley from the damper.
Remove the Front Engine Support Remove the front engine support. Clean and check the support for reuse. Check for cracks or damage.
QSK19 Section 0 - Complete Engine - Group 00 Remove the Front Crankshaft Seal Remove the eight button head hex socket capscrews.
Use four [1/4-20 UNCx1 in] capscrews to remove the seal from the crankshaft. Install the capscrews into the clinch nuts in the seal case. Tighten the capscrews alternately and evenly to remove the seal.
Remove the Hydraulic Pump Drive Assembly (if equipped) Remove the hydraulic pump drive. NOTE: Some engines contain a cover plate instead of a hydraulic pump drive assembly. Remove the four capscrews. Remove the hydraulic pump drive assembly. Remove and discard the gasket.
Remove the Gear Cover Clamping Plate NOTE: Some engines have two plates.
QSK19 Section 0 - Complete Engine - Group 00 Rail Applications Remove the front support mounting bracket by removing fifteen capscrews and washers.
Rail Applications Remove the scavenge line by disconnecting the tube from the 90 degree elbow at the base of the front gear cover.
Remove the Front Gear Cover NOTE: The master dowel must be removed before the gear cover can be removed. Use a 5/16-18 capscrew or a threaded rod. Use an old piston pin or a slide hammer. Remove the dowel. NOTE: The front cover contains five capscrews on the bottom and three capscrews on back. Remove the capscrews.
WARNING This assembly weighs more than 23 kg. [50lb]. To avoid personal injury, use a hoist or get personal assistance to lift component. NOTE: The gear cover has 21 capscrews in the front of the cover and three, Nos. 1, 2, and 3, on the back side of the cover. Remove the 24 capscrews, four nuts, washers, and the gear cover. Remove and discard the gasket.
QSK19 Section 0 - Complete Engine - Group 00 Remove the Water Pump Idler Gear NOTE: The bolt-in idler shafts have a flange that require the shaft, the idler gear, and the thrust washer to be removed as an assembly. Remove the capscrew from the idler gear. NOTE: To remove the gear assembly, use two pry bars and pry the gear and the shaft from the block.
Remove the hydraulic pump idler shaft and thrust bearings.
Remove the Camshaft Idler Gear Remove the five capscrews, the retaining ring, and the front thrust bearing. Remove the camshaft idler gear. Remove the rear thrust bearing, the idler shaft, and the thrust bearing wear sleeve.
Remove the Thrust Bearing Plate Remove the three 12-point capscrews and thrust bearing plate.
QSK19 Section 0 - Complete Engine - Group 00 Remove the Camshaft CAUTION Pilots must be used to prevent damage to the camshaft and the bushings. Be sure the hooks do not damage the camshaft bushings. Use camshaft installation pilots, Part No. 3825150. Put the pilots on the inner base circle of the valve lobes for the last two cylinders before removing camshaft from block.
CAUTION This part weighs more than 23 kg [50 lbs]. To avoid personal injury, use a hoist or get assistance to lift the component. Rotate the camshaft during removal so that one of the pilots is always on the bottom part of the camshaft bushing.
Remove the Lubricating Oil Pump Remove the three capscrews from the oil pump mounting flange. Use a pry bar and gently pry the oil pump out of the engine block. Remove and discard the two o-rings and the seal ring from the pump.
Remove the Front Gear Cover Spacer Plate Remove the 14 mounting capscrews from the plate. Remove the plate and discard the gasket. NOTE: Tag the special mounting capscrews for future identification.
QSK19 Section 0 - Complete Engine - Group 00 Remove the Flywheel CAUTION This component weighs 23 kg [50 lb] or more. To avoid personal injury, use a hoist or get assistance to lift the component. Use two [5/8-18 inch] guide studs to prevent the flywheel from rotating. Remove two capscrews and install the guide studs. Use a hoist, two tee handles, and a lifting sling. Install the tee handles. Remove the remaining capscrews. Remove the flywheel. NOTE: Use a mallet to tap the flywheel from the crankshaft, if necessary. Remove the Rear Crankshaft Seal Remove the seal mounting capscrews.
Use four [1/4-20 UNC x 1 inch] capscrews to remove the seal from the crankshaft. Install the capscrews in the welded nuts in the seal case. Tighten the capscrews alternately and evenly to remove the seal.
QSK19 Section 0 - Complete Engine - Group 00 Remove the Camshaft Cover Plate Remove the three capscrews. Remove the camshaft cover. Remove and discard the gasket.
Remove the Lubricating Oil Pan and Lubricating Oil Pan Adapter Cover Plate Remove the 28 capscrews from the oil pan. Remove the oil pan. Remove and discard the gasket.
Remove the 18 capscrews from the cover plate. Remove the cover plate. Remove and discard the gasket.
Remove the Lubricating Oil Pan Suction Tube Remove the three capscrews from the suction tube. Remove the oil pan suction tube. Remove and discard the gasket.
QSK19 Section 0 - Complete Engine - Group 00 Remove the Lubricating Oil Pan Adapter Remove the two [7/16-14 inch] capscrews, and the five [3/8-16 inch] capscrews from the flywheel housing.
CAUTION The component weighs 23 kg [50 lb] or more. To avoid personal injury, use a hoist or get assistance to lift the component. Remove all of the capscrews and the pan adapter. Remove and discard the gasket (40), the two rectangle seals (41), and the seven bolt seals (42) from the adapter.
Remove the Rear Engine Mounts Remove the rear engine mounts from the flywheel housing.
Remove the Flywheel Housing CAUTION This component weighs 23 kg [50 lb] or more. To avoid personal injury, use a hoist or get assistance to lift the component. Use two guide studs to prevent the flywheel housing from rotating during disassembly. Remove two capscrews. Install the guide studs.
QSK19 Section 0 - Complete Engine - Group 00 Use a hoist, a tee handle, and a lifting sling. Install the tee handle. Adjust the hoist until there is tension in the lifting sling. Remove the remaining capscrews.
Use a mallet and tap the flywheel housing off the two locating dowels. Remove and discard the rectangular seal and the bolt seals.
Remove the Rear Gear Drive - Upper Unit NOTE: The hydraulic pump supports and the hydraulic pump adapters can be different. Mark the parts for location. Remove the hydraulic pump support and the hydraulic pump adapters or cover plates. Remove and discard the gaskets.
NOTE: Some engines will not have an outer hydraulic drive. These engines require a cover plate and a nonsplined shaft, but do not use a hydraulic gear. If using a cover plate, remove the cover plate and nonsplined shaft. Remove the seven capscrews from each outboard hydraulic drive or cover plate.
QSK19 Section 0 - Complete Engine - Group 00 WARNING Care must be taken to avoid possible breakage of the capscrew mounting flanges. CAUTION This component weighs 23 kg [50 lb.] or more. To avoid personal injury, use a hoist or get assistance to lift the component. The outboard hydraulic pump supports must be rotated to remove from the housing. Use a mallet. Carefully tap the side of the support.
Use a pry bar. Remove both outboard hydraulic pump supports.
CAUTION This component weighs 23 kg [50 lb.] or more. To avoid personal injury, use a hoist or get assistance to lift the component. Use a hoist and lifting sling. Install the lifting sling around both sides of the upper housing. Adjust the hoist until there is tension in the lifting sling.
CAUTION The center gear in the drive protrudes from the bottom of the housing. Use wood blocks (2) to level the gear and to prevent the part from being damaged. Remove the four capscrews from the top of the housing (A), the four internal capscrews (B), the two capscrews from the bottom of the upper housing on the left side (C), and the three capscrews from the bottom on the right side (D). Remove the rear gear train upper housing from the lower housing. Remove the gasket. Keep the gasket for future use.
QSK19 Section 0 - Complete Engine - Group 00 Remove the Rear Gear Drive - Lower Unit CAUTION The component weighs 23 kg [50 lb.] or more. To avoid personal injury, use a hoist or get assistance to lift the component. With the flywheel housing removed. Use a hoist, two tee handles, and a lifting sling. Install the tee handles. Adjust the hoist until there is tension in the lifting sling. Use a mallet. tap the rear gear train lower housing off the two locating dowel pins in the rear face of the cylinder block. Remove and discard the rectangular seal, bolt seals, and main oil rifle seal. Rotate the crankshaft by hand to position a connecting rod at bottom dead center (BDC).
The connecting rods must have the cylinder number marked on both the rod and the cap on the side positioned toward the camshaft. Check the rods for correct markings. Use a steel stamp and mark any rod that is not correctly marked. Loosen the capscrews until there is 6 mm [1/4 inch] of clearance between the rod cap and the capscrew head.
Use a mallet. Tap the connecting rod capscrews until the connecting rod cap and rod separate. Remove the capscrews and the cap. Remove the lower rod bearing. Use a awl and mark the bearing position in the tang area. NOTE: Mark the cylinder number and the letter L in the flat surface of the bearing tangs.
QSK19 Section 0 - Complete Engine - Group 00 After installing two guide pins, Part No. 3375098, in the connecting rod, push the rod up far enough to allow the upper bearing shell to be removed. Use a T handle piston pusher to push the rod away from the crankshaft.
Remove the Piston and Rod Assembly Protect the push rod galleys, coolant passages and oil passages from contamination.
CAUTION Do not use abrasive paper to remove the carbon deposits. Small particles of abrasive paper will cause severe engine damage. Use a scraper or a similar blunt-edged tool to loosen the carbon deposits.
CAUTION Use extreme care to be sure that no abrasive cleaners or materials are used in the piston ring travel area. Remove the remaining carbon with a nylon abrasive pad, Scotch-Brite 7448, or equivalent, and solvent. The carbon must be removed, but the surface does not have to appear like new metal.
QSK19 Section 0 - Complete Engine - Group 00 WARNING Wear eye protection to prevent serious eye damage during this operation. An alternative method to remove the carbon ridge is to use a high quality-steel wire wheel installed in a drill. NOTE: Do not use a steel wire wheel of inferior quality because the wire wheel will lose steel bristles during operation, and cause additional contamination. NOTE: Do not use a steel wire wheel in the piston ring travel area. Operate the wire wheel in a circular motion to remove the deposits. Use two connecting rod guide pins, Part No. 3375098, or equivalent. Install the guide pins in the connecting rod. Push the piston and connecting rod up until the piston rings are above the cylinder liner.
CAUTION Put the piston and rod assembly in a rack to prevent damage to the piston and rod assembly. Remove the piston and rod assembly. Remove the upper connecting rod bearing. Use an awl and mark the bearing position in the tang area.
Disassemble the Connecting Rod and Piston Remove piston rings. Use internal snap ring pliers. Remove the snap rings from both sides of the piston.
QSK19 Section 0 - Complete Engine - Group 00 CAUTION To prevent personal injury and damage to the piston, do not drop the piston while removing the piston pin. When the piston pin is removed from an articulated piston, the skirt will separate from the crown. The skirts and crowns are interchangeable. NOTE: It is recommended that these parts be kept together for possible failure analysis.
Main Bearings - General Information NOTE: The upper bearings contain an oil hole. The lower bearings do not have an oil hole. Both bearings are marked on the back side indicating location (UPPER or LOWER) and size (STANDARD [STD] or OVERSIZE [OS]). The amount of OS is indicated in U.S. customary inches. Use the same size bearing [STD, 0.010, 0.020, or 0.030] that was removed.
The crankshaft will be stamped on the end of the No.1 counterweight to indicate if it has been ground under size. Thrust bearing size is stamped on a crankshaft counterweight adjacent to the thrust location.
NOTE: The location number (No.) of the main bearing caps, beginning at the front, are No. 1 through No. 7. The main bearings are two widths. The narrow main bearings fit locations No. 1 and No. 7. The wide bearings fit the remaining locations.
QSK19 Section 0 - Complete Engine - Group 00 Remove the Lower Main Bearing CAUTION Remove the bearings one pair at a time. Personal injury and damage to the crankshaft can result if the crankshaft falls. The main bearings caps must be marked for position. The last number on each bearing cap identifies the cap location position in the block. The block and main bearing cap identification numbers must be identical. Use a steel stamp and mark any cap that is not marked correctly. Loosen the main bearing cap capscrews until there is approximately 13 mm [1/2-inch] between the capscrew head and the cap. Use two pry bars to loosen the cap. Put the pry bars in the notches at the sides of the caps. Remove the cap and capscrews.
Remove the lower bearing. Use an awl and mark the bearing position in the tang area. NOTE: Mark the bearing position for future identification or for possible failure analysis.
Remove the Lower Thrust Bearings The No. 6 cap contains two thrust bearings. Remove and mark them for position in the notched area.
QSK19 Section 0 - Complete Engine - Group 00 Remove the Upper Thrust Bearings Remove the upper thrust bearings from the block at the No. 6 location. Mark them for position. NOTE: If necessary, slide the crankshaft to the front or to the rear to allow the thrust bearings to be removed.
Remove the Crankshaft WARNING This assembly weighs more than 23 kg [50 lb.] To avoid personal injury, use a hoist or get assistance to lift the component. Remove the main bearing caps and bearings. Support the weight of the crankshaft with a hoist or lifting device. Remove the crankshaft.
Remove the Cylinder Liner Use the universal liner puller, Part No. 3376015. Loosen the set screws (44). Turn the feet (45) of the puller until the curved side turns away from the center as shown. Move the holding pins (46) to the last hole as shown.
Install the tool in the cylinder liner. The puller feet must not touch the top of the liner. The puller arms must be positioned firmly on the bottom of the liner.
QSK19 Section 0 - Complete Engine - Group 00 Turn the puller screw until the liner loosens in the block. Remove the tool and the liner.
Use a liquid metal marker to mark the cylinder number on each liner. If sealing rings were used, do the following: Use a tag to mark the cylinder number. Measure in several places and record the thickness of the sealing rings used in each cylinder. The thickness of the sealing ring is one factor in determining liner protrusion. This information must be known when the liners are installed in the engine.
Engine Assembly (000-004) Page 0-58
Engine Assembly (000-004)

Assemble
Clean the bottom of the cylinder liner flange with solvent.
NOTE: The seal rings have three locating tabs on the I.D. The tabs have an interference fit to the liner Lower Press Fit (LPF) diameter to hold the seal ring in place during liner installation. Install the seal rings. The seal ring must be straight on the liner upon installation. Use your fingers to push the seal ring near the tabs to fit the seal ring down and over the LPF diameter during installation. This practice during installation of the seal ring will prevent deformation that will result in the seal ring not fitting squarely on the bottom of the liner flange. Install the crevice seal. The beveled edge of the crevice seal (2) must be positioned as shown. NOTE: Some o-rings have a D shape cross section. This type of o-ring must be installed with the flat side against the cylinder liner. Install o-rings in the position shown. Use the mold mark on the o-ring to check if the o-ring is twisted. (1) (2) (3) (4) Liner, counterbore sealing ring Crevice seal Black o-ring Red o-ring
Use vegetable oil to lubricate the I.D. of the packing ring bores. Use your hands to push the cylinder liners into the block. NOTE: Do not use RTV or other sealants under liner flange.
QSK19 Section 0 - Complete Engine - Group 00 Use liner installation tool, Part No. 3375422, or equivalent. Install the bridge assembly and two cylinder head capscrews. Tighten the capscrews. Torque Value: 65 Nm [50 ft-lb] Install the pusher plate in the liner. Be sure it is aligned correctly in the liner. Turn the pusher screw until it touches the plate. Turn the pusher screw until the liner flange touches the counterbore ledge. Do not use more than 65 Nm [50 ft-lb] of torque. Remove the tool.
NOTE: New cylinder liners can be 0.005 mm to 0.015 mm [0.0002 inch to 0.0006 inch] smaller than the minimum specifications because of the Lubrite coating. Use a dial bore gauge and measure the I.D. of the liner at the top, bottom, and middle of the liner.
Perform two measurements at each location. The measurements must be 90 degrees apart. mm 158.737 158.775 Cylinder Liner I.D. (New) MIN MAX in 6.2495 6.2510
The I.D. must be no more than 0.076 mm [0.003 inch] out-of-round at the top two measurements. If the I.D. is more than 0.05 mm [0.002 inch] out-of-round in the bottom measurement location, the liner must be removed. Check for a twisted o-ring. Measure the liner protrusion. If the protrusion is not correct, the liner must be removed. The protrusion can be adjusted using seal rings and/or machining the counterbore ledge. mm 0.13 0.18 Cylinder Liner Protrusion MIN MAX in 0.003 0.007
QSK19 Section 0 - Complete Engine - Group 00 Main Bearings - General Information NOTE: The upper bearings contain an oil hole. The lower bearings do not have an oil hole. Both bearings are marked on the back side indicating location (UPPER or LOWER) and size (STANDARD [STD] or OVERSIZE [OS]). The amount of OS is indicated in U.S. customary inches. Use the same size bearing [STD, 0.010, 0.020, or 0.030] that was removed.
The crankshaft will be stamped on the end of the No.1 counterweight to indicate if it has been ground under size. Thrust bearing size is stamped on a crankshaft counterweight adjacent to the thrust location.
NOTE: The location number (No.) of the main bearing caps, beginning at the front, are No. 1 through No. 7. The main bearings are two widths. The narrow main bearings fit locations No. 1 and No. 7. The wide bearings fit the remaining locations.
QSK19 Section 0 - Complete Engine - Group 00 WARNING This part weighs more than 23 kg [50 lb]. Personal injury can result. Use a lint free cloth. Clean the bearing and the mounting surface. CAUTION Do not lubricate the back of the bearing. CAUTION Prevent dirt from mixing with the lubricant. Dirty lubricant will cause low mileage failures. Align the tang in the bearing with the slot in the block. Install the bearings. The end of the bearing must be even with the main bearing cap mounting surface. Use engine oil if the engine will be operated immediately. Use Lubriplate No. 105, or equivalent if the engine will not be operated immediately. Lubricate the bearings Use a lint free cloth. Clean the crankshaft bearing journals. CAUTION Use a lifting strap that will not damage the crankshaft. Do not drop the crankshaft on the bearings. The end of the crankshaft with the smallest diameter must point toward the front of the block. Install the crankshaft. Use the same lubricant that was used on the upper main bearings. Lubricate the upper thrust bearings.
CAUTION The grooves in the thrust bearings must point toward the crankshaft. Install the bearings in the No. 6 location. NOTE: Move the crankshaft to the front or rear to install the second thrust bearing. Use a lint-free cloth. Clean the lower main bearings, the lower thrust bearings, and the mounting surfaces. NOTE: Do not lubricate the back of the main bearings. Align tang (1) in the bearing with the slot (2) in the main bearing cap. Install the bearing. The end of the bearing must be even with the main bearing cap mounting surface. Lubricate the bearing surface with engine oil.
QSK19 Section 0 - Complete Engine - Group 00 Lubricate the cap screw head and threads with SAE EP 140W oil. Allow excess oil to drip off of the capscrews before installing in the block. Install capscrews in the cap. CAUTION The grooves in the thrust bearing must point toward the crankshaft. The dowels that secure the bearings must not protrude above the housing. Install the two thrust bearings on No. 6 main bearing cap.
CAUTION The numbers on the main bearing caps must be the same as the numbers on the block. Check the numbers on the main bearing caps. The last digit of each number (1 to 7), indicates the correct location.
Use engine oil. Lubricate the upper thrust bearings.
CAUTION The grooves in the thrust bearings must point toward the crankshaft. Install the bearings in the No. 6 location. NOTE: Move the crankshaft to the front or to the rear to so the second thrust bearing to be installed.
QSK19 Section 0 - Complete Engine - Group 00 CAUTION Do not rotate the crankshaft until all of the main bearing caps are pulled to the block. Damage will result if the bearings move out of location. NOTE: Use your hands to install the capscrews. Turn each capscrew until it touches the main bearing caps
NOTE: Do not use an impact wrench. The bearing shells can fall out. Use both of the capscrews to pull the main bearing cap into position. Use two wrenches and tighten both capscrews at the same time. Check to be sure the No. 7 cap is even with the back of the block.
Use the following steps and tighten the capscrews in the sequence shown. Torque Value: Main Bearing Cap Step Step Step Step Step
1 2 3 4 5
265 Nm 605 Nm Loosen 265 Nm 605 Nm
[195 ft-lb] [445 ft-lb] Loosen [195 ft-lb] [445 ft-lb]
NOTE: The crankshaft will turn freely if the main bearings are installed correctly.
QSK19 Section 0 - Complete Engine - Group 00 Use a dial indicator and measure the crankshaft end clearance. mm 0.10 0.41 Crankshaft End Clearance MIN MAX in 0.004 0.016
If the clearance is not within specifications, check for foreign material. Oversize thrust bearings are available to adjust the end clearance. NOTE: The upper and lower thrust bearing on the same side of the main caps must be the same thickness.
Install a new snap ring in one piston pin bore of each piston skirt. Position the skirt over the piston crown. NOTE: It is not necessary to heat the articulated pistons before assembly. The piston pin is slip-fit.
CAUTION Do not use a hammer to install the piston pin. The piston can distort, causing it to seize in the liner. Use engine oil. Lubricate the piston pin and connecting rod bushing. Align the pin bore of the rod with the pin bore of the piston skirt and crown, and install the piston pin.
The snap ring must be seated completely in the piston groove to prevent engine damage during engine operation. Install a new snap ring in the piston pin bore.
QSK19 Section 0 - Complete Engine - Group 00 NOTE: Do not install the piston rings until the pistons are installed of the rods. NOTE: The piston rings are marked with the part number. The shipping package is marked with the location. The part number on the ring must be positioned toward the top of the piston. Use a ring expander, Part No. ST-1269, or equivalent. Install piston rings. NOTE: Do not align the gap of a ring with the piston pin bore. NOTE: The gap in the oil ring expander must be turned 180 degrees opposite the gap on the oil ring. Rotate the rings until the gaps are positioned as shown.
Use a lint-free cloth. Clean the connecting rod and the bearing shells. Install the rod bearing. Be sure the tang is positioned as shown. The end of the bearing must be even with the cap mounting surface. CAUTION Do not lubricate the back side of the bearing shells. Use engine oil. Lubricate the bearing surface. The bearings must be installed in their original location if new bearings are not used. NOTE: All of the rod bearings are identical. Install two connecting rod guide pins, Part No. 3375098, in the rod. The guide pins will aid the assembly and protect the crankshaft.
QSK19 Section 0 - Complete Engine - Group 00 CAUTION The connecting rods and caps are not interchangeable. The rods and the caps are machined as an assembly. Failure will result if they are mixed. Install the lower bearing shell in the rod cap. Be sure the tang of the bearing shell is in the slot of the cap and the end of the bearing is even with the cap surface.
Use engine oil. Lubricate the connecting rod capscrews and washers as shown. Install the washers and capscrews in the caps.
Lubricate the cylinder liner with engine oil. The entire bore must be lubricated.
Immerse the piston in engine oil until the rings are covered. Allow the excess oil to drip off of the assembly.
QSK19 Section 0 - Complete Engine - Group 00 Check to be sure the ring gap position is still correct.
CAUTION Be sure the rings fit correctly in the piston rings. Use a piston ring compressor, Part No. 3375342, or equivalent. Install the ring compressor on the piston. NOTE: The ring compressor has a tapered bore. The small end of the taper must be positioned toward the piston skirt.
CAUTION The cylinder number on the rod and cap must be the same. CAUTION The side of the rod with the cylinder number (bearing tang side) must be toward the camshaft. Rotate the crankshaft until the journal for the rod being installed is at bottom dead center (BDC). NOTE: If the engine has a crankshaft with bolt-on counterweights, the journal must be at TDC top dead center. Check the crankshaft rod journals for damage.
QSK19 Section 0 - Complete Engine - Group 00 Install the rod and piston until the ring compressor touches the block. Align the rod with the crankshaft journal. Hold the ring compressor firmly against the block. Use a wooden hammer handle to push the piston into the liner.
Push the piston into the bore until the rod bearing contacts the crankshaft journal. Remove the guide pins.
CAUTION The cylinder number on the rod and cap must be the same. CAUTION The side of the cap with the cylinder number marking (bearing tang side) must be toward the camshaft. Install the connecting rod cap.
Tighten the capscrews alternately and evenly to pull the cap over the dowel pins. Use the following steps to tighten the capscrews. Torque Value: Connecting Rod Capscrews Step 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
100 Nm 205 Nm 339 Nm Loosen 100 Nm 205 Nm 339 Nm
[75 ft-lb] [150 ft-lb] [250 ft-lb] Loosen [75 ft-lb] [150 ft-lb] [250 ft-lb]
QSK19 Section 0 - Complete Engine - Group 00 Check the side clearance between the rod and the crankshaft. The rod must move freely from side-to-side. Measurements over 0.51 mm [0.020 in] must be measured with dial indicator. Maximum side clearance for used clearance is 5.1 mm [0.200 in]. Connecting Rod and Crankshaft Side Clearance New or Remanufactured Parts mm in 0.20 MIN 0.008 0.35 MAX 0.014 NOTE: Tighten the suction tube to the block capscrews before installing any support bracket capscrews. NOTE: The suction tube shape can vary from the illustration. All suction tubes attach to the block in the same manner. Install the gasket, oil suction tube, washers, and capscrews. Tighten the capscrews. Torque Value: 60 Nm [25 ft-lb] CAUTION Do not pry or bend the suction tube to get the support bracket capscrew holes to align. Connect the support bracket to the adapter with the capscrew. Tighten the capscrews. Torque Value: 35 Nm [25 ft-lb]
Separate the gasket as shown. Discard the center tab sections.
QSK19 Section 0 - Complete Engine - Group 00 The diamond dowel (15) must be installed with the flat surface turned toward the master dowel hole at the lower right hand corner of the block. Guide studs (14) will aid the installation.
CAUTION Do not use gasket cement. Damage to the gasket will result. Use Cummins sealant, Part No. 3823494, or equivalent. Apply a small amount to both sides of the gasket at the butt joint. Install the gasket. NOTE: The bottom of the gasket must be even with the bottom of the block and the spacer plate.
NOTE: Special capscrews are required to attach the spacer plate and the gear housing. The capscrews have a captive, cone-shaped washer to maintain torque.
Install the spacer plate and the 11 capscrews as shown. Remove the guide studs (14).
QSK19 Section 0 - Complete Engine - Group 00 NOTE: If the oil pan adapter is removed, spacer plate alignment must be checked. If the oil pan adapter is installed, alignment does not require checking. Use a gauge block, Part No. ST-547, or equivalent, and measure the distance from the bottom of the block to the bottom of the plate. The bottom of the plate or housing must be within 0.05 mm [0.002 inch] of the bottom of the block. Align the plate or housing with the bottom of the block if necessary.
Use the sequence shown and tighten the capscrews. Torque Value: 45 Nm [35 ft-lb] Measure the plate or the housing to the block alignment again to be sure it is within specifications.
Install the camshaft gear.
Camshaft keys are available in different sizes (amount of offset). The injection timing is controlled by: the selection of the camshaft key. the direction of the key offset when compared to the camshaft gear rotation. the amount of offset. Install the same part number key in the same orientation as the key that was removed.
QSK19 Section 0 - Complete Engine - Group 00 CAUTION Wear protective clothing to prevent personal injury from burns. CAUTION Do not exceed the specified time or the temperature. Damage to the gear and the gear teeth will result. CAUTION Do not attempt to install the gear without using heat. Use an oven and adjust the heat to 235 C [450 F]. Heat the gear for a minimum of 1 hour, but no more than a maximum of 6 hours. The I.D. of the gear will become larger and will simplify installation. CAUTION Wear protective clothing to prevent personal injury from burns. CAUTION Allow the gear to cool slowly. Do not use water or oil to reduce the cooling time. This will cause the gear to crack. NOTE: The timing mark on the camshaft gear must be visible from the front of the gear after it is installed on the camshaft. Remove the gear from the oven and install on the camshaft. The keyway in the gear must be aligned with the key in the camshaft. Use a dial indicator and measure the camshaft end clearance. mm 0.15 0.33 Camshaft End Clearance MIN MAX in 0.006 0.013
If the clearance is too small, check for foreign material or a piece of gasket between the thrust plate and the block.
QSK19 Section 0 - Complete Engine - Group 00 Install the hydraulic pump idler gear.
CAUTION Engines that contain a hydraulic pump must have the oil holes in the hydraulic pump idler shaft as shown. Idler gear bushing failure will result if the oil holes are not aligned correctly. Mark the flange to show oil hole orientation.
CAUTION The grooves in the thrust washers must be turned toward the gear. Use Lubriplate No. 105, or equivalent. Lubricate the gear, bushing, shaft, and the thrust washer. Use engine oil. Lubricate the capscrew. Assemble the parts as shown.
CAUTION Engines that contain a hydraulic pump must have the oil holes in the hydraulic pump idler shaft oriented as shown. Idler gear bushing failure will result if the oil holes are not aligned correctly. Align the oil holes in the shaft to an angle 45 degrees to the left of vertical. Use the capscrew to pull the shaft into the bore. Tighten the capscrew. Torque Value: 245 Nm [180 ft-lb]
QSK19 Section 0 - Complete Engine - Group 00 CAUTION Engines that do not have a hydraulic pump drive must have a plug installed in place of the idler shaft. Low oil pressure will result if the plug is omitted. CAUTION The capscrew that is used for the lug must not protrude beyond the block. Use a 9/16UNF-inch capscrew, lock washer, and a plain washer that is larger than the block bore. Tighten the capscrews. Torque Value: 65 Nm [50 ft-lb]
Use a dial indicator and measure the idler gear end clearance. Hydraulic Pump Idler Gear End Clearance mm in 0.10 MIN 0.004 0.36 MAX 0.014 NOTE: If the clearance is not within specifications, check for foreign material between the parts, or check for proper location of the thrust washers. Oversize thrust washers are available.
Install the water pump idler gear.
CAUTION The grooves in the thrust washers must be turned toward the gear. use Lubriplate No. 105, or equivalent. Lubricate the gear, bushing, shaft, and thrust washer. Use engine oil. Lubricate the capscrew. Assemble the parts as shown.
QSK19 Section 0 - Complete Engine - Group 00 Align the oil holes in the shaft to an angle 45 degrees to the left of vertical. Use the capscrew to pull the shaft into the bore. tighten the capscrew. Torque Value: 245 Nm [180 ft-lb]
Use a dial indicator and measure the idler gear end clearance. Water Pump Idler Gear End Clearance mm in 0.10 MIN 0.004 0.36 MAX 0.014 NOTE: If the clearance is not within specifications, check for foreign material between the parts, or check for proper location of the thrust washers. Oversize washers are available.
Install the camshaft idler.
NOTE: If the idler shaft ring dowel remained in the cylinder block during disassembly, remove the dowel from the block and install it into the idler shaft. The bore in the thrust bearing wear plate and the O.D. of the dowel are designed to provide a slight press fit to hold the wear plate in position during installation of the idler assembly.
QSK19 Section 0 - Complete Engine - Group 00 CAUTION The grooves in the thrust bearing must be positioned toward the gear. NOTE: The timing marks on the camshaft gear must be visible when the gear is installed. Use Lubriplate No. 105, or equivalent. Lubricate the gear, bushing, shaft, and thrust washier. Use engine oil. Lubricate the capscrews. Assemble the parts as shown.
NOTE: The camshaft idler gear is the only idler gear that has timing marks. Align the O on the idler gear with the O on the crankshaft gear. Align the X on the camshaft gear with the X on the idler gear.
Rotate the idler shaft as necessary to align the mounting capscrew holes. Use the capscrew to pull the shaft into the bore. Use the following steps and tighten the capscrews in the sequence shown. Torque Value: Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 45 Nm 95 Nm 150 Nm [35 ft-lb] [70 ft-lb] [110 ft-lb]
Use a dial indicator. Measure the idler gear end clearance. Camshaft Idler Gear End Clearance mm in 0.29 MIN 0.012 0.51 MAX 0.020 NOTE: If the clearance is not within specifications, check for foreign material between the parts, or check for proper location of the thrust washers. Oversize thrust washers are available.
QSK19 Section 0 - Complete Engine - Group 00 Static Injection Timing-Check If the camshaft or camshaft gear was replaced, check the injection timing. Machine tolerances can cause the timing to be out of specifications.
CAUTION Use ONLY the crankshaft to rotate the engine. The use of the gears will result in false measurement. Gear lash must be closed up in the direction of normal rotation. NOTE: Three guide bolts equally spaced in front of the crankshaft will help rotate the engine. Turn the crankshaft in the direction of normal rotation while observing both of the timing tool plungers. Both plungers will begin moving upward when the cylinder is on the compression stroke. NOTE: Assuming all the gear index marks were aligned when the injection timing process was started, the crankshaft will have to be rotated approximately three-quarters of a revolution to get to the compression stroke for the No. 3 cylinder. If both plungers are not moving upward (one upwardand one downward), the engine is on the exhaust stroke. Rotate the crankshaft one revolution to get to the compression stroke. Establish Top Dead Center (TDC) by slowly rotating the crankshaft in the direction of normal rotation while observing the piston plunger (10). The plunger will move upward, STOP then begin to move downward. The STOP point of , the plunger is TDC. Rotate the engine opposite the direction of normal rotation until the plunger begins to moves downward. The cylinder is now Before Top Dead Center (BTDC) slightly.
QSK19 Section 0 - Complete Engine - Group 00 Turn the indicator so that the stem is touching the plunger. Carefully move the indicator downward until the needle has turned a minimum of five revolutions 12.7 mm [0.500 inch]. LOCK the indicator in position. Slowly turn the crankshaft in the direction of normal rotation until the indicator needle STOPS turning clockwise (TDC). Move the indicator downward until there is ONLY one revolution 2.54 mm [0.100 inch] of travel remaining until the indicator bottoms out. Adjust the indicator to ZERO.
Turn the push rod indicator so that the stem touches the plunger. Carefully lower the indicator until it bottoms out. Raise the indicator when the needle has turned a minimum of three revolutions 7.62 mm [0.300 inch].
Slowly turn the crankshaft in the direction of normal rotation until the push rod indicator STOPS (1), momentarily reverses direction (2) (this is the crush nose on the camshaft), and STOPS again (3). The cam follower is now on the outer base circle of the camshaft. The piston is now approximately 45 degrees After Top Dead Center (ATDC). CAUTION It is important to record the amount of travel remaining in the push rod travel indicator for later reference. Carefully lower the push rod travel indicator until it bottoms out. Raise the indicator approximately one-half of a revolution 12.7 mm [0.050 inch]. LOCK the indicator in position. Set the indicator at ZERO. Set The Piston at 5.1613 mm [0.2032 inch] BTDC Observe the piston travel indicator as you slowly rotate the crankshaft opposite the direction of normal rotation. STOP rotating the crankshaft when the piston travel indicator indicates the piston is at TDC (ZERO).
QSK19 Section 0 - Complete Engine - Group 00 CAUTION The crankshaft must be turned slowly to accurately count the indicator revolutions. Turn the crankshaft opposite the direction of normal rotation until the indicator needle moves two and one-half revolutions 6.35 mm [0.250 inch]. The piston is now 6.35 mm [0.250 inch] BTDC.
CAUTION ONLY move the piston to 5.1613 mm [0.2032 inch] BTDC by turning the crankshaft in the direction of normal rotation. If you accidently turn the crankshaft too far, you must turn the crankshaft opposite the direction of normal rotation MORE than 5.1613 mm [0.2032 inch] BTDC. Then very slowly turn the crankshaft in the direction of normal rotation until the indicator indicates that the piston is 5.1613 mm [0.2032 inch] BTDC. NOTE: Remember that all QSK19 injection timing specifications are more than one indicator revolution [0.100 inch]. Read the push rod travel indicator counterclockwise from ZERO. This is the injection timing measurement to compare to the specification. An example of .354 mm [0.118 inch] is shown. If you are not sure of the number of push rod indicator revolutions, check by carefully lifting the indicator stem until the indicator has bottomed out. Lower the stem the amount of excess travel you set in the third preceding step. Lower the stem to the plunger. Read the indicator. If the injection timing is within specification and you are using a slipper-fit gear, install the standard gear. Repeat the injection timing procedure after the camshaft gear has cooled.
QSK19 Section 0 - Complete Engine - Group 00 If the injection timing is not within specification, repeat the measurement procedure to check the tool setup and the ZERO settings. If the timing is still not within specification, the camshaft key must be changed. Record the orientation of any offset of the key. Use the following worksheet to determine an alternate key. CAUTION You must confirm the timing measurement after change the key.
QSK19 Section 0 - Complete Engine - Group 00 Install the gear cover and related components.
NOTE: Trim the gasket to the correct width since the spacer plate is already installed. Install the service gasket piece on top of the oil pan adapter. Use a spray adhesive to hold it in position. Use Cummins sealant, Part No. 3823494, at the joints.
This illustration shows the capscrew length requirements for the front cover.
NOTE: Do not tighten the capscrews until the master dowel pin is installed. The use of guide bolts will aid the assembly. Install the front cover gasket, cover, and capscrews.
QSK19 Section 0 - Complete Engine - Group 00 Put the clamping plate in position and begin the installation of the capscrew. NOTE: The plate must remain loose until the fan hub or the cover plate is installed.
Use a 5/16-8x3 inch capscrew and a mallet. Install the threaded master dowel. Drive the dowel in until it touches the bottom of the hole in the block.
Tighten the mounting capscrews in the sequence shown. NOTE: Capscrew No. 1, 2, and 3 are located at the back of the spacer plate.
Install the five capscrews that attach to the bottom of the oil pan adapter. Tighten the capscrews. Torque Value: 45 Nm [35 ft-lb]
QSK19 Section 0 - Complete Engine - Group 00 Install the hydraulic pump drive. Using engine oil, lubricate the bushing in the cover. Install the gasket, drive or cover, washers, and capscrews. Tighten the capscrews. Torque Value: 45 Nm [35 ft-lb]
NOTE: If an SAE 1 flywheel housing option is used, there must be two [5/811 x 6 1/2 in] studs, Part No. 3065777, installed in the upper holes of the cylinder block. Apply a small amount of Lubriplate 105 or gasket adhesive on the seal ring groove, the capscrew counterbores, and the dowel counterbores on the block side of the lower housing. Install the new rectangular seal ring, with the joint at the top into the groove in the lower housing. Install the ten new capscrew seals into the capscrew counterbores in the lower housing. Use Lubriplate 105 or equivalent on the main rifle seal. Install the main rifle seal into the counterbore surrounding the main rifle drilling. CAUTION Caution: The component weighs 23 kg [50 lb] or more. To avoid personal injury, use a hoist or get assistance to lift the components. Install two 5/8-11x1/2 inch guide studs into the rear face of the cylinder block. Use a hoist, two tee handles, and a lifting sling. Install the tee handles. Lift the lower housing of the rear gear train.
Install the lower housing of the rear gear train onto the dowel pins. Check the alignment of all capscrews seals, rectangular seal, and the main oil rifle seal. Use two 5/8-11x5 inch capscrews with flat washers in the locations shown. Tighten the capscrews alternately to pull the lower housing to the block.
QSK19 Section 0 - Complete Engine - Group 00 Use a dial indicator. Be sure the two capscrews are holding the lower housing firmly against the cylinder block. Check the gear lash. Lower Housing-To-Cylinder Block Gear Backlash mm in 0.05 MIN 0.002 0.51 MAX 0.015 If the gear lash is above acceptable limits, the rear gear train lower idler gear or crankshaft gear must be replaced. NOTE: Replace the idler gear first. If the gear lash is below acceptable limits (or if the gear replacement does not correct the lash), replace the housing. Use Lubriplate No. 105 or gasket adhesive on the seal ring groove and the 10 capscrew counterbores on the rear gear train lower housing side of the flywheel housing. Install the new rectangular seal ring, with the joint at the top, into the groove in the flywheel housing. Install the new capscrew seals and dowel seals into the counterbores in the lower housing.
CAUTION The component weighs 23 kg [50 lb] or more. To avoid personal injury, use a hoist or get assistance to life the component. Use two 5/8-11x6 1/2 inch guide studs. Use a hoist, tee handles, and a lifting sling. Install the flywheel housing onto the dowels in the rear gear train lower housing. Install the lock washers, capscrews, and nuts.
Use the following steps. Tighten using the sequence shown. Torque Value: Step 1 2 100 Nm 205 Nm [75 ft-lb] [150 ft-lb]
QSK19 Section 0 - Complete Engine - Group 00 Install the two capscrews 7/16-14x4 3/4 inch, Part No. 190799, and the five capscrews 3/8-16x4 3/4 inch, Part No. S106-C, with flat washers and lockwashers. Torque Value: 3/8-16 inch 7/16-14 inch 45 Nm 65 Nm [35 ft-lb] [50 ft-lb]
Install the upper housing of the rear gear train.
Use gasket adhesive on the gasket. Do not use an excessive amount of adhesive on the gasket. Align and install the rear gear train upper housing gasket to the rear gear train lower housing.
CAUTION The component weighs 23 kg [50 lbs.] or more. To avoid personal injury, use a hoist or get assistance to lift the component. NOTE: Use extra care when aligning the upper housing onto the lower housing to prevent gasket damage. Use the dowel pins to align the upper housing onto the lower housing.
QSK19 Section 0 - Complete Engine - Group 00 Use only SAE Grade 8 capscrews to install the upper housing. Install the following capscrews according to the table below. Ref 1 2 3 4 5 Location Top-Front Top-Rear Internal Bottom-Left Side Part No. 3202224 3202223 1691695 3202222 Size [inch] 1/2-13 x 9 1/4 1/2-13 x 7 1/2 1/2-13 x 1 3/4 1/2-13 x 1 3/4 1/2-13 x 1 3/4 Qty 2 2 4 2 3
Bottom-Right Side 3202222
Use the sequence shown to tighten the bolts. Torque Value: Step 1 Step 2 70 Nm 150 Nm [50 ft-lb] [110 ft-lb]
Use a dial indicator. Be sure the lower idler gear is secure. If the gear is not secure, the indicator reading will include the lower idler gear to the crankshaft gear backlash. mm 0.05 0.51 Idler Gear Backlash MIN MAX in 0.002 0.020
If the gear lash is less than specified limits, thicker gaskets are available. Do not use more than two gaskets to correct the backlash. If the gear lash is greater than the specification and the thinnest gasket is used, the upper and lower gears must be replaced.
QSK19 Section 0 - Complete Engine - Group 00 Use Lubriplate No. 105, or equivalent. Lubricate the outer hydraulic pump support bushing in the upper housing. Lubricate the bushing surfaces on both shafts in the outer hydraulic pump support drive assemblies. Install the outer hydraulic pump support drive.
NOTE: Some engines will not have an outer hydraulic pump support drive. These engines require a cover plate and a non-splined shaft, but do not use a hydraulic gear. Use gasket adhesive sparingly. Install the hydraulic support housing gaskets to both support mounting flanges on the outer hydraulic pump support drive assemblies.
If using the outer hydraulic pump support cover plate, install the non-splined shaft onto the cover plate. Use a 3/816 x 1-1/4 inch capscrew. Tighten the capscrew. Torque Value: 40 Nm [30 ft-lb]
Use three 7/16-14 x 4 inch guide studs. Install one outer hydraulic pump support drive assembly.
QSK19 Section 0 - Complete Engine - Group 00 Install four capscrews. Hand-tighten the capscrews. Remove the guide studs. Install the remaining three capscrews. Use the sequence and torque as shown. Tighten the capscrews. Torque Value: 70 Nm [50 ft-lb]
Install the other outer hydraulic pump using the same procedure.
NOTE: Be sure the flywheel housing dowels have been installed in the block. Install the sealing ring (7) in the groove on the housing. If a wet type is used, install the seals (8) in the counterbores as shown. The holes (9) do not require seals. Use guide bolts to help during alignment. Install the housing and the capscrews.
Torque the flywheel housing capscrews using the sequence shown. Torque Value: Step 1 2 100 Nm 205 Nm [75 ft-lb] [150 ft-lb]
QSK19 Section 0 - Complete Engine - Group 00 Measure the flywheel housing alignment. NOTE: The bore and the face of the housing must be in alignment with the crankshaft. NOTE: The indicator arm must be rigid for an accurate reading. It must not sag. Attach an indicator to the crankshaft as shown.
Position the indicator at the 12 oclock position. Adjust the dial until the needle points to ZERO. Rotate the crankshaft one complete revolution (360 degrees). Record the TIR.
The maximum allowable TIR depends on the diameter of the bore. MIN/MAX mm 787.4/810.5 647.7/648.0 584.2/584.4 511.2/511.3 Bore Diameter/Maximum TIR MIN/MAX SAE mm in No. [31.00/31.91] 00 0.30 [25.50/25.51] 0 0.25 [23.00/23.008] 1/2 0.25 [20.125/20.13] 1 0.20 in [0.012] [0.010] [0.010] [0.008]
If the alignment is not within specifications and the bore is round, the housing can be shifted. If the alignment is not within specifications and the bore is not round, the housing must be replaced. NOTE: The crankshaft end clearance must be pushed or pulled in the same direction each time a point is measured. Attach an indicator as shown. Position the indicator at the 12 oclock position. Adjust the dial until the needle points to ZERO.
QSK19 Section 0 - Complete Engine - Group 00 Record the indicator reading at 3 different points; 3 oclock, 6 oclock, and 9 oclock. Turn backward to the original position. Be sure the needle still points to ZERO. Determine the total indicator runout (TIR). Example: mm 3 oclock 6 oclock 9 oclock 0.00 +0.08 -0.05 0.13 in [0.00] [+0.003] [-0.002] [0.005]
Equal TIR:
The maximum allowable TIR depends on the diameter of the bore. MIN/MAX mm 787.4/810.5 647.7/648.0 584.2/584.4 511.2/511.3 Bore Diameter/Maximum TIR MIN/MAX SAE mm in No. [31.00/31.91] 00 0.30 [25.50/25.51] 0 0.25 [23.00/23.008] 1/2 0.25 [20.125/20.13] 1 0.20 in [0.012] [0.010] [0.010] [0.008]
NOTE: If the alignment is not within specifications, remove the housing. Check for nicks, burrs, or foreign material between the block and the housing. Check the alignment again. If the alignment is not within specifications, the block or the housing is not machined correctly. Tighten the five [3/8-inch] washers and capscrews in the sequence shown. Torque Value: Step 1 2 3 25 Nm 40 Nm 45 Nm [20 ft-lb] [30 ft-lb] [35 ft-lb]
Install the two [7/16-inch] washers and capscrews as shown. Tighten the capscrews. Torque Value: 65 Nm [50 ft-lb]
QSK19 Section 0 - Complete Engine - Group 00 Install the flywheel housing mounting capscrews. Tighten the capscrews. Torque Value: 205 Nm [150 ft-lb]
Install a new o-ring on the seal housing. Use vegetable oil to lubricate the o-ring.
To aid in seal installation, use a small nonmetallic bristle brush to apply a thin film of 15W-40 oil to the inside diameter of the seal case. CAUTION Do not allow oil to come in contact with other areas of the seal to avoid damage to sealing surfaces.
Use hand pressure to push the seal on the crankshaft as far as possible.
QSK19 Section 0 - Complete Engine - Group 00 Use the pin supplied in the seal kit to align the seal mounting holes with the mounting capscrew holes in the flywheel housing.
Attach the seal installation tool that is supplied with the seal to the crankshaft, using three flywheel mounting capscrews.
Align the installation tool with the pilot flange on the seal carrier.
Tighten the three capscrews alternately and evenly in onehalf of a turn increments until the seal carrier seats against the flywheel housing.
QSK19 Section 0 - Complete Engine - Group 00 Remove the seal installation tool.
Install the seal mounting capscrews. Tighten the capscrews. Torque Value: 11 Nm [95 in-lb]
NOTE: Use a contact adhesive such as 3M Spray 77 or 3M 4693 to hold the bolt seals in position. Install the four bolt seals on the oil pan adapter. The two rectangular seals have an adhesive on one side. Remove the protective paper strips from the seals. Install the seals on the oil pan adapter.
CAUTION Gasket cement will prevent the gasket from sealing properly. NOTE: Use a contact adhesive such as 3M Spray 77 or 3M 4693 to hold the gasket in position. Install the gasket. Make sure the gasket touches the rectangular seals.
QSK19 Section 0 - Complete Engine - Group 00 Use Cummins sealant, Part No.3823494, or equivalent. Apply the sealant as shown.
CAUTION The component weighs 23 kg [50 lb] or more. To avoid personal injury, use a hoist or get assistance to lift the component. NOTE: Be sure the seals remain in position when the adapter is installed. Lift the adapter up against the block surface, and then move it back against the flywheel housing. Hand tighten four capscrews to hold the adapter in position.
NOTE: The four capscrews shown must be tightened alternately and evenly to be sure the adapter is pulled evenly to the block and flywheel housing. Install the four washers and capscrews as shown. Push the adapter towards the block and flywheel housing while tightening the capscrews. Use the following steps while tightening the oil pan adapter capscrews. Torque Value: Step 1 2 3 4 15 25 40 45 Nm Nm Nm Nm [10 ft-lb] [20 ft-lb] [30 ft-lb] [35 ft-lb]
Install the three capscrews located in the center of the flywheel housing and tighten them in the sequence shown. Use the steps and torque values below when tightening the capscrews. Torque Value: Step 1 2 3 25 Nm 40 Nm 45 Nm [20 ft-lb] [30 ft-lb] [35 ft-lb]
QSK19 Section 0 - Complete Engine - Group 00 Install the two [7/16-inch] washers and capscrews shown. Tighten the capscrews. Torque Value: 65 Nm [50 ft-lb]
NOTE: Capscrews No. 24 through 28 thread into the front cover on engines. Install capscrews 24 through 28. Install the remaining [3/8-inch] washers and capscrews (1 through 23). Tighten all the capscrews that thread into the block. Torque Value: Capscrews 1 23 Torque Value: Capscrews 24 28 60 Nm 45 Nm [45 ft-lb] [35 ft-lb]
Install the [9/16-inch] washer and capscrew. Tighten the capscrew. Torque Value: 150 Nm [110 ft-lb]
Install the front engine support bracket.
QSK19 Section 0 - Complete Engine - Group 00 CAUTION This component weighs 23 kg [50 lbs.] or more. To avoid personal injury, use a hoist or get assistance to lift the component. Install the support, washers, and capscrews. Tighten the capscrews. Torque Value: 195 Nm [145 ft-lb]
CAUTION Gasket cement will prevent the gasket from sealing properly. NOTE: Use a contact adhesive such as 3M Spray 77 or 3M 4693 to hold the gasket in position. Install the gaskets and oil pan.
Use the sequence shown to install the capscrews. Tighten the capscrews. Torque Value: 45 Nm [35 ft-lb]
Rail Applications Install two 3/8 - 16 guide studs in the top row of capscrew holes.
QSK19 Section 0 - Complete Engine - Group 00 Rail Applications CAUTION Gasket cement will prevent the gasket from sealing properly. NOTE: Use a contact adhesive such as 3M Spray 77 or 3M 4693 to hold the gasket in position. Install the gasket and lubricating oil pan.
Rail Applications Use the sequence shown to install the 38 capscrews. Tighten the capscrews. Torque Value: 45 Nm [35 ft-lb]
Install the gasket. Install the water pump drive assembly. The drive will be secured in position by the stud.
Install the o-ring in the groove in the gear cover.
QSK19 Section 0 - Complete Engine - Group 00 To aid in seal installation, use a small nonmetallic bristle brush to apply a thin film of clean SAE 15W-40 oil to the inside diameter of the seal. NOTE: Do not allow oil to come in contact with other areas of the seal.
Install the seal on the alternator drive shaft.
Use the seal installation tool that is supplied with the service seal to push the seal on the alternator drive shaft. Put the installation tool against the seal.
Use the pulley installation tool, Part No. 3376426, to push the seal on the alternator drive shaft. Position the pulley installer on the accessory drive shaft.
QSK19 Section 0 - Complete Engine - Group 00 Put the pulley installation housing on the pulley installer.
Align the three clinch nuts on the back of the seal carrier flange with the three counterbores in the gear cover seal mounting surface.
Use the tool to push the seal on the shaft until the seal carrier flange contacts the gear cover.
Remove the pulley installation tool housing, seal installation tool, and pulley installer.
QSK19 Section 0 - Complete Engine - Group 00 Install the six, button head hex socket capscrews. Tighten the capscrews alternately and evenly. Torque Value: 11 Nm [96 in-lb]
CAUTION Do not use a hammer to drive the pulley into position. The thrust washers will be damaged. Use the pulley installation kit, Part No. 3376326, or equivalent. Install the correct adapter in the pusher. Install the pulley on the shaft. The pulley must touch the step on the shaft. Remove the tool and adapter.
Install the o-ring in the groove in the gear cover.
To aid in seal installation, use a small nonmetallic bristle brush to apply a thin film of clean SAE 15W-40 oil to the inside diameter of the seal case. NOTE: Do not allow oil to come in contact with other areas of the seal.
QSK19 Section 0 - Complete Engine - Group 00 Install the seal on the accessory drive shaft.
Use the seal installation tool that is supplied with the service seal to push the seal on the accessory drive shaft. Put the installation tool against the seal.
Use the pulley installation tool, Part No. 3376426, to push the seal on the accessory drive shaft. Position the pulley installer on the accessory drive shaft.
Put the pulley installation housing on the pulley installer.
QSK19 Section 0 - Complete Engine - Group 00 Align the three clinch nuts on the back of the seal carrier flange with the three counterbores in the gear cover seal mounting surface.
Use the tool to push the seal on the shaft until the seal carrier flange contacts the gear cover.
Remove the pulley installation tool housing, seal installation tool, and pulley installer.
Install the six button head hex socket capscrews. Tighten the capscrews alternately and evenly. Torque Value: 11 Nm [96 in-lb]
QSK19 Section 0 - Complete Engine - Group 00 Install the keyway seal. Install the woodruf key into accessory drive shaft.
NOTE: Keyway seal must be installed prior to installation of keyway and accessory drive pulley. Install the accessory drive pulley.
CAUTION Do not use a hammer to drive the pulley into position. Damage to the thrust bearing will result. Use a pulley installation tool kit, Part No. 3376326. Insert the appropriate adapter (7) in the pusher.
Lubricate the shaft O.D. and the pulley I.D. with engine oil. Align the keyway in the pulley with the key in the shaft. Use the tool to push the pulley on the shaft until it touches the step on the shaft.
QSK19 Section 0 - Complete Engine - Group 00 Use vegetable oil to lubricate the new o-ring. Do not soak the new o-ring in engine oil. CAUTION Use care when handling the piston cooling nozzle. Any damage to the piston cooling nozzle can result in major engine damage. Install the o-ring in the groove of the piston cooling nozzle that is the least distance to the flange. Install the piston ring type (steel) seal ring in the groove that is the most distance from the flange.
Align one of the valve set marks with the mark cast in the accessory drive seal boss.
Refer to the sequence chart illustrated to identify the two piston cooling nozzles that can be installed.
CAUTION Do not use the capscrew to pull the nozzle into the cylinder block. Nozzles and o-ring damage or external oil leaks can result. Install the two piston cooling nozzles. Use only your hand to push the nozzle into the bore until the flange touches the block. Install and tighten the capscrew. Torque Value 45 Nm [35 ft-lb]
QSK19 Section 0 - Complete Engine - Group 00 Rotate the barring device and align the next valve set mark with the mark cast into the gear cover. Repeat the process to install the remaining piston cooling nozzles.
Install the air compressor.
Single Cylinder Install the splined coupling (1) on the accessory drive shaft. Be sure the gasket surfaces of the accessory drive and air compressor are clean and not damaged. Use a new gasket to install the air compressor. CAUTION Do not tighten any capscrew until the support bracket is aligned. Install the four capscrews and two nuts (2). The capscrews (4) must be loose.
Install the two capscrews (5) for the bracket. The support bracket must be flat against the block. Turn the compressor until the bracket is flat.
QSK19 Section 0 - Complete Engine - Group 00 Tighten the compressor to the accessory drive capscrews (2). Torque Value: 60 Nm Torque Value: 45 Nm [45 ft-lb] [35 ft-lb] Tighten the bracket to the block capscrews (5). CAUTION The bracket MUST be flat against the compressor. Tighten the bracket to the compressor capscrew (4). Torque Value: 45 Nm [35 ft-lb]
NOTE: If rubber grommets are used on the coolant lines, be sure they are installed carefully to prevent cuts or tears to the grommets which cause coolant leaks. When flexible tubing is used, make sure that it does not rub any other surface. Install the coolant and air lines to the air compressor and tighten. Install the fuel pump drive coupling on the air compressor.
Install the gasket and the cover plate (support bracket) on the compressor. Do not tighten the six capscrews. The support must be adjusted.
NOTE: Do not install the splined coupling or the mounting gasket. Install the compressor on the accessory drive. Install the four capscrews (6). Only tighten the capscrews enough to pull the compressor to the accessory drive. The compressor must be turned to align the support bracket.
QSK19 Section 0 - Complete Engine - Group 00 CAUTION The support MUST be flat against the block. Rotate the compressor until the support is aligned properly against the block. If the support in NOT flat, the compressor and/or accessory drive will fail. Tighten the four capscrews (6). Torque Value: 60 Nm [45 ft-lb] The bracket must remain flat against the block. Tighten the support capscrews (7) that are accessible. Torque Value: 45 Nm [35 ft-lb]
Remove the four capscrews (6). Remove the compressor. Tighten the two remaining support to the compressor capscrews. Torque Value: 45 Nm [35 ft-lb]
Install the splined coupling (1), the gasket, and the compressor. CAUTION The support MUST be flat against the block. Rotate the compressor until the support is aligned properly against the block. If the support is NOT flat, the compressor and/or accessory will fail. Install the four capscrews (6) and two capscrews (5). Torque Value: Capscrew (6) Capscrew (5) 60 Nm 45 Nm [54 ft-lb] [35 ft-lb]
Install the lubricating oil filters.
QSK19 Section 0 - Complete Engine - Group 00 Clean the top of the cylinder block and the cylinder liners. Use a scraper or a fibrous abrasive pad such as ScotchBrite 7477, or equivalent, and solvent. Clean the top deck surface of the block. Do not allow any dirt into the cylinder. The surface must be free of dirt, oil, and gasket material, but does not have to look like new metal. NOTE: Check the top surface of the block for wear. If fretting damage is present in an area where a head gasket seal ring or a grommet makes contact, the surface must be repaired. Refer to the Alternative Repair Manual. NOTE: Fretting damage in any other area is acceptable only if it does not change the protrusion measurement of the counterbore or liner. Visually inspect the groove pins for damage. Use the ST1134 dowel pin extractor, or equivalent to remove the pins.
Inspect the cylinder block to determine if an oversize or a standard size head gasket is required. NOTE: An oversize head gasket may be required on blocks that have had material removed from the top surface of the block. Check the block for markings indicating an oversized gasket is required.
NOTE: The word TOP stamped on top of the head gasket must be visible after the gasket is installed. Install the gasket.
QSK19 Section 0 - Complete Engine - Group 00 Install the cylinder head. It must slide easily over the groove pins. Lubricate the capscrew head flange with SAE EP 140W oil. Lubricate the capscrew threads with clean engine oil. Allow excess oil to drip off of the capscrews before installing in the block. Install the capscrews.
NOTE: When using torque plus angle, the tolerance on the 90 degree angle of rotation is one to two flats (90 degrees 30 degrees). If the capscrew is rotated beyond two flats, do not loosen the capscrew. The clamp load is still acceptable, however, rotating the capscrew beyond two flats causes additional stretch and reduces the life of the capscrew. With proper torquing, the capscrew can typically be reused for the life of the engine. After all capscrews on one head have been torqued to 300 Nm [220 ft-lb], they must be rotated in the tightening direction an additional 90 degrees. Rotate the capscrew until the mark on the cylinder head(1) is between the next two marks joined by an arc (more than one flat and less than two flats). The markings on the head of the flange head capscrews serve as an aid during installation. After torquing the capscrew to 300 Nm [220 ft-lb], mark the cylinder head(1) adjacent to one of the two single marks on the capscrew head.
Tighten the capscrews using the following steps and in the sequence shown. Torque Value: Step 1 2 3 4 68 Nm [50 ft-lb] 205 Nm [150 ft-lb] 300 Nm [220 ft-lb] Rotate 90 Degrees
QSK19 Section 0 - Complete Engine - Group 00 Use clean, 15W-40 oil. Lubricate the o-rings.
Install the hold-down clamp on the side of the injector.
Install the injector and hold-down clamp in the cylinder head. Use injector installation tool, Part No. 3824830, it set the injector in the bore. The slide hammer will make a dull sound when the injector is seated properly. NOTE: If the injector installation tool, Part No. 3824830, is not available, use a 40 mm (1 9/16-inch) socket with an extension and a rubber mallet to install the injector.
Use clean, engine oil. Lubricate the injector hold-down capscrew. Install the injector hold-down capscrew. Torque Value: 54 Nm [40 ft-lb]
QSK19 Section 0 - Complete Engine - Group 00 Use vegetable oil. Lubricate the o-rings (2). Install the o-rings. Install the water transfer tube (1).
NOTE: The gasket and housing must be aligned correctly with the dowel pins. Install the gasket and the housing. Install the seven capscrews. Torque Value: 95 Nm [70 ft-lb]
Use the sequence shown to tighten the capscrews. Torque Value: 95 Nm [70 ft-lb]
NOTE: The push rods must be seated correctly in the cam followers. NOTE: The injector push rods are thicker in the middle. The valve push rods are the same for both intake and exhaust. Use engine oil. Lubricate the sockets in the cam followers. Install the push rods. Lubricate the crosshead pockets with clean engine oil. Install the valve crossheads.
QSK19 Section 0 - Complete Engine - Group 00 Install the rocker levers.
NOTE: Be sure the ring dowel that aligns the rocker shaft is installed in the housing. NOTE: Be sure the adjusting screws are loose. Position the rocker lever assembly on the housing. Install the capscrews 2 or 3 revolutions. Align the push rod sockets with the adjusting screws. Tighten the capscrews. Torque Value: 225 Nm [165 ft-lb]
Adjust the valves and injectors.
NOTE: The barring device shaft turns approximately two revolutions before the engine begins to turn. The device will not turn the engine opposite the direction of normal rotation. Push the shaft in and turn the barring device counterclockwise until the A mark on the pulley is aligned with the mark that is cast into the boss for the accessory drive seal on the front gear cover.
QSK19 Section 0 - Complete Engine - Group 00 Determine the Cylinder in Position for Valve Set The valves will be adjusted on the cylinder that has all the valves closed. Use the table to determine the cylinders for valve position.
If the rocker lever assemblies have been removed, use this step to determine the cylinder to be set. NOTE: All adjusting screws must be loose on all cylinders, and the push rod must remain in alignment. NOTE: Perform this step on both cylinders to be checked. Hold both rocker levers against the crossheads. Turn the adjusting screws until they touch the push rods. Turn the lock nuts until they touch the levers. NOTE: The push rods will be the same height above the top of the rocker lever housing on the cylinder ready for valve adjustment.
If the rocker levers have not been removed, wiggle the valve rocker levers on the two cylinders in question. Set the valves on the cylinder where both levers feel loose.
Use the chart to determine the injector that is ready to adjust. NOTE: Adjustment can begin on any valve set mark. In our example, assume the A mark is aligned and the push rod heights indicate that the valves on cylinder No. 6 are closed. The chart shows the valves on No. 2 are ready to adjust. The chart shows the injector on cylinder No. 3 is ready to adjust. After the adjustment, bar the engine to the B set mark. Adjust the valves on cylinder No. 4 and adjust the injector on cylinder No. 6.
QSK19 Section 0 - Complete Engine - Group 00 Valves Setting Valve Adjustment (Initial Set) Reference mm Point A 0.81 Exhaust B 0.36 Intake in 0.032 0.014
NOTE: To provide a consistent set, lubricate the adjusting screws prior to setting the valves. NOTE: Be sure the crosshead is firmly in place on the valve stem tips. NOTE: Be sure the feeler gauge is under the center of the ball and socket, or the socket can rock or tip, resulting in an incorrect adjustment. Select a feeler gauge for the correct valve lash specification. Use service tool Part No. 3824901. Insert the gauge (2) between the rocker lever socket and the crosshead.
Two different methods for establishing valve lash clearance are described below. Either method can be used. The torque wrench method has proven to be the most consistent. Torque Wrench Method: Use Part No. 3376592, Inch Pound Torque Wrench. Tighten the adjusting screw to 1 Nm [6 in-lb] torque. Feel Method: Use a nut driver and turn the adjusting screw only until the lever touches the feeler gauge.
Valve Set Torque Wrench Method Hold the torque wrench in a position that allows you to look in a direct line at the dial. This is to be sure that the dial will read accurately. Be sure the parts are in alignment and squeeze the oil out of the valve and the injector train while tightening the adjusting screw. After loosening the adjusting screw at least 1 revolution, tighten the adjusting screw again. Torque Value: 1 Nm [9 in-lb]
QSK19 Section 0 - Complete Engine - Group 00 NOTE: The feeler gauge must slide backward and forward with only a slight drag. NOTE: The adjusting screw must not turn when the lock nut is tightened. Torque Value: With Torque Wrench Adapter, Part No. ST-669 (1) Without Adapter
45 Nm 60 Nm
[35 ft-lb] [45 ft-lb]
Attempt to insert a feeler gauge that is 0.03 mm [0.001 in] thicker. The valve lash is not correct when the thicker gauge will fit. Repeat the adjustment process until the clearance is correct on both the intake and the exhaust valves. Injectors Setting Use a dial-type torque wrench to tighten the injector rocker lever adjusting screw. If the screw chatters during setting, repair the screw and lever as required. Hold the torque wrench in a position that allows you to look in a direct line at the dial. This is to be sure the dial will be read accurately. Be sure the parts are in alignment and squeeze the oil out of the valve and injector train, while tightening the adjusting screw. Torque Value: 20 Nm [175 in-lb] Loosen the adjusting screw at least 1 revolution. Tighten the adjusting screw again. Torque Value: 19 Nm [165 in-lb] NOTE: The torque wrench must be calibrated, have a resolution of 0.28 Nm [2.5 in-lb], and have a range of 17 to 23 Nm [150 to 200 in-lb]. Do not use a clicker-type torque wrench. Hold the adjusting screw in this position. The adjusting screw must not turn when the lock nut is tightened. Tighten the lock nut to the following values: Torque Value: With Torque Wrench Adapter, Part No. ST669 (1) Without Adapter
45 Nm 60 Nm
[35 ft-lb] [45 ft-lb]
NOTE: To provide a constant set, lubricate the injector adjusting screw prior to setting the injectors.
Engine Assembly (000-004) Page 0-120 1. Engine firing order 1-5-3-6-2-4
2. Cylinders are numbered from the front gear cover end of the engine. 3. Two crankshaft revolutions are required to adjust all of the valves and the injectors. 4. One pair of valves and one injector are adjusted at each pulley index mark before rotating the engine to the next index mark. 5. The valves and the injectors on the same cylinder are not adjusted at the same mark. 6. Each cylinder has three rocker levers. The lever nearest to the front of the engine is the exhaust lever. The following chart is useful for recording values. NOTE: Refer to Procedure 003006, Overhead Set (OBC), for value and injector adjustment procedures. Work Sequence ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ Valves to be Set A-5 B-3 C-6 A-2 B-4 C-1 Inspection Report for Valve Lash and Injector Torque Intake Exhaust Reset Crosshead Cylinder (Y/N) (OK/Reset) No. ______ ______ ______ _______ 4 ______ ______ ______ _______ 1 ______ ______ ______ _______ 5 ______ ______ ______ _______ 3 ______ ______ ______ _______ 6 ______ ______ ______ _______ 2 Injector Torque ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ Reset (Y/N) ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______
Customer: ............................................................................................................................................................ Location: .............................................................................................................................................................. Unit No. ............................................ Hours: ............................................ Date: ............................................ Job No.: ............................................................................................................................................................... Engine Model No.: ....................................................... Engine Serial No.: ....................................................... Type of Inspection (Failure, Routine, Complaint): Inspection Notes: ................................................................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................................................................ ............................................................................................................................................................................ ............................................................................................................................................................................ ............................................................................................................................................................................ ............................................................................................................................................................................ ............................................................................................................................................................................ ............................................................................................................................................................................ ............................................................................................................................................................................ ............................................................................................................................................................................ ............................................................................................................................................................................ This page can be copied for your convenience.
QSK19 Section 0 - Complete Engine - Group 00 NOTE: Do not use gasket cement. It will prevent the gasket from sealing properly. Install the rocker lever cover, gasket, and capscrews. Tighten the capscrews. Torque Value: 45 Nm [35 ft-lb]
Install the coolant thermostat housing support.
Conventional Aftercooling Install the o-rings (19) on the water transfer tube. Use vegetable oil. Lubricate the o-rings. Install the tube in the bore of the rocker lever housing. Align the bore in the thermostat housing support with the transfer tube. Push the support into position.
NOTE: The outside capscrew holds a clip for the aftercooler water inlet tube. Install the four lockwashers and capscrews. Tighten the capscrews. Torque Value: 45 Nm [35 ft-lb]
QSK19 Section 0 - Complete Engine - Group 00 Use vegetable oil to lubricate the o-ring. Install a new o-ring on the aftercooler water supply tube (31). Install the tube in the bore of the thermostat housing. Install the retainer clip (7) and capscrew. Tighten the capscrew. NOTE: The retainer clip leg should point towards the thermostat housing. Torque Value: Capscrew Tighten the hose clamps. Torque Value: Hose Clamp 6 Nm [50 in-lb] 20 Nm [15 ft-lb]
Attach the support clip to the bracket (34). Connect the aftercooler coolant return tube (7) and hose(s) to the aftercooler. Install the gasket and return tube capscrews. Tighten the capscrews. Torque Value: 6 Nm Install the vent hose (6). Connect the coolant temperature sensor wire. NOTE: If the engine is equipped with an air compressor, install the air compressor coolant return tube. [50 in-lb]
Use vegetable oil. Lubricate the o-ring on the bypass tube. Install the bypass tube. Install the retainer (9) and capscrew. Tighten the capscrew. Torque Value: Capscrew Tighten the hose clamps. Torque Value: Hose Clamp 6 Nm [50 in-lb] 45 Nm [35 ft-lb]
QSK19 Section 0 - Complete Engine - Group 00 Low Temperature Aftercooling Install the o-rings (19) on the water transfer tube. Use vegetable oil. Lubricate the o-rings. Install the tube in the bore of the rocker lever housing. Align the bore in the thermostat housing support with the transfer tube. Push the support into position.
NOTE: The outside capscrew holds a clip for the aftercooler water inlet tube. Install the four lockwashers and capscrews. Tighten the capscrews. Torque Value: 45 Nm [35 ft-lb]
Use vegetable oil. Lubricate the o-ring on the bypass tube. Install the bypass tube. Install the retainer (9) and capscrew. Tighten the capscrew. NOTE: The retainer clip leg should point towards the thermostat housing. Torque Value: Capscrew Tighten the hose clamps. Torque Value: Hose Clamp 6 Nm [50 in-lb] 45 Nm [35 ft-lb]
QSK19 Section 0 - Complete Engine - Group 00 Use vegetable oil to lubricate the o-ring. Install a new o-ring on the aftercooler water supply tube (31). Install the tube in the bore of the thermostat housing. Install the retainer clip (7) and capscrew. Tighten the capscrew. NOTE: The retainer clip leg should point towards the thermostat housing. Torque Value: Capscrew Tighten the hose clamps. Torque Value: Hose Clamp 6 Nm [50 in-lb] 20 Nm [15 ft-lb]
Attach the support clip to the bracket (34). Use vegetable oil to lubricate the new o-rings. Install the o-rings on the aftercooler water inlet and outlet tubes. Install the tubes. Install the retainer clips (7) and capscrews. Tighten the capscrews. Torque Value: Capscrew Tighten the hose clamps. Torque Value: Hose Clamp 6 Nm [50 in-lb] 20 Nm [15 ft-lb]
Attach the support clips to the bracket (34). Connect the coolant temperature sensor wire (17). NOTE: Service replacement cam followers are coated with a heavy preservative to prevent rust. This preservative must be removed completely with solvent before the parts are installed on the engine. CAUTION The cam follower mounting capscrews are special 12point flange heads. Shaft failure will result if standard capscrews are used. Use engine oil to lubricate the camshaft and cam followers.
QSK19 Section 0 - Complete Engine - Group 00 Install the cam follower assembly. The shaft must fit on both ring dowels. Install the capscrews. Torque Value: Step 1 2 3 55 Nm 110 Nm 165 Nm [40 ft-lb] [80 ft-lb] [120 ft-lb]
CAUTION The tabs on the cover gasket must be removed before installation. Install the gasket, cover, and capscrews.
Tighten the 14 capscrews in sequence shown. Torque Value: 27 Nm [20 ft-lb] Install the crankcase vent hose, fuel supply line, and the wiring harness.
Rail Applications Install the face seal o-rings. Install the two scavenging tubes on the fittings of the cam follower cover. Torque Value: 80 Nm [60 ft-lb]
QSK19 Section 0 - Complete Engine - Group 00 Rail Applications Connect the turbocharger drain hose to the scavenge cross. Torque Value: 80 Nm [60 ft-lb]
NOTE: The dipstick tube and fuel filter mounting locations vary depending on the application of the engine. Install the dipstick tube. Tighten the nut 3/4 turn to 1 turn after contact with the ferrule.
Install the gasket, filter head and six capscrews. Tighten the capscrews. Torque Value: 45 Nm [35 ft-lb]
Oil Transfer Connection Block Install the lube oil transfer connection block gasket, remove tab as shown. Install the lube oil transfer connection block.
QSK19 Section 0 - Complete Engine - Group 00 Remove the two straight threaded o-ring plugs from the timing holes in the front cover. Check the index mark alignment.
CAUTION Do not use the A on the camshaft idler gear for the accessory drive alignment unless the X marks on the camshaft and the camshaft idler gears are aligned and centered in the upper timing plug hole. If the X marks are not visible in the upper hole, rotate the engine until the X marks on the camshaft gear and camshaft idler gear are aligned and centered in the upper timing plug hole. NOTE: Install the accessory drive so that the A on the accessory drive gear is centered in the lower timing plug hole. Install the gasket, capscrews, and nut. Tighten the capscrews. Torque Value: 45 Nm [35 ft-lb]
Install the straight threaded o-ring plugs. Tighten the o-ring plugs. Torque Value: 25 Nm [20 ft-lb]
QSK19 Section 0 - Complete Engine - Group 00 Install the accessory drive seal.
NOTE: The keyway seal must be installed before installing the woodruff key. Install the keyway seal.
Install the woodruff key.
CAUTION Do not use a hammer to drive the pulley into position. Damage to the thrust bearing will result. Use pulley installation tool kit, Part No. 3376326. Insert the appropriate adapter (7) in the pusher.
QSK19 Section 0 - Complete Engine - Group 00 Lubricate the shaft O.D. and the pulley I.D. with engine oil. Align the keyway in the pulley with the key in the shaft. Use the tool to push the pulley on the shaft until it touches the step on the shaft.
All QSK19 engines use a light green fuel pump drive coupling. Install the fuel pump drive coupling (23), gasket, fuel pump, and four capscrews. Tighten the capscrews. Torque Value: 45 Nm [35 ft-lb]
Check for the proper installation of the o-rings in both locations. Install the fuel pump inlet hose and the fuel supply hose. Tighten the hoses. Torque Value: Fuel Pump Inlet Hose Fuel Supply Hose 88 Nm 60 Nm [65 ft-lb] [45 ft-lb]
Install the fuel filter head. Install the two mounting capscrews. Tighten the capscrews. Torque Value: 55 Nm [40 ft-lb]
QSK19 Section 0 - Complete Engine - Group 00 Connect the fuel line to the fuel filter head.
Install a new thread adapter sealing ring supplied with the new filter. A fuel-water separator or fuel filter and water separator combination must be installed. Apply a light coating of clean engine oil to the surface of the filter gasket. Fill the filter with clean fuel.
Install the filter on the filter head. Turn the filter until the gasket touches the surface of the filter head. Tighten the filter an additional 1/2 to 3/4 of a turn after the gasket touches the filter head surface. Open the fuel line shutoff valve and check for leaks.
Install the four capscrews to secure the control valve body assembly and the wire harness and brackets. Torque Value: 45 Nm [35 ft-lb]
QSK19 Section 0 - Complete Engine - Group 00 Tighten the nut that holds the electrical connection post on the fuel shutoff valve coil. Torque Value: 3 Nm [25 in-lb]
Install the electrical connection on the fuel shutoff valve. Install the nut on the threaded post of the coil. Use two [3/8-inch] wrenches. Hold the post of the nut firmly while tightening the connection nut. Torque Value: 2 Nm [15 in-lb]
Inspect the actuator and pressure sensor connections for dirt and debris. Use dielectric lithium grease, Part No. 3822934, and QD contact cleaner, Part No. 3824510. Clean and lubricate the connections and actuator if cleaning is required.
NOTE: If the electrical connections were not labeled for identification purposes during disassembly, verify the types of connections on the wiring diagram. Connect the actuator and pressure sensor connections.
QSK19 Section 0 - Complete Engine - Group 00 Connect the fuel supply hose (1), the timing rail pressure line (2), and the metering rail pressure lines (3) to the control valve body. Tighten the fuel supply hose (1). Tighten the timing pressure (2) and rail pressure lines (3). Torque Value: Fuel Supply Hose (1) Timing and Rail Pressure Lines (2 and 3) 61 Nm [45 ft-lb]
27 Nm
[20 ft-lb]
Use Lubriplate No. 105, or equivalent, to position and secure the o-rings. Install the o-rings.
Install the front fuel manifold. Use the sequence illustrated to tighten the 12 capscrews. Torque Value: 9.6 Nm [85 in-lb] Repeat this process for the installation of the rear fuel manifold.
On engines equipped with an air compressor, install the air inlet connection hose, and new gasket.
QSK19 Section 0 - Complete Engine - Group 00 Install the engine wiring harness and brackets.
Fuel Tank-To-Fuel Filter Install and tighten the fuel inlet line. Torque Value: 115 Nm [85 ft-lb]
Fuel Rail Supply Line Fuel Timing Supply Line Loosely assemble the fuel tubes and clamps.
NOTE: It is a good service practice to use two wrenches when tightening the fuel fittings. Support the fitting. Use a crowfoot wrench and a torque wrench. Tighten the fuel tube nut. Torque Value: 27 Nm [20 ft-lb]
QSK19 Section 0 - Complete Engine - Group 00 Tighten the fuel tube clamps. Torque Value: 27 Nm [20 ft-lb]
On engines equipped with an air compressor, install the air compressor air inlet connection with a new hose and gasket. Torque Value: Flange Capscrew: Torque Value: Clamp: 4 Nm 6 Nm [35 in-lb] [50 in-lb]
Fuel Control Supply Lines Install new o-rings on the control valve body inlet fitting and the fuel pump outlet fitting. Be sure the o-ring is installed properly.
Install and tighten the fuel control valve supply hose. Torque Value: 61 Nm [45 ft-lb]
QSK19 Section 0 - Complete Engine - Group 00 Fuel Inlet Line Install new o-rings on the fuel pump inlet fitting and fuel filter head outlet fitting. Check for proper o-ring installation.
Install the hose at the fuel pump inlet and fuel filter head outlet fitting. Tighten the hose. Torque Value: 88 Nm [65 ft-lb]
Install the bolt seals in the aftercooler housing.
NOTE: Use guide studs long enough to protrude beyond the installed part. Install 12 guide studs in the upper row of capscrew holes in the cylinder heads. Install the gaskets on the studs with the raised bead on the gasket toward the cylinder head.
QSK19 Section 0 - Complete Engine - Group 00 CAUTION This component weighs 23 kg [50 lb] or more. To avoid personal injury, use a hoist or get assistance to lift the component. Install the aftercooler and the bottom row of capscrews. Tighten the capscrews only enough to hold the part. Remove the guide studs and install the top row of capscrews.
Use the sequence shown, and the steps and values indicated below to tighten the capscrews. Torque Value: Step 1 2 25 Nm 45 Nm [20 ft-lb] [35 ft-lb]
Rail Applications Install the intake manifold and 24 capscrews. Tighten the 24 capscrews in the sequence shown. Torque Value: 45 Nm [35 ft-lb]
Rail Applications Install the turbocharger drain line to the turbocharger. Torque Value: 45 Nm [35 ft-lb]
QSK19 Section 0 - Complete Engine - Group 00 Rail Applications Install the face seal o-ring. Install the turbocharger drain line to scavenge cross. Torque Value: 80 Nm [60 ft-lb]
Rail Applications Install hose and tighten hose clamp. Torque Value: 8 Nm [75 in-lb]
Connect the inlet hose. Tighten the clamps. Torque Value 6 Nm [50 in-lb]
Connect the water outlet hose (8). Tighten the clamps. Torque Value 6 Nm [50 in-lb] Install the coolant vent and tighten.
QSK19 Section 0 - Complete Engine - Group 00 Install two guide studs. Put the gasket and housing into position. Install, but do not tighten, capscrews.
CAUTION Do not tighten the capscrews until the oil cooler cover or torque converter cooler cover is installed. Install the capscrews as shown. CAUTION The two capscrew holes marked X align with cylinder head capscrews. The cylinder head capscrews will be damaged if the cooler housing capscrews are too long. Oil Cooler Capscrew Lengths Illustration Callout No. Without Oil Filter 1 1-1/4 in 2 1-3/4 in 3 1-5/8 in 4 1-3/4 in 5 1-5/8 in NOTE: Remove the plastic shipping plugs from the new oil cooler elements. Install the gaskets, oil cooler elements, and capscrews. Tighten the capscrews. Torque Value: 45 Nm [35 ft-lb]
QSK19 Section 0 - Complete Engine - Group 00 Install the oil cooler cover.
Install the elements. Tighten the self-locking nuts. Torque Value: 130 Nm [95 ft-lb] Use new o-rings. Lubricate the o-rings with vegetable oil. Install the o-rings on the cooler elements.
CAUTION This component weighs 23 kg [50 lb] or more. To avoid personal injury, use a hoist or get assistance to lift the component. Use two [3/8-16 x 12 inch] guide studs to support the housing during installation. Install the gasket and housing. Install the capscrews in the bottom row of holes on the housing. These capscrews are all 101.6 mm [4 in] long.
NOTE: The length and location of all the capscrews on the torque converter cooler and cover are shown. Be sure the capscrews are the correct length. Do not tighten any of the capscrews until all of them have been installed.
QSK19 Section 0 - Complete Engine - Group 00 NOTE: Be sure the capscrews are the correct length. Use vegetable oil to lubricate the o-rings on the cooler element and the bores in the cover. Install the gasket and cover. Push the cover over the o-rings until the cover is against the housing. Install the remaining capscrews.
Tighten the capscrews in the sequence shown. Torque Value: 45 Nm [35 ft-lb]
Use vegetable oil. Lubricate the o-rings (13). Install the transfer tube in the water pump outlet connection. Install the water pump outlet connection, gasket, and capscrews. Tighten the capscrews. Torque Value: 45 Nm [35 ft-lb]
Connect the aftercooler supply hose to the water pump outlet connection. Tighten the clamps. Torque Value: 5.6 Nm [50 in-lb]
QSK19 Section 0 - Complete Engine - Group 00 Use vegetable oil. Lubricate the o-ring on the water bypass tube. Install the bypass tube. Install the retainer (9) and capscrew. Tighten the capscrew and hose clamp. Torque Value: Capscrew Clamp 45 Nm 5.6 Nm [35 ft-lb] [50 in-lb]
Connect the torque converter oil hoses to the torque converter cooler.
Install the oil cooler cover and new gasket. Use several capscrews to secure the cover in position, but do not tighten the capscrews.
Install the capscrews as shown.
QSK19 Section 0 - Complete Engine - Group 00 Tighten the capscrews to the values specified and in the sequence shown. Torque Value: 45 Nm [35 ft-lb]
Use vegetable oil. Lubricate the o-rings (13). Install the transfer tube in the water pump outlet connection. Install the water pump outlet connection, gasket, and capscrews. Torque Value: 45 Nm [35 ft-lb]
Connect the aftercooler supply hose to the water pump outlet connection. Tighten the clamps. Torque Value: 6 Nm [50 in-lb]
Use vegetable oil. Lubricate the o-ring on the bypass tube. Install the bypass tube. Install the retainer (9) and capscrew. Tighten the capscrew and the hose clamps. Torque Value: Capscrew Torque Value: Hose Clamp 45 Nm 6 Nm [35 ft-lb] [50 in-lb]
QSK19 Section 0 - Complete Engine - Group 00 CAUTION Do not use gasket cement or the gasket will fail. Install the guide studs used during removal. Use contact adhesive and attach the gasket on the cylinder head exhaust ports. Install the exhaust manifold.
Apply an antiseize compound on the capscrew threads. Install the capscrews. Remove the two guide studs (12) and install the remaining capscrews.
Tighten the capscrews in the sequence shown. Torque Value: 45 Nm [35 ft-lb]
Marine Applications NOTE: Do not rip, tear, or damage the insulation on the exhaust manifold. Install the heat shield. Install the 7 mounting capscrews.
QSK19 Section 0 - Complete Engine - Group 00 Holset turbocharger(s) are used on the QSK19 engine. Refer to the data tag on the turbocharger to determine the model. NOTE: The name is also cast on the housing of a turbocharger.
NOTE: All turbocharger fittings are the flat face o-ring type fittings. Be sure the o-ring is in place before attaching the hose(s) to the fittings. The Holset turbocharger uses a [9/16-18 UNF], straight thread, o-ring type oil supply fitting.
Apply an antiseize compound to the mounting capscrews. Install the gasket. NOTE: The word OUT must be positioned toward the turbocharger or the raised gasket bead. Install the turbocharger, washers, and nuts. Tighten the capscrews. Torque Value: 40 Nm [30 ft-lb]
Position the turbocharger drain tube. The drain tube must be within 35 degrees of vertical. Turn the bearing housing to align the tube, if necessary. NOTE: The turbocharger uses capscrews to attach the bearing housing to the turbine housing.
QSK19 Section 0 - Complete Engine - Group 00 Bearing Housing Adjustment Bend the lockplate off the capscrew heads. Remove the capscrews. Rotate the bearing housing. Align the drain tube and the capscrew holes.
Install the lockplates and capscrews. Tighten the capscrews. Torque Value: 20 Nm [180 in-lb] Bend the lockplate tabs over the capscrews.
CAUTION These parts are a safety-related item. Be sure the parts are clamped correctly to prevent fretting. Install the oil drain tube and gasket. Tighten the capscrews. Torque Value: 45 Nm Torque Value: 95 Nm [35 ft-lb] [70 ft-lb] Tighten drain hose swivel to oil pan adapter. Pour clean engine oil into the turbocharger oil supply fitting. Turbocharger Oil Supply 50 to 60 cc [2.0 to 3.0 oz.]
QSK19 Section 0 - Complete Engine - Group 00 Connect the oil supply hose. Tighten the hose fitting. Torque Value: 31 Nm [23 ft-lb]
Connect the coolant supply hose and the coolant return hose to the turbocharger. Tighten the hose fittings. Torque Value: 54 Nm [40 ft-lb]
Check the air crossover-to-turbocharger alignment. Install the air crossover on the aftercooler. Look at the alignment between the crossover and the turbocharger compressor outlet. Remove the crossover and proceed with the assembly if the alignment is correct. Proceed to the next step to adjust the compressor housing if the alignment is not correct.
To adjust the turbocharger compressor housing alignment: Loosen the V-band clamp. Turn the compressor housing to the correct alignment. Tighten the clamp. Torque Value: 8 Nm [75 in-lb] Tap the clamp with a mallet and tighten the clamp again.
QSK19 Section 0 - Complete Engine - Group 00 Install the hose and two hose clamps on the air crossover tube. Install the air crossover. Slide the hose down and over the turbocharger outlet. Install the gasket and capscrews.
Use the sequence illustrated. Tighten the capscrews. Torque Value Torque Value 45 Nm 8 Nm [35 ft-lb] [75 in-lb] Tighten the clamps.
Connect the inlet piping to the turbocharger. Tighten the clamps. Torque Value: 8 Nm [75 in-lb]
Connect the exhaust piping to the turbocharger. Tighten the V-band clamp. Torque Value: 8 Nm [75 in-lb]
QSK19 Section 0 - Complete Engine - Group 00 Install the belt tensioner on the idler arm. Tighten the capscrews. Torque Value: 201 Nm [75 ft-lb]
Install the idler arm assembly and capscrews (2). Tighten the capscrews. Torque Value: 45 Nm [35 ft-lb] Install the belt tensioning nut (1). Do not tighten the nut.
CAUTION This assembly weighs more than 23 kg [50 lb] . To avoid personal injury, use a hoist or get personal assistance. Install the fan hub, the eight washers and nuts. Tighten the fan hub nuts. Torque Value: 34 Nm [25 ft-lb]
Install the fan belt. Install the fan. Tighten the belt tensioning nut.
QSK19 Section 0 - Complete Engine - Group 00 Install the inlet connection (1), gasket, and capscrews. Tighten the capscrews. Torque Value: 40 Nm [30 ft-lb] NOTE: Do not tighten the support bracket until the water pump is assembled to the engine. Use a heavy, plain washer on the capscrew that attaches through the slotted hole. Install the support bracket (2).
NOTE: Failure of the water pump drive shaft will result when the wrong shaft is installed. Use shaft (1) with cast iron impeller pumps (Marine applications). Use shaft (2) with phenolic (plastic) impeller pumps. NOTE: Install the shaft with the oil hole at the side of the shaft toward the water pump.
Use engine oil and lubricate the drive shaft (14). Install the shaft in the splined hole in the water pump drive. NOTE: Do not tighten the capscrews and nut until the support bracket is aligned with the cylinder block. Install the gasket and water pump. Install three capscrews and nuts. Tighten the capscrews and nuts. Torque Value: 45 Nm [35 ft-lb]
The support bracket must be flat against the water pump and the cylinder block. Align the bracket before tightening the capscrews. Install the capscrew through the bracket. Tighten the capscrew. Torque Value: 206 Nm [150 ft-lb] Check the alignment between the support bracket and the water pump. Loosen the capscrew and adjust if necessary. Tighten the capscrews holding the support bracket to the water pump. Torque Value: 45 Nm [35 ft-lb]
QSK19 Section 0 - Complete Engine - Group 00 Use vegetable oil and lubricate the o-rings (13). Install the transfer tube in the water pump outlet connection. Install the water pump outlet connection, gasket, and capscrews. Tighten the capscrews. Torque Value: 45 Nm [35 ft-lb]
Connect the aftercooler supply hose to the water pump outlet connection. Tighten the clamps. Torque Value: 6 Nm [50 in-lb]
Install the bypass connection gasket. Tighten the capscrews. Torque Value: 40 Nm [30 ft-lb] Use vegetable oil and lubricate the o-ring on the bypass tube. Install the bypass tube. Install the retainer and capscrew. Tighten the capscrew and the hose clamps. Torque Value: Capscrew Hose Clamp 45 Nm 6 Nm [35 ft-lb] [50 in-lb]
Use engine oil and lubricate the seal on the filter. NOTE: Do not allow oil to get in the filter. It will adversely affect the SCA.
QSK19 Section 0 - Complete Engine - Group 00 Install the coolant filter. Turn the filter until the seal touches the filter head. Turn an additional 1/2 to 3/4 of a turn after contact.
Turn the valve to the ON position.
Lubricate the shaft with engine oil. Install the pulley and nut on the alternator shaft. Tighten the nut. Torque Value: 100 Nm [75 ft-lb]
The belt must be adjusted before the capscrews are tightened. NOTE: The end of the adjusting link with the largest area at the capscrew hole must be nearest to the alternator. Install the alternator and the adjusting link as shown.
QSK19 Section 0 - Complete Engine - Group 00 CAUTION Do not attempt to pry the belt on the pulley to avoid damage to pulley and belt. Install the belt. Turn the adjusting screw counterclockwise to shorten the link if necessary.
Turn the adjusting screw clockwise to tighten the belt. Tighten the belt. Belt Tension 670 N [150 lbf] Use the (Burroughs) belt tension gauge, Part No. ST-1138, to check the belt tension.
NOTE: The lower jam nut has left-hand threads. Tighten the jam nuts on the adjusting screw. Tighten the adjusting link and alternator mounting capscrews. Torque Value: Jam Nuts Alternator Mounting Capscrews 55 Nm 55 Nm [40 ft-lb] [40 ft-lb]
Connect the wiring to the alternator. WARNING Always connect the negative (-) cable last to avoid sparks that can ignite explosive battery gases. WARNING Batteries emit hydrogen gas. To avoid explosion and personal injury, do not smoke or allow ignition source in area when servicing batteries. Connect the batteries.
QSK19 Section 0 - Complete Engine - Group 00 NOTE: Not all engines use spacers. NOTE: The wet type flywheel housing requires gaskets for the starting motor. Install any spacer or gaskets. Install the starting motor and capscrews. Use the following to tighten the capscrews. Torque Value: W/Cast Iron Flywheel Housing W/Aluminum Flywheel Housing
215 Nm 195 Nm
[160 ft-lb] [145 ft-lb]
WARNING Always connect the negative (-) cable last to avoid sparks that can ignite explosive battery gases. WARNING Batteries emit hydrogen gas. To avoid explosion and personal injury, do not smoke or allow ignition source in area when servicing batteries. Install the electrical connections to the starting motor. Connect the batteries.
NOTES
Section 1 - Cylinder Block - Group 01
Page 1-a

Section Contents
Page Bearings, Connecting Rod .............................................................................................................................. 1-5 Clean ........................................................................................................................................................... 1-5 Inspect for Reuse ......................................................................................................................................... 1-5 Bearings, Main ................................................................................................................................................. Clean ........................................................................................................................................................... Inspect for Reuse ......................................................................................................................................... Measure ....................................................................................................................................................... 1-5 1-5 1-6 1-6
Bearings, Thrust .............................................................................................................................................. 1-6 Assemble ...................................................................................................................................................... 1-7 Inspect for Reuse ......................................................................................................................................... 1-6 Camshaft.......................................................................................................................................................... Clean ........................................................................................................................................................... Inspect for Reuse ......................................................................................................................................... Magnetic Crack Inspect ................................................................................................................................ Camshaft Bushings........................................................................................................................................ Inspect for Reuse ....................................................................................................................................... Install ......................................................................................................................................................... Remove ...................................................................................................................................................... Camshaft Gear (Camshaft Removed) ............................................................................................................ Inspect for Reuse ....................................................................................................................................... Install ......................................................................................................................................................... Magnetic Crack Inspect .............................................................................................................................. Remove ...................................................................................................................................................... Connecting Rod ............................................................................................................................................. Clean ......................................................................................................................................................... Inspect for Reuse ....................................................................................................................................... Magnetic Crack Inspect .............................................................................................................................. Crankshaft ...................................................................................................................................................... Bend and Twist Inspect .............................................................................................................................. Clean ......................................................................................................................................................... Inspect for Reuse ....................................................................................................................................... Magnetic Crack Inspect .............................................................................................................................. Crankshaft Gear, Front (Crankshaft Installed)............................................................................................... Inspect for Reuse ....................................................................................................................................... Install ......................................................................................................................................................... Remove ...................................................................................................................................................... 1-7 1-7 1-7 1-8 1-15 1-16 1-16 1-15 1-10 1-11 1-14 1-12 1-10 1-18 1-18 1-18 1-24 1-25 1-29 1-25 1-26 1-27 1-34 1-35 1-35 1-34
Crankshaft Gear, Rear (Crankshaft Installed) ................................................................................................ 1-36 Install .......................................................................................................................................................... 1-36 Crankshaft Pulley ........................................................................................................................................... 1-36 Clean ......................................................................................................................................................... 1-36 Inspect for Reuse ....................................................................................................................................... 1-37 Cylinder Block................................................................................................................................................ Clean ......................................................................................................................................................... Inspect for Reuse ....................................................................................................................................... Magnetic Crack Inspect .............................................................................................................................. Worksheet .................................................................................................................................................. 1-38 1-39 1-41 1-45 1-38
Cylinder Block - General Information.............................................................................................................. 1-1 General Information ...................................................................................................................................... 1-1 Cylinder Block and Liner Seats..................................................................................................................... General Information .................................................................................................................................... Inspect for Reuse ....................................................................................................................................... Leak Test ..................................................................................................................................................... Measure ..................................................................................................................................................... 1-47 1-47 1-47 1-51 1-49
Cylinder Block Counterbore .......................................................................................................................... 1-65 Machine ..................................................................................................................................................... 1-65
Page 1-b
Section 1 - Cylinder Block - Group 01 Page
Cylinder Liner................................................................................................................................................. 1-51 Clean ......................................................................................................................................................... 1-51 Inspect for Reuse ....................................................................................................................................... 1-52 Cylinder Liner Protrusion .............................................................................................................................. 1-79 Adjust ......................................................................................................................................................... 1-79 Gear Cover Accessory Drive Bushing ........................................................................................................... 1-80 Install ......................................................................................................................................................... 1-80 Remove ...................................................................................................................................................... 1-80 Gear Cover, Front........................................................................................................................................... Clean ......................................................................................................................................................... Inspect for Reuse ....................................................................................................................................... Measure ..................................................................................................................................................... 1-55 1-55 1-56 1-57
Gear Cover Spacer Plate ............................................................................................................................... 1-55 Clean ......................................................................................................................................................... 1-55 Inspect for Reuse ....................................................................................................................................... 1-55 Idler Gear, Camshaft ...................................................................................................................................... Clean ......................................................................................................................................................... Inspect for Reuse ....................................................................................................................................... Magnetic Crack Inspect .............................................................................................................................. 1-57 1-57 1-57 1-58
Idler Gear, Hydraulic Pump............................................................................................................................ 1-59 Clean ......................................................................................................................................................... 1-59 Inspect for Reuse ....................................................................................................................................... 1-60 Idler Gear, Water Pump.................................................................................................................................. 1-60 Clean ......................................................................................................................................................... 1-60 Inspect for Reuse ....................................................................................................................................... 1-60 Piston ............................................................................................................................................................. 1-60 Clean ......................................................................................................................................................... 1-60 Inspect for Reuse ....................................................................................................................................... 1-61 Service Tools ................................................................................................................................................... 1-2 Cylinder Block............................................................................................................................................... 1-2 Vibration Damper ........................................................................................................................................... 1-63 Clean ......................................................................................................................................................... 1-63 Inspect for Reuse ....................................................................................................................................... 1-63
Cylinder Block - General Information Page 1-1
Cylinder Block - General Information

General Information
The barring mechanism is inside the front cover. The front cover must be removed from the engine to service or rebuild the barring mechanism. This barring mechanism contains a spring loaded worm gear. The worm gear engages the camshaft gear when the barring shaft is pushed in the front cover and turned in a counterclockwise direction. The barring mechanism will ONLY turn the engine in the direction of normal rotation. Turn the barring shaft in a clockwise direction to disengage the worm gear. If the worm gear remains engaged accidently during the engine START, the engine rotation will disengage the parts without damage.
The static injection timing is adjusted by using different camshaft keys. The selection of a key will change the position of the camshaft lobes in relation to the timing mark on the camshaft gear. The gear must be removed to change the injection timing. The camshaft end clearance is determined by the clearance between the camshaft and the thrust plate. The camshaft gear must be removed to adjust the camshaft end clearance. NOTE: The camshaft does not have to be removed to remove the camshaft gear. Use the Camshaft gear puller, Part No. 3376400. Camshafts that are damaged or worn on the injector or the valve lobes must be replaced. Cummins Engine Co., Inc. does not recommend the grinding of camshaft lobes.
The crankshaft uses forged counterweights. Oversize main bearings and thrust bearings are available for service. Cummins Engine Co., Inc.. recommends regrinding ALL of the main or the connecting rod journals when ONE requires regrinding
The vibration damper controls the twisting or torsional vibration of the crankshaft. A vibration damper is engineered for use on a specific engine model. It is not economical to repair a vibration damper in the field. Install a new or a rebuilt vibration damper if the inspection indicates that a damper is defective. The viscous vibration damper has a limited service life. The damper must be replaced.
Service Tools
Cylinder Block
Tool No.
Tool Description Depth Gauge Assembly Measure cylinder liner protrusion and cylinder liner counterbore ledge angle.
Tool Illustration
3823495
Puller Remove the alternator and accessory drive pulleys. ST-647
Dowel Pin Extractor Remove dowel pins and crosshead guides. ST-1134
Piston Ring Expander ST-1269 Designed to install piston rings on the piston without damaging or distorting the rings.
Connecting Rod Guide Pins 3375098 Special nylon pins used to protect the crankshaft journal by guiding the connecting rod during installation or removal.
Section 1 - Cylinder Block - Group 01 Tool No. Tool Description Liner Installation Tool Install cylinder liner in engine. 3375422
Crack Detection Kit 3375432 Check for cracks in any engine component. Contains cleaner, developer, and penetrant.
Injection Timing Tool 3824942 Check injection timing. The timing fixture is designed to determine the push tube travel in relation to the piston travel.
Universal Timing Tool Adaptor Kit 3824946 This kit includes the hardware needed to upfit the Universal Injector Timing Fixture, Part No. 3823451 to the QSK19 engine.
Light Duty Puller Kit Remove small bushings, oil seals, and bearings. 3375784
Puller Assembly 3375834 Remove the crankshaft gear from the crankshaft. Use with Part No. 3375835 Puller Jaw.
Universal Liner Puller Remove cylinder liner from engine. 3376015
Pulley Installation Tool Install the alternator and accessory drive pulleys. 3376326
Service Tools Page 1-4 Tool No. Cummins Sealant 3823494 Tool Description
Section 1 - Cylinder Block - Group 01 Tool Illustration
Used to prevent coolant or oil leaks. This is one part Room Temperature Vulcanizing (RTV) silicone rubber, adhesive, and sealant material having high heat and oil resistance, and low compression rate. Camshaft Bushing Tool Hydraulic Actuator Kit
3823621
Hydraulic ram provides the force to install/remove cam bushings when used with installation/removal kit.
Camshaft Bushing Installation/Removal Kit 3824863 Used with the Part No. 3823621 Camshaft Bushing Hydraulic Actuator Kit to remove the camshaft bushing.
Camshaft Pilot 3825150 Install camshaft without damaging the camshaft bushings or camshaft.
Camshaft Gear Puller Kit 3824900 Remove camshaft gear from camshaft without removing camshaft from engine.
Main Bearing Roll-out Tool Used to remove and install upper main bearing shell. 3823818
Bearings, Connecting Rod (001-005) Page 1-5
Bearings, Connecting Rod (001-005)

Clean
The bearings must be marked for location as they are removed for future identification. Each bearing must be installed in its original location if the bearing is installed again. WARNING When using solvents, acids or alkaline materials for cleaning, follow the manufactures recommendations for use. Wear goggles and protective clothing to avoid personal injury. Use solvent. Clean the bearings. Dry with compressed air.
Inspect for Reuse

Use a ball-end micrometer. Measure the thickness of the bearing in the wear location. Replace the bearing when it is not within specifications. Connecting Rod Bearing Thickness Standard or Oversize (OS) Size mm in Standard 3.106 MIN 0.1223 3.157 MAX 0.1243 0.010 (OS) 3.233 MIN 0.1273 3.284 MAX 0.1293 0.020 (OS) 3.360 MIN 0.1323 3.411 MAX 0.1343 0.030 (OS) 3.487 MIN 0.1373 3.538 MAX 0.1393 0.040 (OS) 3.614 MIN 0.1423 3.665 MAX 0.1443
Bearings, Main (001-006)

Clean
CAUTION Do not use a scraper or a wire brush. NOTE: Be sure the bearings are marked for location. The bearings must be installed in the original location after rebuild. Use a lint-free cloth. Clean the crankshaft journals, and connecting rods. Check the crankshaft journal for damage. Use solvent. Clean the bearings. Dry with compressed air.
Bearings, Thrust (001-007) Page 1-6
Inspect for Reuse

Use a ball-end micrometer. Measure the bearing thickness at the wear location. The bearing must be replaced if it is not within specifications. Main Bearing Thickness Standard or Oversize (OS) Size mm Standard 4.280 MIN 4.336 MAX 0.010 (OS) 4.407 MIN 4.463 MAX 0.020 (OS) 4.534 MIN 4.590 MAX 0.030 (OS) 4.661 MIN 4.717 MAX 0.040 (OS) 4.788 MIN 4.844 MAX
in 0.1685 0.1707 0.1735 0.1757 0.1785 0.1807 0.1835 0.1857 0.1885 0.1907
Measure
Measure the thrust bearing thickness. Measure the areas that shine. The shine indicates where the crankshaft has contacted the bearing. Thrust Bearing Thickness Standard or Oversize (OS) mm Standard 3.82 MIN 3.90 MAX 0.010 (OS) 4.08 MIN 4.15 MAX 0.020 (OS) 4.33 MIN 4.41 MAX
in 0.1505 0.1535 0.1605 0.1635 0.1705 0.1735
Bearings, Thrust (001-007)

Inspect for Reuse
Thrust bearings are available in three sizes: [STD, 0.010, 0.020] OS. The upper and lower thrust bearings must be the same size. The front and rear can be different sizes. Use the same size as those removed. The crankshaft will be marked on a counterweight adjacent to the thrust location if the thrust flange has been machined for oversize thrust bearings.
Camshaft (001-008) Page 1-7
Assemble Clean
Camshaft (001-008)
Use solvent and compressed air. Clean the camshaft.
After the camshaft has been cleaned, do not touch the machined surfaces with bare hands. This will cause rust to form. Lubricate the camshaft with clean 15W-40 oil before handling.
Inspect for Reuse

CAUTION Do not repair the camshaft by grinding the valve or the injector lobes. Inspect the camshaft. Check the valve and the injector lobes for damage. If the camshaft is damaged, it must be replaced. Measure each of the seven bushing journals. Measure the O.D. mm 76.07 76.12 Camshaft Bushing Journal O.D. MIN MAX in 2.995 2.997
If the O.D. is not within specifications, the camshaft must be replaced.
Section 1 - Cylinder Block - Group 01 Inspect the camshaft thrust bearing. .
Visually inspect the amount of copper exposure on the camshaft bushing. If it extends more than 180 degrees around the bushing, the bushing must be replaced. Measure the I.D. mm 82.550 82.640 Camshaft Bushing I.D. MIN MAX in 3.2500 2.2535
If the bushing is not with specifications, the bushing must be replaced.
If camshaft requires replacement, inspect the camshaft gear for reuse. Refer to Procedure No. 001-013.
Magnetic Crack Inspect

The gear and the thrust plate must be removed before performing this check. Use a magnetic particle testing machine. Use the head shot method. Adjust the machine to 2000 ampere D.C. or rectified A.C. Use the continuous method. Do not wet more than onethird of the camshaft at a time. Check the camshaft for cracks.
Section 1 - Cylinder Block - Group 01 CAUTION Use the coil shot method. Use a coil that is a minimum of 305 mm [12 in]. Apply coil shot. Use the continuous method. Amperage Min Max (Ampere Turns) 3600 D.C. or Rectified A.C. 4000 D.C. or Rectified A.C.
NOTE: Ampere turn is an electrical current of one ampere flowing through the coil, multiplied by the number of turns in the coil. Check the camshaft for cracks. Limits of Acceptance-Bearing Journal Do not use the camshaft if, there are more than four open indications in an axial direction on one of the bearing journals. more than one-half of the open indications extend more than half the distance across the bearing journals. there is an open indication in a circumferential direction. NOTE: The camshaft can be used if there are indications below the surface.
Camshaft Gear (Camshaft Removed) (001-013) Page 1-10
Section 1 - Cylinder Block - Group 01 Limits of Acceptance- Open Indications An open indication is visible to the eye after the suspension has been removed. An indication below the surface is not visible to the eye after the suspension has been removed. Do not use the camshaft if: There is an indication in a circumferential direction. There is an indication in the black or shaded areas shown. There is an indication that is longer than 6 mm [1/4 inch]. There is an indication that is closer than 5 mm [3/16 inch] from the edge. There are more than two indications on one of the lobes. Limits of Acceptance- Indications Below the Surface Do not use the camshaft if: There are more than two indications in the shaded area shown. There is an indication in the shaded area shown that is longer than 16 mm [5/8 inch]. There are more than three indications in the white area shown. There is an indication in the black area on the injector lobe (1). There are more than two indications in the black area on the valve lobe (2). There is an indication in the black area on the valve lobe that is longer than 3 mm [1/8 inch]. CAUTION The camshaft must be demagnetized completely and cleaned thoroughly. Small metal particles will cause engine damage. Demagnetize the camshaft. WARNING When using solvents, acids, or alkaline materials for cleaning, follow the manufacturers recommendations for use. Wear goggles and protective clothing to avoid personal injury. Use solvent or steam to clean the camshaft.
Camshaft Gear (Camshaft Removed) (001-013)

Remove
Use a camshaft gear puller, Part No. 3824900, to remove camshaft gear. Attach the puller to the gear. Remove the gear. Remove the puller.
Section 1 - Cylinder Block - Group 01 NOTE: Camshaft keys area available in different sizes (amount of offset). The injection timing is controlled by: The selection of the camshaft key. The direction of the key offset when compared to the camshaft gear rotation. The amount of offset. Check and record the direction of the key offset when compared to the camshaft gear rotation (same or opposite). Remove the key.
The camshaft key provides a means of indexing the camshaft with the gear. Offset keys allow the camshaft profile to be rotated slightly while the gear train timing remains the same. The more the top of the offset is moved in the direction of the camshaft normal rotation, the more the injection timing will be retarded. The push rod travel numerical value will increase. NOTE: This applies to ALL Cummins engines. NOTE: The direction of normal rotation on a QSK19 engine crankshaft is clockwise as viewed from the front of the engine.
Inspect for Reuse

Inspect the camshaft and camshaft gear for reuse. Check for fretting damage. The camshaft must be replaced if the fretting damage is more than 3 mm [1/8 inch] wide. Measure the O.D. of the camshaft. mm 57.200 57.210 Camshaft O.D. (Gear Location) MIN MAX in 2.2520 2.2525
Visually inspect the camshaft. Refer to Procedure No. 001-008.
Section 1 - Cylinder Block - Group 01 Visually inspect the camshaft gear for cracks, chipped or broken teeth. Visually inspect the bore of the gear for fretting or burrs. Measure the I.D. mm 57.200 57.210 Camshaft Gear I.D. MIN MAX in 2.2520 2.2525
The gear must be replaced if the I.D. is not within specification.
Visually inspect the thrust bearing for damage. Measure the thickness. mm 9.12 9.44 Thrust Bearing Thickness MIN MAX in 0.359 0.372

CAUTION Use a copper braid contact that has neoprene covers to avoid burning the teeth of the gear. CAUTION If the gear contains a keyway, position the gear so that the keyway points toward one of the contacts when checking. Use a magnetic particle testing machine. Use the residual method to apply head shot amperage. Adjust the amperage to the specified value. Gear O.D. Less than 101 mm [4 inch] 101 mm to 203 mm [4 inch to 8 inch] Greater than 203 mm [8 inch] Check the gear for cracks. Amperage D.C. 1000 1500 2000
Section 1 - Cylinder Block - Group 01 CAUTION If the gear contains a keyway, position the gear so that the keyway points toward the coil. Use the residual method. Apply coil shot amperage. Adjust the amperage to the specified value. Gear O.D. Less than 101 mm [4 inch] 101 mm to 203 mm [4 inch to 8 inch] Greater than 203 mm [8 inch] Ampere Turns 4000 6000 8000
NOTE: Ampere turn is an electrical current of one ampere flowing through the coil, multiplied by the number of turns in the coil. Check the gear for cracks. Limits of Acceptance - on Machined Surfaces An open indication is visible to the eye after the wetting operation has been completed. An indication below the surface is not visible to the eye after the wetting operation has been completed. An indication below the surface can be seen with the use of the ultraviolet light that is part of the machine. Do not use the gear if: There is an open indication. There is an indication below the surface that is in the shaded area as shown. There is an indication below the surface that is longer than 6 mm [1/4-in].
Section 1 - Cylinder Block - Group 01 Limits of Acceptance - on Forged Surfaces Do not use the gear if: There is an open indication that is in a circumferential direction. There is an open indication that is longer than 9.5 mm [3/8-in]. There is an indication below the surface that is in the shaded area. An indication below the surface in a radial direction is acceptable (OK) if it is in the area that is not shaded. WARNING When using solvents, acids, or alkaline materials for cleaning, follow the manufacturers recommendations for use. Wear goggles and protective clothing to avoid personal injury. CAUTION The gear must be demagnetized completely and cleaned thoroughly. Any small metal particles will cause engine damage. Demagnetize the gear. Use solvent and clean the gear. Dry with compressed air.
Install
NOTE: The camshaft gear must be removed to adjust the injection timing. If the camshaft was replaced, do not install the camshaft gear until the injection timing has been verified. Use a slip-fit gear to adjust injection timing. Refer to Procedure No. 006-025. The following table lists the recommended camshaft key for each timing code. Machining tolerances on the camshaft and the gear can cause the injection timing not to be within specifications. If the timing is not within specifications, refer to Section 0 for instructions to choose an alternate camshaft key. The amount of offset is based @ 5.1613 mm (0.2032 inch) of piston travel. Timing Code JF KG Camshaft Key 216294 S-302 Amount of Offset 0.279 Inj. 0.320 Inj.
Section 1 - Cylinder Block - Group 01 WARNING Wear protective clothing to prevent personal injury from burns. CAUTION Do not exceed the specified time or the temperature. Damage to the gear and the gear teeth will result. CAUTION Do not attempt to install the gear without using heat. Use an oven with the temperature adjusted to 235 C [450 F]. Heat the gear in the oven for a minimum of one hour but not more than a maximum of six hours. The I.D. of the gear will become larger and will simplify the installation. NOTE: The timing marks must be visible on the front of the gear after it is installed. The keyway in the gear must be aligned with the key. Install the thrust plate. Install the camshaft gear. CAUTION Allow the gear to air cool. Do not use water or oil to reduce the cooling time. It will cause the gear to crack.
Camshaft Bushings (001-010) Page 1-15
Use a feeler gauge. Measure the camshaft thrust clearance. Camshaft to Camshaft Gear Clearance mm in 0.15 MIN 0.006 0.33 MAX 0.013 If the clearance is not within specification the gear must be removed.
Camshaft Bushings (001-010)

Remove
Use hydraulic actuator kit, Part No. 3823621, and camshaft bushing installation/removal kit, Part No. 3162228, to remove the camshaft bushings.
Section 1 - Cylinder Block - Group 01 Remove the camshaft bushings.
Inspect for Reuse

Inspect the camshaft bores in the block for reuse. Use an emery cloth to remove any burrs and sharp edges from the bore. Measure the I.D. Camshaft Bushing Bore in the Block mm in 88.989 MIN 3.5035 89.015 MAX 3.5045 If the I.D. is not within specifications, install a repair sleeve.
Visually inspect the amount of copper exposure on the camshaft bushing. If it extends more than 180 degrees around the bushing, the bushing must be replaced. Measure the I.D. mm 82.550 82.640 Camshaft Bushing I.D. MIN MAX in 3.2500 2.2535
If the bushing is not within specifications, the bushing must be replaced.
Install
Align the oil holes in the bushing with the oil drilling in the block. NOTE: The notch in the bushing must be positioned toward the front of the block.
Section 1 - Cylinder Block - Group 01 CAUTION Clean the oil groove in the back of the camshaft bushing to prevent contamination of the lubrication system. Use the camshaft bushing driver assembly, Part No. 3376637, and the specified engine kit (mandrel). Install the bushing until the edge of the groove on the back (O.D.) is even with the edge of the block. Clean the bushing O.D. Remove any metal shavings from the oil groove.
CAUTION Be sure that the front bushing is below the surface of the block. Install the bushing until the oil holes are aligned.
Use a 7 mm [1/4 inch] allen wrench. Check the alignment of the bushing oil holes. There are three holes in each bushing. All holes must be aligned except on the front bushing. NOTE: There is no drilling to align with the upper holes on the front bushing.
Connecting Rod (001-014) Page 1-18
Connecting Rod (001-014)

Clean
WARNING When using solvents, acids or alkaline materials for cleaning, follow the manufactures recommendations for use. Wear goggles and protective clothing to avoid personal injury. CAUTION The number on the connecting rod must be the same as the number on the rod cap. NEVER assemble a new cap to an old rod or an old cap to a new rod. Remove the capscrews, washers, and the cap from the rod. Use solvent. Clean the parts. Dry with compressed air.
Inspect for Reuse

CAUTION The connecting rod and connecting rod cap must be replaced as an assembly if any fretting damage is visible on either piece. Visually inspect the rod caps, connecting rod bearing saddles, and capscrews for nicks, cracks, burrs, scratches or fretting.
Check the threads of the connecting rod capscrew for damage. Check under the capscrew head for cracks. Measure the connecting rod capscrew mm 117.09 117.86 mm 15.26 15.37 mm 17.35 17.45 Capscrew Length (1) MIN MAX Capscrew O.D. (2) MIN MAX Capscrew O.D. (3) MIN MAX in 4.610 4.640 in 0.601 0.605 in 0.683 0.687
NOTE: The capscrews must be replaced if not within specification.
Section 1 - Cylinder Block - Group 01 Visually inspect the bearing seating surface for nicks or burrs. If it is not possible to remove any nicks or burrs with a fine crocus cloth, the rod must be replaced.
Measure the connecting rod wrist pin bearing I.D. Connecting Rod Wrist Pin Bearing I.D. mm in 60.99 MIN 2.4010 61.02 MAX 2.4025 The bushing must be precision machined after installation. If machining capability is available, the bushing can be replaced. Refer to the Alternative Repair Manual, Bulletin No. 3379035.
Section 1 - Cylinder Block - Group 01 CAUTION Use a vise with brass jaws to hold the rod. Notches, scratches, or dents in the I-beam area will cause engine failure. CAUTION The number on the connecting rod must be the same as the number on the rod cap. Never assemble a new cap to a used rod or a used cap to a new rod. CAUTION The connecting rod must be assembled with the capscrews tightened to specifications before stamping the cylinder identification number on the rod. Always stamp a new connecting rod with the cylinder number of the rod being replaced. Use engine oil. Lubricate the connecting rod capscrews. Assemble the rod, cap, washers, and the capscrews. Tighten the capscrews in the following sequence: Connecting Rod Capscrew Torque Value Step 1. 100 Nm Step 2. 200 Nm Step 3. 290 Nm Step 4. Loosen both capscrews. mm Step 5. 100 Nm Step 6. 200 Nm Step 7. 290 Nm Sequence [ 75 ft-lb] [ 150 ft-lb] [ 250 ft-lb] [ [ [ [ in] 75 ft-lb] 150 ft-lb] 250 ft-lb]
Use a dial bore indicator to measure the I.D. within a 20 arc from each side of the parting line. Measure the I.D. at 90 from the parting line. Connecting Rod Bearing Bore I.D. mm in 107.995 MIN 4.2518 108.005 MAX 4.2522 If any of the three measurements are not within specifications, the rod must be replaced or repaired.
Section 1 - Cylinder Block - Group 01 CAUTION The rod cap must be installed and torqued to specification or the measurements will be wrong. A connecting rod of known length, bend, and twist, called a master rod, is required to calibrate the fixture. A new connecting rod that the distance from the center of the crank pin to the center of the piston pin end to the center pin end (rod length) is known, can also be used. Calibrate the Checking Fixture Install the appropriate mandrel in the piston pin end of the master connecting rod. NOTE: Be sure the locating pin in the mandrel for the crank pin end is touching the rod cap directly opposite the beam of the rod. Install the mandrel in the crank pin bore of the master rod. tighten the mandrel so that it is centered in the bore correctly. Install the master rod in the checking fixture. Loosen the knob and move the indicator bracket until both indicators touch the top of the piston pin end mandrel. Move the bracket toward the mandrel until the indicator needles have moved approximately 0.25 mm [0.010 inch]. Turn the knob to tighten the bracket. Adjust the indicator needles to 0. Move the master rod in and out to confirm the 0.
Remove the master rod from the fixture. Rotate the rod 180 degrees horizontally and install it in the checking fixture.
Section 1 - Cylinder Block - Group 01 Be sure the indicators are at the 0 setting. If the indicator needles do not return to 0, adjust the indicator so that the 0 moves 1/2 of the indicated difference from the needle to the 0 established during the previous step. CAUTION If the needle is more than 0.10 mm [0.004 inch] from the 0 established during the previous step, check for dirt or burrs on the mandrels and fixture. If the 0 is still not within the specification, check the be sure that the master rod is not damaged. CAUTION Do not adjust the indicators during this step of the procedure or the measurements will be wrong. After completing the calibration of the fixture, remove the mandrels from the master rod. Measure the Connecting Rod Length Repeat the same steps to install the mandrels in the rod to be measured as you did for the master rod. Install the rod in the fixture.
Section 1 - Cylinder Block - Group 01 Record the indicator reading. The difference of the calibrated 0 of the indicators must be added or subtracted from the known length of the master rod to determine the length of the rod being measured. mm 289.69 289.74 Connecting Rod Length MIN MAX in 11.405 11.407
If the connecting rod length is not within specifications, the rod must be replaced or the piston pin bushing replaced and machined.
Measure the Connecting Rod Bend (Bore Alignment) CAUTION Never attempt to straighten a connecting rod useing heat or force. The rod will break eventually and cause extensive engine damage. Make a note of the indicator readings. Remove the rod from the fixture. Turn the rod 180 degrees horizontally. Compare the indicator readings with those noted in the previous step. The difference between the indicator reading is the amount of bend in the connecting rod. Connecting Rod Bend mm 0.01 MAX MAX in 0.004 0.008
If the connecting rod bend is not within specification with the bushing installed, the bushing can be removed and the bend measured again. If the connecting rod is not within specifications with the bushing removed, the rod must be replaced. Measure the Connecting Rod Twist Check the fixture and mandrel in the piston pin end for a gap between the two. If there is any twist in the rod, the mandrel will only touch one side of the fixture. Hold the end of the mandrel that is touching the fixture firmly against the fixture. Use a feeler gauge to measure the gap between the mandrel and the fixture. The amount of the gap between the mandrel and the fixture is the amount of connecting rod twist. Maximum Connecting Rod Twist mm Bushing Installed 0.25 MAX Bushing Removed 0.51 MAX in 0.010 0.020
If the connecting rod twist is not within specification with the bushing installed, the bushing can be removed and within specification with the bushing remove the must be replace.

Use a magnetic particle testing machine. The connecting rod and cap must be assembled during this check. Use the residual method. Apply head shot amperage. Adjust the amperage to 1500 ampere D.C. or rectified A.C. Check for cracks.
Use the residual method. Apply coil shot amperage. Check for cracks. Amperage (Ampere Turns) 2600 D.C. or Rectified A.C. 2800 D.C. or Rectified A.C.
MIN MAX
NOTE: Ampere turn is an electrical current of one ampere flowing through the coil, multiplied by the number of turns in the coil.
The connecting rod must be replaced if any indications are visible in the critical (shaded) areas. CAUTION The rod must be demagnetized completely and cleaned thoroughly. Any small metal particles will cause engine damage. Demagnetize the connecting rod. Use solvent or steam. Clean the part.
Crankshaft (001-016) Page 1-25
Crankshaft (001-016)
Clean
NOTE: New crankshafts are coated with a heavy preservative. Use solvent to remove the coating thoroughly. Brush or flush the packing debris from the oil drilling before installing the crankshaft in the engine. Use a hone stone to remove all small scratches, grooves and to polish the O.D. at the front and rear oil seal locations, the flywheel mounting location, and the vibration damper location. NOTE: Use a light preservative oil to prevent rust during engine rebuild. Place tape over the threaded holes. If the crankshaft is not going to be installed immediately, use a heavy preservative oil. WARNING When using solvents, acids, or alkaline materials for cleaning, follow the manufacturers recommendations for use. Wear goggles and protective clothing to avoid personal injury. Use solvent to clean the crankshaft. Dry with compressed air. NOTE: Make sure to blow out the threaded holes on each end of the crankshaft and the oil drillings. Use a light preservative oil to prevent rust during engine rebuild. Tape over the thread holes. Use crocus cloth or a 400 grit emery cloth to remove discoloration or light scratches from the machined surfaces.
CAUTION Do NOT chase the threads in the crankshaft, severe engine damage may occur. The QSK19 uses rolled threads in the bolt holes in the nose of the crankshaft. To clean the ROLLED threads, flush with solvent. Dry the threads with compressed air. If additional cleaning is required, brush with a nylon bristle brush.
Section 1 - Cylinder Block - Group 01 Use a bristle brush and solvent to clean all of the oil drilling. To prevent rust use, a light preservative oil to lubricate the crankshaft.
Inspect for Reuse

Measure the O.D. at the locations shown. Crankshaft O.D. mm 152.35 MIN 152.40 MAX 111.07 MIN 111.13 MAX 110.74 MIN 110.77 MAX in 5.998 6.000 4.373 4.375 4.360 4.361
Location (1) Location (2) Location (3)
CAUTION Do NOT chase threads on the crankshaft. Severe engine damage may occur. Check the threads for damage at both ends of the crankshaft. If necessary refer to Bulletin No. 3379035, Alternative Repair Manual, for repair instructions.
Check the main bearing journals and the rod bearing journals for damage or excessive wear. Minor scratches are OK.
Section 1 - Cylinder Block - Group 01 Measure the O.D. mm 101.524 101.600 mm 139.637 139.700 Rod Bearing Journal O.D. (4) MIN MAX Main Bearing Journal O.D. (5) MIN MAX in 3.997 4.000 in 5.4975 5.5000
Measure the thrust distance between the thrust faces on the No. 6 main bearing journal. mm 60.30 60.33 Thrust Distance (6) MIN MAX in 2.374 2.375
NOTE: The crankshaft can be ground undersize if the O.D. is not within specifications. Always grind all of the journals when one is not within specifications. Oversize rod bearings and main bearings are available. Refer to the Alternative Repair Manual, Bulletin No. 3379035, for grinding specifications and instructions. NOTE: Oversize thrust bearings are available if the thrust distance is not within specifications. A 0.25 mm [0.010 inch] and a 0.51 mm [0.020 inch] oversize thrust bearing are available. If the crankshaft must be machined to use an oversize thrust bearing, refer to the Alternative Repair Manual, Bulletin No. 3379035, for instructions. Use a light preservative oil. Lubricate the crankshaft to prevent rust. If the crankshaft is not going to be used immediately, use a heavy preservative oil.

Use a magnetic particle testing machine. Perform the head shot and inspection method. Then perform the coil shot and inspection method. Adjust the machine to 1800 ampere D.C. or rectified A.C. Use the continuous method. Wet only 1/3 of the crankshaft at a time. Check the crankshaft for cracks.
Section 1 - Cylinder Block - Group 01 Use the coil shot method. Use a coil that is a minimum of 514 mm [20 1/4-inch] in diameter. Use the continuous method. Apply coil shot.
MIN MAX
Amperage - (Ampere Turns)
4500 D.C. or Rectified A.C. 5000 D.C. or Rectified A.C.
NOTE: Ampere turn is an electrical current of one ampere flowing through the coil, multiplied by the number of turns in the coil. Check the crankshaft for cracks. Limits of Acceptance - Open Indications An open indication is visible to the eye after wetting operation has been completed. An indication below the surface is not visible to the eye after the wetting operation has been completed. An indication below the surface can be seen with the use of the ultraviolet light that is part of the machine. Do not use the crankshaft if: There is an indication in the fillet or in the shaded area. There is an indication that passes through the 45 degree diagonal from the oil hole or goes into the oil hole chamfer. There is an indication that is longer than 6 mm [1/4-inch]. There are more than four indications on one journal. Limits of Acceptance - Indications Below the Surface Do not use the crankshaft if: There is an indication in the fillet or in the shaded area that is in a circumferential direction. There is an indication in a circumferential direction that is longer than 25.4 mm [1.0 inch]. There is an indication in an axial direction that is longer than 9.5 mm [3/8-inch]. There is an indication that is closer than 1.5 mm [1/16-inch] to an oil hole chamfer. There is an indication that passes through the 45 degree diagonal from the oil hole.
Section 1 - Cylinder Block - Group 01 CAUTION The crankshaft must be demagnetized completely and cleaned thoroughly. Small metal particles will cause engine damage. Demagnetize the crankshaft. CAUTION Wear protective clothing to prevent personal injury from burns. Use steam. Clean the crankshaft and the oil drillings. Refer to the Procedure 001-016. Use a light preservative oil. Lubricate the crankshaft to prevent rust. NOTE: Use a heavy preservative oil if the crankshaft is not going to be installed immediately. Protect the part with a cover to prevent dirt from sticking to the oil.
Bend and Twist Inspect

The crankshaft straightens is determined by the amount of bow and the adjacent journal run out. The following definitions will help you understand the procedure.
Definitions: 1. Bow: One-half (1/2) of the TIR measured at the middle bearing journal when the crankshaft is supported on the two end journals. Bow is often referred to as the bend or the full length alignment. 2. Journal Run Out: The TIR (total sweep of the needle) of the main bearing journal as the crankshaft is rotated one complete revolution (360 degrees).
Section 1 - Cylinder Block - Group 01 3. Adjacent Journal Run Out: The relationship of the TIR of a main bearing journal as it is rotated on a common axis to the TIR of an adjacent journal. Adjacent Journal Run Out is often referred to as the step run out, the bearing-to-bearing run out, or the journal-tojournal run out.
4. Clock Position: The location of the journal at the highest TIR point. Compare its angular relationship with the No. 1 crankshaft pin as viewed from the front of the crankshaft. In this example, the crankshaft pin is at the 8 oclock position. This is the clock position of the journal being measured.
Use two vee blocks. Put the vee blocks on a flat surface. Support the crankshaft on the vee blocks at the two end bearing journals.
Use a dial indicator. Position the indicator so the stem touches the bearing journal being measured at the journal centerline. The point of measurement chosen must be used for measuring all bearing journals.
Section 1 - Cylinder Block - Group 01 Rotate the crankshaft and measure the TIR at each bearing journal. Record the value and the clock position for each journal.
Determine the Crankshaft Bow Crankshaft bow as specified, is the TIR of the center journal when the crankshaft is rotated thru 360 degrees, while supported on the end of the journals. Compare the bow to the specifications. mm 0.23 Maximum Crankshaft Bow (TIR) FFH in 0.009
NOTE: All QSK19 crankshafts are Fully Fillet Hardened.
Determine the Adjacent Journal Run Out For each journal, plot the TIR value at its clock position on a polar chart illustrated on the following page. The end journals supported by vee blocks must be plotted at the center of the chart. The example illustrates the following plot points.
Journal 1 2 3 4
TIR 0 0.0021 0.0030 0.0039
Clock Position 0 12 12 1
Section 1 - Cylinder Block - Group 01 Draw a straight line between the plotted points, (from journal No. 1 to No. 2, and from No. 2 to No. 3), until all journals are plotted on the chart. To determine the Adjacent Journal Run Out, measure the length of the line from each journal to its corresponding journal point. Illustrated as an example, journal No. 3 and No. 4 is 5.1 mm [2 inch]. This represents a run out of 5.1 mm [0.002 inch]. Record the adjacent journal run out for each bearing journal. Compare the adjacent journal run out to specifications. Maximum Adjacent Journal Run Out mm QSK19 in 0.089 FFH 0.0035 Replace the crankshaft if any measurement is not within specifications.
Crankshaft Gear, Front (Crankshaft Installed) (001-018) Page 1-34
Crankshaft Gear, Front (Crankshaft Installed) (001-018)

Remove
Remove the gear cover and all related components. Refer to the QSK19 Troubleshooting and Repair Manual, Bulletin No. 3666098-01. Remove the cover spacer plate. Refer to the QSK19 Troubleshooting and Repair Manual, Bulletin No. 3666098-01.
NOTE: ONLY remove the gear when the crankshaft or the gear is damaged. Use a puller jaw, Part No. 3375835, and bridge assembly, Part No. 3375834. Install the puller jaw and bridge assembly on the gear.
CAUTION Heat can be used to aid the removal of the gear. Do NOT use a cutting torch. The high temperature of a torch will damage the teeth of the gear. CAUTION Do not exceed 475 Nm [350 ft-lb] of torque when turning the jackscrew. Lubricate the puller jackscrew with engine oil. Hold the pry bar and turn the jackscrew to remove the gear.
Remove the key. Use a hone stone and polish the shaft O.D. Remove all of the small scratches, burrs, and small grooves.
Crankshaft Gear, Front (Crankshaft Installed) (001-018) Page 1-35
Inspect for Reuse

Clean and visually inspect the crankshaft for reuse. Measure the O.D. mm 111.25 111.28 Crankshaft O.D. (Gear Location) MIN MAX in 4.380 4.381
Install
Install the key.
CAUTION Wear protective clothing to prevent personal injury from burns. CAUTION Do not exceed the specified time or the temperature. Damage to the gear and the gear teeth will result. CAUTION Do not attempt to install the gear without using heat. Use an oven and adjust the heat to 235C [450F]. Heat the gear for a minimum of 1 hour, but no more than a maximum of 6 hours. The I.D. of the gear will become larger and will simplify installation.
Crankshaft Gear, Rear (Crankshaft Installed) (001-020) Page 1-36
Section 1 - Cylinder Block - Group 01 CAUTION Wear protective clothing to prevent personal injury from burns. CAUTION Allow the gear to air cool slowly. Do not use water or oil to reduce the cooling time. This will cause the gear to crack. NOTE: The timing mark on the crankshaft gear must be visible from the front of the gear after it is installed on the crankshaft. Lubricate the O.D. of the crankshaft with Lubriplate No. 105, or equivalent. Remove the gear from the oven and install it on the crankshaft. The keyway in the gear must be aligned with the key in the crankshaft. Install the gear cover and related components. Refer to Procedure No. 001-031.
Crankshaft Gear, Rear (Crankshaft Installed) (001-020)

Install Clean
WARNING When using solvents, acids or alkaline materials for cleaning, follow the manufactures recommendations for use. Wear goggles and protective clothing to avoid personal injury. Use solvent or steam. Clean the pulley. Dry with compressed air.
Crankshaft Pulley (001-022)
Crankshaft Pulley (001-022) Page 1-37
Inspect for Reuse

Check all mounting pilots and surfaces for damage from fretting. If it is not possible to remove the damage with a 240 grit abrasive cloth, the part must be replaced. CAUTION The mounting pilots and surfaces control the center and spacing of the pulleys. Do not repair the part by machining. It will cause an out-of-balance condition or a crankshaft failure. Measure the O.D. mm 134.78 135.04 Pully O.D. MIN MAX in 5.3105 5.3115
Measure the I.D. mm 110.780 110.806 Pully I.D. MIN MAX in 4.3610 4.3620
Vibration damper to pulley torque: Torque Value: 140 Nm [105 ft-lb]
Cylinder Block (001-026) Page 1-38
Cylinder Block (001-026)

Worksheet
Cylinder Block Inspection Checklist 1. Cylinder Liner Counterbore a.Upper Bore I.D. b. Lower Bore I.D. c. Depth d. Ledge Flatness e. Ledge Cracking 2. Packing Ring Bore I.D. 3. Idler Shaft Bore I.D. 4. Head Deck - Damage 5. Water Hole - Damage 6. Idler Shaft Bore I.D. 7. Camshaft Bushing Bore I.D. 8. Main Bearing Bore a. Alignment b. I.D. 9. Main Bearing Cup Fit in Block 10. Cylinder Head Capscrew Threads
Clean
Use a drill, a sheet metal screw, and the following parts from a light duty puller kit, Part No. 3375784: Slide hammer Hook
Remove the following cup plugs: 1. Main oil passage cup plug 2. Piston cooling oil passage cup plug 3. Main oil passage cup plug 4. Piston cooling oil passage cup plug
Remove the following straight thread pipe plugs: 5. Main oil passage straight thread pipe plug 6. Water pump idler oil passage straight thread pipe plug 7. Piston cooling oil passage
Remove the seven cup plugs from the camshaft oil passages.
Section 1 - Cylinder Block - Group 01 Remove the cup plug from the hydraulic pump idler oil passage. Remove the straight thread pipe plug from the lubricating pump oil passage.
Use a dowel pin extractor, Part No. ST-1134, or equivalent. Remove the 12 cylinder head groove pins. Put the split collet (8) over the groove pin. Slide the extractor collar (9) over the split collet. Use the slide hammer (10) to push the extractor collar over the split collet tightly. Use the slide hammer to remove the groove pin.
CAUTION Do not damage the machined gasket surfaces or the camshaft bushings. Use a scraper, a wire brush, or a 120-grit emery cloth. Clean all of the heavy dirt deposits off of the cylinder block. Clean: all of the gasket surfaces, all of the mounting surfaces, the cylinder liner counterbore ledge and the press fit areas, the cylinder liner packing ring bore, the top of the block, the main bearing saddles and the caps, all of the cup plug bores. Use a bottle brush with a long handle. Clean all the oil passages.
Section 1 - Cylinder Block - Group 01 WARNING Use gloves, an apron, and goggles to prevent personal injury. CAUTION Use a cleaning solution that will not damage the camshaft bushings. Remove the block from the engine stand. Follow the instructions of the manufacturer of the cleaning tank and the manufacturer of the cleaning solution. NOTE: Cummins Engine Co., Inc. does not recommend any specific cleaning solution. Past experience shows that the best results are obtained using a cleaning solution that can be heated from 80C to 95C (180F to 200F). A cleaning tank that will mix and filter the cleaning solution will give the best results. WARNING Use gloves, an apron, and goggles to prevent personal injury. Remove the block from the cleaning tank. Use a steam cleaner. Be sure all of the oil passages are clean. CAUTION Be sure all of the water is removed from the capscrew holes and the oil passages. Use compressed air. Dry the block. NOTE: If the cylinder block is not going to be used immediately, apply a coating of preservative oil to prevent rust. Cover the block to prevent dirt from sticking to the oil.
Inspect for Reuse

Cylinder Block Surface Condition CAUTION All measurements of the cylinder block must be made when the block is positioned on a flat surface. If the block is mounted on an engine stand, distortion will cause the measurements to be wrong. Definition of numerical terms: 1. Upper Counterbore Inside Diameter 2. Counterbore Depth 3. Lower Counterbore Inside Diameter 4. Packing Ring Bore 5. Counterbore Ledge 6. Counterbore Radius
Section 1 - Cylinder Block - Group 01 CAUTION Do not install any cup plugs or pipe plugs in the block until the inspection and any necessary repair procedures are completed. This will prevent dirt from being trapped in the oil passages. Use pipe Loctite sealant, Part No. 3375068, or equivalent, and the correct size cup plug driver. Use a cup plug driver handle, part No. 3376795 with all cup plug drivers.
Check the top surface of the block for wear. If fretting damage is present in an area where a head gasket seal ring or a grommet makes contact, the surface must be repaired. Fretting damage in any other area is acceptable if it does not change the protrusion measurement of the counterbore or liner. A newly machined surface must be flat within 0.05 mm [0.002 inch] under a cylinder head. Waves on the surface are acceptable as long as they are not more than 0.018 mm [0.0007 inch] high, and the high and low points of the waves are not closer than 25 mm [1.0 inch]. A newly machined surface must meet the specifications for block height as stated in the next illustration. If the top surface of the cylinder liner counterbore must be machined. Refer to procedure No. 001058. CAUTION The parting line of the main bearing cap is not at the same height as the centerline of the main bearing bore. mm 481.91 482.76 (13) Cylinder Block Height MIN MAX in 18.9735 19.0065
If the height of the block is less than 482.42 mm [18.993 inch], a 0.51 mm [0.020 inch] oversize head gasket must be used. If the checking ring or the centering ring is not available, the height of the block can be measured from the top of the main bearing saddle (14) (14) Cylinder Block Height- Main bearing Saddle mm in 407.70 MIN 16.051 408.53 MAX 16.084
Section 1 - Cylinder Block - Group 01 If the block height is less than 408.20 mm [16.071 inch] a 0.51 mm [0.020 inch] oversize head gasket must be used. The height of the block must not vary more than 0.05 mm [0.002 inch] from end to end of the block. If the block height is not within specifications, the top surface of the block must be machined or the block must be replaced. NOTE: If the top surface of the block is machined, the ledge depth of the cylinder liner Canterbury must be machined. Refer to procedure number 001-058. Measure the Main Bearing Bore Alignment Use two centering rings, Part No. ST-1177-54 [5.846 inch diameter]. Put the rings in the No. 2 and the No. 6 main bearing locations.
CAUTION The main bearing caps are numbered through 7. Install each cap in the correct location. The slot in the cap for the bearing tang must be on the same side as the slot in the block. Install each capscrew by hand to be sure the capscrew is positioned properly. Use a mallet. Install the caps until they touch the block. If any of the caps do not require force during installation, mark the cap to check the side clearance. Tighten the main bearing caps using two steps. Torque Value: Step 1 Step 2 270 Nm 610 Nm [200 ft-lb] [450 ft-lb]
Use engine oil. Lubricate the I.D. of the two centering rings. Install the alignment/boring bar, Part No. ST-1177-16, in the two centering rings. The bar must turn easily. If the bar does not turn easily, check to be sure that the main bearing caps are installed correctly. If they appear to be OK, move one of the centering rings to another bearing location.
Section 1 - Cylinder Block - Group 01 Use your hands to install the checking ring in the main bearing bore. If the ring will not slide through the bore, check the bore for burrs. If the ring will still not slide through the bore, the bore is undersized and must be repaired. Refer to Bulletin No. 337035, Alternative Repair Manual, for repair procedures.
Use a 0.075 mm [0.003 inch] feeler gauge that is not more than 13 mm [0.5 inch] wide. Center the checking ring in the bore. Try to put the feeler gauge between the checking ring and the bore. Rotate the gauge in the bore at both sides of the checking ring. the bore alignment of the main bearing is OK if: The gauge does not enter at any point. The gauge will enter, but will not slide through or around the bore, and the alignment bar will rotate with the gauge inserted. The bore alignment of the main bearing is not OK if: The gauge enters and slides around the bore. this means that the bore is oversize and must be repaired. The gauge will enter on one side only, but can slide around the bore. This means that the bore is tapered and must be repaired. If the tools to check the main bearing bore alignment are not available, use a dial bore indicator. Measure the I.D. in the three positions shown. The I.D. must be completely round within 0.013 mm [0.0005 inch]. NOTE: Support the rear portion of the block on a flat surface to obtain the most accurate measurement of the I.D.
Section 1 - Cylinder Block - Group 01 Check the main bearing caps that are loose. The main bearing cap must be replaced if : The clearance causes the main bore alignment not to be within specifications. The clearance between the block and the cap is more than 0.17 mm [0.007 inch] on either side of the cap when the cap is installed and torqued to specifications. There is fretting or heat damage to the cap. NOTE: On new or reconditioned blocks, the main bearing cap is 0.00 mm to 0.013 mm [0.00 inch to 0.010 inch] larger than the block. Force must be used to install the cap. Service caps do not have the bore machined to a final specification. If the cap is machined. Use the correct parts of the main bearing boring tool, Part No. ST-1177. Refer to Bulletin No. 3379035, Alternative Repair Manual. Check the water holes (15). If erosion or pitting is more than 0.08 mm [0.003 inch] deep, or extends more than 2.41 mm [0.095 inch] from the edge of the hole, the water hole must be repaired. Refer to Bulletin No. 3379035, Alternative Repair Manual. Check the threads of the bolt holes (16) for damage. Use a threaded insert if a damaged bolt hole must be repaired. Refer to bulletin No. 3379035, Alternative Repair Manual.

Use a crack detection kit, Part No. 337532, or equivalent, and check the counterbore ledge for cracks. Circumferential cracks of the counterbore ledge are acceptable if they do not extend to or over the edge of the ledge (LPF I.D.). Circumferential cracks in the radius are acceptable if they do not extend more than 90 degrees around the radius.
It is not necessary to machine the block in an effort to remove ACCEPTABLE cracks. If cracks that are not acceptable are found during the initial inspection, the counterbore ledge must be machined. Refer to Procedure No. 001-058. If a crack that is not acceptable remains after the machining repair procedure is completed, the block is not acceptable for reuse.
Section 1 - Cylinder Block - Group 01 Capscrew Hole Cracks Cracks that extend from the counterbore wall to the capscrew hole are acceptable for reuse only if it does not extend into the threaded portion of the hole.
Cracks that extend into threaded portion of the hole require repair with a blind end thread insert. Refer to the Alternative Repair Manual, Bulletin No. 3379035.
Coolant Passage Cracks If a crack is running horizontally around the counterbore, all the coolant passages that are close to the bore must be repaired with coolant passage threaded inserts.
Some cracks will run vertically to a coolant passage or a capscrew hole. Those passages must be repaired with coolant passage threaded inserts. Use the Coolant Passage Repair Kit, Part No. 3824047, to repair the coolant passages. NOTE: If the crack extends over the counterbore ledge the block can not be repaired.
Section 1 - Cylinder Block - Group 01 Cylinder blocks with vertical cracks that extend from a coolant passage down over the counterbore ledge can not be repaired.
Cylinder Block and Liner Seats (001-027) Page 1-47
Cylinder Block and Liner Seats (001-027)

General Information
Definition of numerical terms (call-outs): 1. Upper counterbore inside diameter 2. Counterbore depth 3. Lower counterbore inside diameter 4. Packing ring bore 5. Counterbore ledge 6. Counterbore radius Rail Applications To allow for the proper coolant drainage of the cylinder head and engine block on a horizontally mounted QSK19 Rail engine, a coolant drain drilling was added to the cylinder block. The drilling runs the entire length of the cylinder block and passes through the center of each cylinder liner cavity. The drilling is plugged by a 1/4 pipe plug. NOTE: Do not remove the plug.
Inspect for Reuse

Measure the liner protrusion. . NOTE: If the protrusion is not correct, remove the liner. Refer to Procedure 001-064. The protrusion can be adjusted using seal rings, and machining the counterbore ledge.
Section 1 - Cylinder Block - Group 01 Inspect the cylinder block to determine if an oversize or a standard size head gasket is required. NOTE: An oversize head gasket may be required on blocks that have had material removed from the top surface of the block. Check the block for markings indicating an oversized gasket is required.
Use a scraper or a fibrous abrasive pad such as ScotchBrite 7477, or equivalent, and solvent. Clean the top deck surface of the block. Do not allow any dirt into the cylinder. The surface must be free of dirt, oil, and gasket material, but does not have to look like new metal. NOTE: Check the top surface of the block for wear. If fretting damage is present in an area where a head gasket seal ring or a grommet makes contact, the surface must be repaired. Refer to the Alternative Repair Manual, Bulletin No. 3379035. NOTE: Fretting damage in any other area is acceptable only if it does not change the protrusion measurement of the counterbore or liner. Visually inspect the groove pins for damage. Use the ST1134 dowel pin extractor, or equivalent, to remove the pins.
Measure
NOTE: Be sure the micrometer contacts the flat surface of the ledge. It must not touch the radius. NOTE: If the counterbore depth does not meet specifications, a thicker or thinner seal ring may have been used in a previous machining bore process. Measure and record the measurement so that the liner protrusion can be determined. Use a depth micrometer and measure the counterbore depth at the four places shown. mm 13.755 13.805 Counterbore Depth MIN MAX in 0.5415 0.5435
The four measurements must not vary more than 0.25 mm [0.001 inch]. If the measurements exceed the specifications, the counterbore ledge must be machined. NOTE: Be sure that the indicator does not contact the counterbore radius on a block that does not have a double undercut. Use depth gauge assembly, Part No. 3823495. Measure the angle of the counterbore ledge at four places on the counterbore circumference. The measurement of the ledge depth must be as near to the counterbore radius as possible, and as near to the counterbore edge as possible.
The angle (12) of the counterbore ledge is acceptable (OK) if the measurement that is near the counterbore edge is the same or no more than 0.036 mm [0.0014 inch] shorter than the measurement near the counterbore radius. If the measurement near the counterbore ledge is longer than the measurement near the counterbore radius, the ledge must be machined.
Section 1 - Cylinder Block - Group 01 Measure the I.D. of the upper counterbore (1). The point of measurement must be within 2.54 mm [0.100 inch] from the top of the block. Counterbore Diameter - UPPER Press Fit Diameter mm in 188.16 MIN 7.409 188.21 MAX 7.410 The I.D. of the upper counterbore must be completely round within 0.050 mm [0.002 inch]. If the measurement is not within specification, check to see if the block can be machined to use oversize liners. NOTE: The upper counterbore must be no more than 0.076 mm [0.003 inch] larger than the cylinder liner flange. NOTE: If the counterbore does not meet specifications, an oversize liner may have been used in a previous machining bore process. Measure and record the measurement so that the proper press fit liner can be determined. Measure the I.D. of the lower counterbore (3). The point of measurement must be within 2.54 mm [0.100 inch] from the top of the counterbore ledge. Counterbore Diameter - LOWER Press Fit Diameter mm in 180.09 MIN 7.090 180.14 MAX 7.092 The I.D. of the lower counterbore must be completely round within 0.050 mm [0.002 inch]. NOTE: If the counterbore does not meet specifications, an oversize liner may have been used in a previous machining bore process. Measure and record the measurement so that the proper press fit liner protrusion can be determined. If the block is not within specifications, do not use the block. Check the chamfer at the top of the packing ring bore. Excessive pitting must be repaired. Refer to the Alternative Repair Manual, Bulletin No. 3379035. mm 177.34 177.40 (4) Packing Ring Bore MIN MAX in 6.982 6.984
Cylinder Liner (001-028) Page 1-51
Leak Test Clean
Cylinder Liner (001-028)

CAUTION Do not use a hone, deglazing, or prebrushing to clean the cylinder liners. Abrasives can damage the finish and the crosshatch pattern and can contaminate the liner. WARNING Wear eye protection. Make sure the wire brush is rated for the RPM being used if the brush is motor driven. Use a high quality steel wire brush to clean the liner flange seating area. Use a non-metallic bristle brush, detergent soap, and warm water to clean the inside diameter. Use a steam cleaner or solvent tank to lean the liners. Dry with compressed air.
Use clean engine oil. Lubricate the I.D. Allow the liner to soak for five to ten minutes
CAUTION Do not use a cloth towel. Lint will cause severe engine damage. Use a paper towels. Wipe the liner I.D. Repeat these three cleaning steps until the paper towel shows no gray or black residue.
Inspect for Reuse

Visually inspect the liners for cracks on the inside and the outside diameters.
Inspect for cracks under the flange. NOTE: Cracks can also be detected by using either magnetic inspection or the dye method.
Visually inspect the outside diameter for excessive corrosion or pitting. Pits must not be more than 1.6 mm [0.063 in] deep. Replace the liner if the pits are too deep or if the corrosion can not be removed with a fine emery cloth.
Inspect the inside diameters for vertical scratches deep enough to be felt with a fingernail. NOTE: If a fingernail catches in the scratch, the liner must be replaced. Visually inspect the inside diameter for scuffing or scoring.
Section 1 - Cylinder Block - Group 01 Visually inspect the inside diameter for liner bore polishing. A moderate polish produces a bright mirror finish in the worn area with traces of the original hone marks or an indication of an etch pattern. A heavy polish produces a bright mirror finish in the worn area with no traces of hone marks or an etch pattern. NOTE: Refer to Parts Reuse Guidelines, Bulletin No. 3810303, for further information on liner bore polishing.
Replace the liner if: A heavy polish is present over twenty percent (20%) of the piston ring travel area. Thirty percent (30%) of the piston ring travel area has both moderate and heavy polish, and one-half (15 percent) is heavy polish.
Use a dial bore gauge. Measure the I.D. of the liner at the top, the bottom, and the middle of the piston ring travel area. Perform two measurements at each location. The measurements must be 90 degrees apart. mm 158.737 158.877 Cylinder Liner I.D. MIN MAX in 6.2495 6.2550
NOTE: The I.D. of a new cylinder liner can be 0.015 mm [0.0006 inch] smaller than specifications because of the Lubrite coating.
Measure the liner flange outside diameter. Upper Press Fit Liner Flange Diameter mm in Standard 188.19 MIN 7.409 188.24 MAX 7.411 Oversize 20/20 188.70 MIN 7.429 188.75 MAX 7.431
Section 1 - Cylinder Block - Group 01 NOTE: The liner design incorporates a press fit between the upper liner bore and the area of the liner directly below the liner flange. This is referred to as the Lower Press Fit (LPF) design. NOTE: Cylinder liners with standard and oversize press fit diameters are available.
Measure the lower press fit diameter. Lower Press Fit Area O.D. mm Standard 180.16 MIN 180.21 MAX Oversize 20/20 180.67 MIN 180.72 MAX in 7.093 7.095 7.113 7.115
Measure the liner flange thickness. mm 13.398 13.424 Liner Flange Thickness MIN MAX in 0.5275 0.5285
Apply a thick film of clean 15W-40 oil to the bores of the liners for final cleaning. Leave the oil on for 5 to 10 minutes. Use a clean, lint-free paper towel, not cloth, to wipe the oil from the bores until the black and gray deposits are removed. NOTE: Do not set the liners in an area where dirty air flow can contaminate the liners.
Gear Cover Spacer Plate (001-029) Page 1-55
Gear Cover Spacer Plate (001-029)

Clean
Use solvent, clean the Gear Cover Spacer Plate. Dry with compressed air.
Inspect for Reuse

Inspect the plate for reuse. Check for fretting damage on both sides of the gasket surface. Replace the plate if damaged. Check the mounting stud threads for damage. Install new studs to the specified height. Accessory Drive Stud (1)- Installed Height mm in 31.88 MIN 1.255 33.15 MAX 1.305 Water Pump Drive Stud (2) Installed Height Gear Spacer Plate and Gear Housing mm in 62.99 MIN 2.480 63.75 MAX 2.510
Gear Cover, Front (001-031)

Clean
WARNING When using solvents, acids or alkaline materials or steam for cleaning, follow the manufactures recommendations for use. Wearing goggles and protective clothing to avoid personal injury. Use solvent or steam. Clean the front cover and related parts.
Gear Cover, Front (001-031) Page 1-56
Inspect for Reuse

Measure the I.D. of the bushings. The bushings must be replaced if not within specifications. Accessory Drive & Water Pump Drive Bushing I.D. mm in 39.75 MIN 1.565 39.90 MAX 1.571 Hydraulic Pump Drive (2) Bushing I.D. mm in 38.13 MIN 1.501 38.25 MAX 1.506 Remove and check the barring mechanism. Push the shaft in. Hold in position. Slide the worm gear until the spring is compressed. Use a screwdriver. Remove the retaining ring.
Remove the parts: Shaft Spring Worm gear Remove the o-ring from the shaft. Discard the o-ring. Use solvent to clean the parts. Flush the oil drillings. Dry with compressed air. NOTE: Some contact marks on gear are acceptable. Check the parts for severe damage.
Use vegetable oil to lubricate the o-ring. Install the o-ring on the barring shaft. Install the parts: Worm gear Spring Shaft
Section 1 - Cylinder Block - Group 01 Install the retaining ring. Rotate the shaft. Check for correct assembly.
Idler Gear, Camshaft (001-036) Page 1-57
Measure
Barring Mechanism Bushing Bore Measure the I.D. of the bushing bore. mm 18.215 18.265 Barring Mechanism Bushing Bore MIN MAX in 0.717 0.719
The bushing must be replaced if not within specifications.
Idler Gear, Camshaft (001-036)

Clean
Use solvent. Clean the idler gear and parts. Dry with compressed air.
Inspect for Reuse

Check the parts for damage. Measure the I.D. of the idler. mm 47.638 47.714 Idler Gear Bushing I.D. MIN MAX in 1.8755 1.8785
NOTE: The bushing in the gear is precision bored after installation. If machining capability is not available, replace the bushing and the gear as an assembly.
Idler Gear, Camshaft (001-036) Page 1-58

CAUTION Use a copper braid contact that has neoprene covers to avoid burning the teeth of the gear. CAUTION If the gear contains a keyway, position the gear so that the keyway points toward one of the contacts when checking. Use a magnetic particle testing machine. Use the residual method. Apply head shot amperage. Adjust the amperage to the specified value Gear O.D. Less than 101 mm [4 inch] 101 mm to 203 mm [4 inch to 8 inch] Greater than 203mm [8 inch] Check the gear for cracks. CAUTION If the gear contains a keyway, position the gear so that the keyway points toward the coil. Use the residual method. Apply coil shot amperage. Adjust the amperage to the specified value Gear 0.D. Less than 101 mm [4 inch] 101 mm to 203 mm [4 inch to 8 inch] Greater than 203 mm [8 inch] Ampere Turns 4000 6000 8000 Amperage D 1000 1500 2000
NOTE: Ampere turn is an electrical current of one ampere flowing through the coil, multiplied by the number of turns in the coil. Check the gear for cracks.
Section 1 - Cylinder Block - Group 01 Limits of Acceptance on Machined Surfaces An open indication is visible to the eye after the wetting operation has been completed. An indication below the surface is not visible to the eye after the wetting operation has been completed. An indication below the surface can be seen with the use of the ultraviolet light that is part of the machine. Do not use the gear if: There is an open indication. There is an indication below the surface that is in the shaded area as shown. There is an indication below the surface that is longer than 6 mm [1/4 inch]. Limits of Acceptance on Forged Surfaces Do not use the gear if: There is an open indication that is in a circumferential direction. There is an open indication that is longer than 9.5 mm [3/8 inch]. There is an indication below the surface that is in the shaded area. An indication below the surface in a radial direction is acceptable (OK) if it is in the area that is not shaded. CAUTION The gear must be demagnetized completely and cleaned thoroughly. Any small metal particles will cause engine damage. Demagnetize the gear. Use solvent or steam. Clean the part.
Idler Gear, Hydraulic Pump (001-039) Page 1-59
Idler Gear, Hydraulic Pump (001-039)

Clean
Use solvent. Clean the idler gear. Dry with compressed air.
Idler Gear, Water Pump (001-040) Page 1-60
Inspect for Reuse

Check the gear and parts for any damage.
Idler Gear, Water Pump (001-040)

Clean
Use solvent clean the part. Dry with compressed air
Inspect for Reuse

Check all parts for damage.
Piston (001-043)
Clean
WARNING When using a steam cleaner, wear protective clothing and safety glasses or a face shield. Hot steam can cause serious personal injury. Use steam to clean the outer layers of carbon from the piston surface. The bead blast method can be used to clean the top of the piston. If this method is used, cover the ring grooves and skirt securely. NOTE: It is only necessary to remove the carbon buildup. It is not necessary to make the crown appear new.
Section 1 - Cylinder Block - Group 01 CAUTION Do not contaminate the wash tank solution with bead blast materials. Use a kerosene emulsion-based solvent. Do not use a solvent that is higher than 9.5 pH. Do not use a solvent that contains chlorinated hydrocarbons with cresol, phenols, or cresylic components. Allow the pistons to soak in the solvent a minimum of 30 minutes. NOTE: For best results soak the pistons several hours or overnight. Use a solvent that can be heated from 90C to 95C [194F to 203F]. Use a cleaning tank that will circulate and filter the solvent. CAUTION Do not use the bead blast method to clean the skirt. The piston skirt will be damaged by blast material being embedded in the aluminum. CAUTION Do not use a metal bristle brush to clean the pistons. Damage to the ring grooves will result. Use a brush to clean the ring grooves. Walnut shell blasting can be used on the piston crown. Repeat the soaking and scrubbing process until the piston is thoroughly clean. Use steam to rinse the solvent from the pistons. Dry the pistons with compressed air.
Piston (001-043) Page 1-61
Inspect for Reuse

Visually inspect both the crown and skirt. Do not use the crown or skirt if cracks or scuff marks are found. Scratches in the skirt are not acceptable if they are visually not acceptable. Use crack detection kit, Part No. 3375432, or its equivalent, to check for cracks on the piston crown and in and around the piston pin bore. Do not use if cracked or scuffed. If the crown is not acceptable, replace the crown and pin.
Piston (001-043) Page 1-62
Section 1 - Cylinder Block - Group 01 Visually inspect the ring grooves. The pistons must be replaced if there is a visible ridge in the back of the groove. The piston must be replaced if a lip has formed on the O.D. of the groove.
Use piston ring groove wear gauge, Part No. 3824846, and a 6 to 7 inch micrometer to inspect the top groove (compression ring). NOTE: The piston must be replaced if measured dimensions are less than those in the table below. Measure the top and second ring grooves (diameter over pins) when the piston temperature is at 21C (70F) in two places 90 degrees apart as shown. Ring Groove Wear Limits (Diameter Over Pins) mm in Top Ring 159.100 MIN 6.2638 Second Ring 159.413 MIN 6.2761 Measure the oil ring groove. The piston must be replaced if it is not within specification. mm 4.788 4.851 Piston Oil Ring Groove Width MIN MAX in 0.1885 0.1910
Measure the piston pin bore inside diameter. Articulated Piston Pin Bore I.D. (Crown) mm in 60.960 MIN 2.4000 61.059 MAX 2.4039 Articulated Piston Pin Bore I.D. (Skirt) mm in 60.949 MIN 2.3996 60.961 MAX 2.4000
Section 1 - Cylinder Block - Group 01 Measure the piston pin outside diameter and length. mm 60.929 60.935 mm 132.59 132.85 Piston Pin O.D. MIN MAX Piston Pin Length MIN MAX in 2.3988 2.3990 in 5.220 5.230
Vibration Damper (001-052) Page 1-63
Vibration Damper (001-052)

Clean
Vibration dampers have a limited service life. The damper must be replaced after 15,000 hours in service. Do not repair or balance a viscous damper in the field. WARNING When using solvents, acids or alkaline materials for cleaning, follow the manufactures recommendation for use. Wear goggles and protective clothing to avoid personal injury. Use solvent. Clean the exterior of the damper. Dry with compressed air.
Inspect for Reuse

NOTE: Vibration dampers have a limited service life. The damper must be replaced after 576,000 km, [360,000 miles], or 15,000 hours of service. NOTE: Do not repair or balance a viscous damper in the field. Inspect the damper for reuse. Inspect for cracks on the mounting flange. Inspect for dents or bulges on the housing. If the damper is damaged, it must be replaced.
Use a paint solvent and fine crocus cloth. Remove the paint from the front and back of the housing at the four areas shown. Measure no less than 3 mm [1/8 inch] from the O.D. to be sure that the measurement is on a flat surface. Measure the thickness at four places. If the measurements vary more than 0.25 mm [0.010 inch], or if the thickness exceeds 42.24 mm [1.663 inch], the damper must be replaced.
Vibration Damper (001-052) Page 1-64
Section 1 - Cylinder Block - Group 01 NOTE: The following illustrates the procedure to check the damper for fluid leakage. Use the crack detection kit, Part No. 3375434, or equivalent, and spray the rolled lip of the damper. NOTE: The crack detection kit, Part No. 3375434, contains the necessary cleaner, penetrant, and developer to check for cracks using the dye penetrant method.
CAUTION Wear protective clothing to prevent personal injury from burns. Use an oven with the temperature adjusted to 93C [200F]. Put the damper in the oven with the rolled lip down. Heat the damper for two hours.
CAUTION Wear protective clothing to prevent personal injury from burns. Remove the damper and check for leakage around the lip. If there is any leakage the damper must be replaced.
Cylinder Block Counterbore (001-058) Page 1-65
Cylinder Block Counterbore (001-058)

Machine
WARNING Read the complete Procedure before beginning to machine the block. The counterbore ledge will be machined. Sealing rings will be used to obtain the correct cylinder liner protrusion. The cylinder protrusion (A) is the total sum of the thickness of the liner flange and the sealing rings, minus the counterbore depth. mm 0.13 0.18 Cylinder Liner Protrusion MIN MAX in 0.003 0.007
NOTE: Some liners are oversize in flange thickness and flange O.D. If necessary, machine the block for oversize liners before machining the counterbore ledge for depth. Refer to procedure No. Resurface the block as required before machining the counterbore ledge depth. Refer to Bulletin No. 3379035, Alternative Repair Manual, for machining instructions. Tools required 1. Drive unit, Part No. 3376685 2. Adapter plate, Part No. 3376684 3. Cutter plate, Part No. 3375980 4. Tool bit 5. Hex wrench [3/16-inch] 6. Hex wrench [3/32-inch] 7. Bolt spacers [3/16-inch I.D. by 3 1/2-inch] 8. Plain washers [3/16 I.D. by 2 inch O.D.] 9. Cylinder head capscrews for the block being machined NOTE: The cylinder block counterbore tool, Part No. 3376684, contains the tools listed above. The same kit contains the tools to machine the counterbore depth on all Cummins engines except the L10. Install the drive unit (1) on the adapter plate (2). Torque Value: 40 Nm [30 ft-lb] Align the key slot on the cutter plate (3) with the key on the drive unit shaft. Install the plain washer and capscrew (10). Torque Value: 40 Nm [30 ft-lb] Use a mallet. Tap the cutter plate. the cutter plate must be seated on the shaft. NOTE: Radius specifications are in inches.
Section 1 - Cylinder Block - Group 01 CAUTION Part No. 3377468 must be used to machine the counterbore ledge. Install the tool bit in the cutter plate. Position the bit so it will cut when the plate is moving clockwise. Push the tool bit into the plate until it is even with or below the O.D. of the plate. Some resistance can be felt when installing the bit extension device. If the bit will not go in, loosen the two locking screws (16).
Use a fine, India type stone. Remove any nicks and burrs from the head surface and counterbore ledge. Nicks and burrs will prevent the tool from seating correctly. Use a depth micrometer to measure the counterbore depth. Measure at four equally spaced points. Record the measurements.
CAUTION Do not use more than three seal rings under one liner. The use of one thick seal ring is better than two thin shims. Measure the thickness of the sealing rings used with the engine block being machined. Select the best combination of sealing rings and counterbore ring to achieve the correct protrusion.
CAUTION Do not allow the weight of the cutter plate to cause it to fall. The bit plate will be damaged. Hold up on the shaft when pulling the licking pin. Set the cylinder block counterbore tool on the block. Pull the locking pin. Lower the cutter plate until it touches the counterbore ledge. The taper on the cutter plate will center the tool in the cylinder bore. There must be clearance between the stop collar (19) and the housing. Turn the collar until there is clearance. Turn the shaft backward and forward. The taper must be positioned squarely in the bore.
Section 1 - Cylinder Block - Group 01 There must be no clearance between the adapter plate mounting surface and the block head surface. Align the holes in the adapter plate (2) with two cylinder head capscrew holes in the block. Install the plain washers, spacers, and cylinder head capscrews. Tighten the capscrews. Torque Value: 70 Nm [50 ft-lb] If the tool is not aligned correctly it will not turn after the capscrews are torqued.
On blocks with a double undercut radius the tool bit must be adjusted so it is in the radius. Use the stop collar to raise the tool bit off the counterbore ledge 0.025 mm to 0.25 mm [0.001 inch to 0.010 inch]. The tool must be off the ledge enough to allow the bit extension device to work.
Use a 3/32 inch hex wrench. Loosen the tool bit locking screws ONLY enough to allow the extension device to function.
Use the 3/16 inch hex wrench. Turn the bit extension device until the tool bit touches the I.D. of the large radius. This must be done to be sure the large radius is extended downward as the ledge is machined.
Section 1 - Cylinder Block - Group 01 CAUTION Do not turn the handle clockwise. The tool will damage the bore. Use the handle to turn the tool counterclockwise. Listen for the sound of the tool bit scraping the bore wall as it is turned a minimum of 180 degrees. If the sound does not continue through 180 degrees, use the bit extension device to push the tool bit against the bore wall opposite the first position. Turn another 180 degrees. Listen again for the sound of the bit. Check for a burr if it touches at only one point.
CAUTION Do not attempt to raise the cutter plate with the tool bit extended into the double undercut radius. Use a 3/32 inch hex wrench. Tighten the two tool bit locking screws. Turn the stop collar to lower the cutter plate so that the bit touches the ledge.
ADJUSTING THE DEPTH OF MACHINING Be sure the tool bit is seated on the counterbore ledge. Results will be correct when several 0.05 mm to 0.08 mm [0.002 to 0.003 inch] cuts are made. The tool bit will be damaged by deep cuts. The surface finish will be too rough. NOTE: Surface finish specification must be 80AA or better. Be sure the tool bit is not raised. Turn the stop collar clockwise to adjust the clearance. Move a feeler gauge around the housing. Clearance must be to specification at the closest point.
Tighten the thumb screw on the stop collar. NOTE: Record the depth of each machining. The figures are used to achieve the correct liner protrusion. Apply downward pressure. Turn the handle clockwise. Keep the tool bit against the ledge. Machine the bore until the stop collar contacts the housing. Not using pressure, spin the tool two or three times to smooth the surface. Machine the counterbore in several operations until the maximum liner protrusion is achieved.
Section 1 - Cylinder Block - Group 01 CAUTION Loosen and retract the tool bit before attempting to raise the tool. Raise the cutter plate. Remove the tool from the block. Use a fine, India type stone. Remove any burrs and sharp edges from the counterbore ledge.
CAUTION Be sure the micrometer does not contact the radius on a block that does not contain a double undercut counterbore radius. Use a depth micrometer. Measure the counterbore depth in the four places shown. The four measurements must not vary more than 0.25 mm [0.001 inch]. If the measurements exceed the specification, the counter bore ledge must be machined again.
CAUTION Be sure that the indicator does not contact the counterbore radius on a block that does not have a double undercut. Use a gauge block, Part No. 3823495. Measure the angle of the counterbore ledge at four equally spaced points. The measurement of the ledge depth must be taken as near to the counterbore radius as possible, and as near to the counterbore edge as possible.
The angle (12) is OK if the measurement that is near the counterbore edge is the same or no more than 0.036 mm [0.0014 inch] shorter than the measurement near the counterbore radius. Machine the ledge again if the measurement near the counterbore edge is longer than the measurement near the radius.
Section 1 - Cylinder Block - Group 01 Check the counterbore for cracks. NOTE: Liners and sealing ring(s) must be identified by cylinder number for proper assembly. Measure the liner flange thickness at four equally spaced points around the flange.
Cylinder liner protrusion (A) is the total sum of the liner flange thickness and sealing ring(s) thickness, minus the depth of the counterbore. mm 0.08 0.13 Cylinder Liner Protrusion MIN MAX in 0.003 0.006
Section 1 - Cylinder Block - Group 01 MACHINE FOR OVERSIZE LINERS Tools required for this procedure are listed below. They are available separately or in the kits. LINER COUNTERBORE TOOL KIT, PART NO. ST-1168 1. Main Housing Assembly, Part No. ST-1168-1 8. 3\32 inch Hex Key, Part No. ST-1168-57, or equivalent 9. 5/32 inch Hex Key, Part No. ST-1168-59, or equivalent 10. 3/16-inch Hex Key, Part No. St-1168-60, or equivalent LINER COUNTERBORE SALVAGE TOOL KIT, PART NO. 3375820 2. Base Plate, Part No.3375827 3. Cutter Plate Assembly, Part No. 3375821 4. Micrometer Assembly, Part No. 3375826 5. Setting Standard, Part No. 3375828 6. Cutter Assembly, Part No. 3822216 7. Depth Spacer Block, Part No. 3376189 11. Plain Washers, four, Part No. 3375830, or equivalent [3/16-inch I.D.], [2-inch O.D.], Standard Adapters, Part No. 3375829, or equivalent, 30.1625 mm I.D. 88.9 mm long [13/16-inch I.D. 3.5 inch long] The following are also required: Four capscrews from the cylinder head Drill Motor [10-ampere, 450 rpm, 19 mm [3/4 inch] Chuck.
The user of the following instructions must have inspected the cylinder block. Terms used in this Procedure must be understood. NOTE: After machining both the upper and lower counterbore I.D. for oversized liners, you must machine the counterbore ledge. Refer to Procedure, 001-058 These instructions cover the counterbore depth and the upper counterbore I.D. machining at the same time. NOTE: Cummins Engine Company, Inc., recommends that the accuracy of the tool be checked before machining the customers block. If possible, machine a scrap block and check the accuracy of the cut. If a scrap block is not available, adjust the tool to machine a size smaller than required. Check the accuracy of the cut. Make final adjustments before machining to specification. NOTE: The cylinder liner I.D. is the same on oversize liners as that of the standard liner. NOTE: On all QSK19 blocks the upper counterbore I.D. must be no less than 0.025 mm [0.001 inch] smaller, and no more than 0.076 mm [0.003 inch] larger than the O.D. of the cylinder liner upper flange diameter.
Section 1 - Cylinder Block - Group 01 Install the base plate to the main housing. Install the four capscrews. Torque Value: 40 Nm [30 ft-lb] Position the cutter plate assembly with the tapered edge away from the housing. Align the keyway in the plate with the key in the shaft. Install the cutter plate. Install the washer and nut. Torque Value: 40 Nm [30 ft-lb]
CAUTION Damage to the cylinder block or interference with the cylinder liner will result if the wrong cutter assembly is used. The illustration shows the cutter that must be used with the QSK19 cylinder block.
ADJUST THE SET SCREW Put the cutter in the cutter plate assembly. Tighten the set screw until it becomes difficult to slide the cutter in the groove. Remove the cutter assembly.
Measure the counterbore I.D. and depth. Refer to Procedure No. CAUTION The top of the cylinder block must be clean and free of burrs. The tool must be flat on the block surface to machine the counterbore I.D. correctly.
Section 1 - Cylinder Block - Group 01 INSTALL THE TOOL To LOCK the feed mechanism, turn the knob on top clockwise. To UNLOCK the feed mechanism, turn the knob counterclockwise. Put the tool on the block.
UNLOCK the feed mechanism. Lower the cutter plate until it contacts the lower counterbore I.D. This will center the tool in the bore. Be sure the base plate does not rock. Rotate the base plate until the bolt holes align with the cylinder head mounting capscrew locations. Install the four capscrews, plain washers, and standard adapters. Torque Value: 45 Nm [35 ft-lb]
ADJUST THE CUTTER ASSEMBLY Use the setting standard, Part No. 3375828. Use the micrometer assembly, Part No. 3375826. Put the setting standard in the micrometer as shown. Measure the length of the standard. In this example, the micrometer reads 193.04 mm (7.600 inch). If the reading does not agree with the value stamped on the setting standard, loosen the set screw (1), move the end post (2), tighten the set screw (1).
Set the micrometer to the correct dimension for the block being machined. Put the cutter assembly in the micrometer as shown. Use a hex key. Loosen the set screw on the cutter assembly. Move the spring loaded plunger until it contacts the micrometer.
Section 1 - Cylinder Block - Group 01 Tighten the set screw. Move the micrometer to check the setting. Repeat the setting process until the cutter assembly is accurately set.
ADJUST MACHINING DEPTH Raise and LOCK the drive assembly. Put the cutter assembly in the cutter plate. It must extend a minimum of 6 mm [1/4 inch] over the edge of the counterbore. Tighten the top set screw for the cutter bit.
On QSK19 cylinder blocks use depth spacer block, Part No. 3376189. NOTE: The depth spacer block is contained in the liner counterbore salvage tool kit, Part No. 3375820.
UNLOCK the drive mechanism. Lower the cutter plate until the cutter touches the block. Put the depth spacer block, Part No. 3376189, on the tool. The depth of cut dimension must be visible [as shown]. Turn the stop collar until it touches the depth spacer block as illustrated. NOTE: The 0.522 inch depth spacer block is shown as an example ONLY.
Section 1 - Cylinder Block - Group 01 FINAL ADJUSTMENTS FOR DEPTH The style of the block being machined determines the next adjustment.
CAUTION Do not cut the counterbore depth with this tool. Follow these instructions for the QSK19. Turn the depth stoop collar 1/2 of a turn (180 degrees) counterclockwise. The cutting assembly must be raised slightly from the counterbore ledge. Use a hex key. Tighten the set screw on the collar.
MACHINE THE COUNTERBORE I.D. CAUTION Be sure no dirt or chips are in the cutting assembly groove of the cutter plate. Raise the cutting plate assembly. LOCK the drive mechanism. Push the cutting assembly into the cutter plate until it touches the shaft. Use a hex key. Tighten the setscrew.
Section 1 - Cylinder Block - Group 01 WARNING Hold the drill firmly. The drill will be hard to hold when the tool first contacts the block. Lower the cutting plate until the cutting assembly is 1.50 mm [1/16-inch] above the block. LOCK the drive mechanism. Install the universal drive (14) in the drill. NOTE: The feed mechanism will automatically control the rate that the cutter is lowered. START the drill. The cutter plate will freewheel after the depth stop collar has contacted the drive unit. STOP the drill after the cutter has free wheeled for five to ten revolutions. Remove the drill. UNLOCK the drive mechanism. Raise the cutter plate. UNLOCK the drive mechanism. Use a hex key. Loosen the set screw. Remove the cutter assembly.
Remove the mounting capscrews, adapters, and washers. Remove the tool.
Section 1 - Cylinder Block - Group 01 Use a hone stone. Remove burrs from the sharp corner of the I.D. Measure the upper counterbore I.D. (1) in the location shown. Machine the diameter again if the I.D. is smaller than specification. Machine the block for the next larger size liner when the I.D. is larger than specification.
Check the concentricity between the upper counterbore I.D. (1) and the packing ring bore (4). Clean the cylinder block. Refer to Procedure No. 001-026
LINER BORE CONCENTRICITY Check the concentricity after the repair of the upper counterbore I.D. or the packing ring bore I.D. Use the concentricity gouge, Part No. ST-1252.
Adjust the contact pins (3) to be as close to the plate as possible. If necessary, Remove the set screw (2), Remove the plate, Turn the plate over, Install the plate, Install the set screw. Loosen the indicator arm set screw (1). Move the indicator arm until the distance between the contact pins and the indicator (5) is 254 mm [10 inch]. Loosen the contact plate set screw (2). Slide the contact plate as far toward the indicator arm as possible. Loosen the adjusting knob (4).
Section 1 - Cylinder Block - Group 01 CAUTION The upper counterbore and the top surface of the block must be clean. Put the tool in the cylinder block liner bore to be checked. Slide the contact plate until both contact pins touch the upper counterbore I.D. NOTE: The indicator must not touch the packing ring bore at this time.
Hold both contact pins against the upper counterbore I.D. Slide the base until the indicator tip touches the packing ring bore I.D. Continue to slide the base until the indicator needle has moved 0.0064 mm to 0.254 mm [0.005 inch to 0.010 inch]. Hold the tool in place and tighten the contact plate set screw (2).
Hold the contact pins against the upper counterbore I.D. Turn the adjusting knob to move the indicator needle a minimum of one revolution. Turn the knob until the needle indicates ZERO. Slide the tool until the indicator is not touching the block. Slide the tool backward until both contact pins touch the upper counterbore I.D. The indicator must remain at ZERO. Repeat this step until the indicator continues to read ZERO after the tool is moved.
Turn the tool 180 degrees from the ZERO position. Slide the tool until both contact pins touch the upper counterbore I.D. Read the indicator. the bore run out is one-half of the indicator reading. EXAMPLE: Indicator reading of 0.2032 mm (0.008 inch) Actual run out is 0.1016 mm (0.004 inch) mm 0.130 Liner Bore Run Out MAX in 0.005
Section 1 - Cylinder Block - Group 01 Move the tool 180 degrees backward to the original ZERO position. Repeat the measurement procedure when the indicator does not read ZERO.
Cylinder Liner Protrusion (001-064) Page 1-79
CAUTION Concentricity must be within specification. Engine damage will result when the liner is not seated correctly in the bore. Turn the tool until the contact pins are 90 degrees counterclockwise from the original ZERO position. Adjust the indicator to ZERO position. Read the indicator. Compare the reading to the specification. Repeat this procedure until consistent readings are obtained. NOTE: The bore must be repaired when consistent readings are not obtained. Refer to the Alternative Repair Manual, Bulletin No. 3379035.
Cylinder Liner Protrusion (001-064)

Adjust
If the liner protrusion is not correct, the liner must be removed. If liner protrusion needs increased add more sealing rings or a thicker sealing ring. If liner protrusion needs decreased machine the counterbore ledge. Refer to Procedure No. 001-058.
Gear Cover Accessory Drive Bushing (001-066) Page 1-80
Gear Cover Accessory Drive Bushing (001-066)

Remove
Use the appropriate bushing mandrel and an arbor press. Remove the accessory drive, water pump, and the hydraulic pump drive bushings. Measure the bore I.D. Replace the front cover when any bore I.D. is not within specifications. Front Cover Bushing Bore I.D. mm Accessory and Wa43.078 MIN ter Pump Drive 43.104 MAX Hydraulic Pump 41.275 MIN Drive 41.301 MAX in 1.696 1.697 1.625 1.626
Install
Use the appropriate bushing mandrel, install the accessory drive, water pump and hydraulic pump. Use a mallet or an arbor press. Install the bushings.
QSK19 Section 2 - Cylinder Head - Group 02
Page 2-a
Section 2 - Cylinder Head - Group 02

Section Contents
Page Crosshead ........................................................................................................................................................ 2-4 Clean ........................................................................................................................................................... 2-4 Inspect for Reuse ......................................................................................................................................... 2-4 Cylinder Head .................................................................................................................................................. 2-5 Assemble ................................................................................................................................................... 2-14 Clean ........................................................................................................................................................... 2-6 Disassemble ............................................................................................................................................... 2-13 Exploded View .............................................................................................................................................. 2-5 Inspect for Reuse ......................................................................................................................................... 2-6 Pressure Test ............................................................................................................................................... 2-8 Vacuum Test ............................................................................................................................................... 2-10 Cylinder Head - General Information .............................................................................................................. 2-1 General Information ...................................................................................................................................... 2-1 Cylinder Head Injector Bore .......................................................................................................................... 2-15 Adjust ......................................................................................................................................................... 2-17 Inspect for Reuse ....................................................................................................................................... 2-15 Service Tools ................................................................................................................................................... 2-2 Cylinder Head ............................................................................................................................................... 2-2 Valve, Cylinder Head ...................................................................................................................................... Grind .......................................................................................................................................................... Inspect for Reuse ....................................................................................................................................... Install ......................................................................................................................................................... Lap ............................................................................................................................................................ Magnetic Crack Inspect .............................................................................................................................. Remove ...................................................................................................................................................... Valve Guide, Cylinder Head ........................................................................................................................... Clean ......................................................................................................................................................... Inspect ....................................................................................................................................................... Inspect for Reuse ....................................................................................................................................... Install ......................................................................................................................................................... Remove ...................................................................................................................................................... 2-22 2-24 2-23 2-26 2-26 2-23 2-22 2-18 2-18 2-19 2-18 2-19 2-18
Valve Seat Bore.............................................................................................................................................. 2-20 Initial Check ............................................................................................................................................... 2-20 Valve Seat Insert, Cylinder Head................................................................................................................... Grind .......................................................................................................................................................... Install ......................................................................................................................................................... Remove ...................................................................................................................................................... 2-20 2-21 2-21 2-20
Cylinder Head - General Information Page 2-1
Cylinder Head - General Information

General Information
The QSK19 uses a torque-turn method for torquing all cylinder head capscrews. This method provides better control of the load on the capscrews.
The QSK19 utilizes a stemless crosshead design. This design does not require adjustment. The QSK19 cylinder head gasket has been altered due to changes to the shape of the push tube hole. The grommets have been built into the gasket.
Service Tools
Cylinder Head
Tool No.
Tool Description Cylinder Head Capscrew Length Gauge Used to check the length of the cylinder head capscrews.
Tool Illustration
3824955
Valve Spring Compressor ST-448 Compress the valve spring to allow the valve to be removed or installed.
Valve Spring Compressor 3375960 Compress the valve spring to allow the valve to be removed or installed. This tool is air-operated.
Hydrostatic Tester ST-1012 Check for coolant leaks in the cylinder head. Requires shop air, a lifting hoist, a water tank, and the appropriate Test Adapter Plate and o-ring.
Water Test Plates 3375070 Check for coolant leaks in the cylinder head. Use with Part No. ST-1012 Hydrostatic Tester. Use with Part No. 3375071 Water Test Plate O-rings.
Depth Gauge Assembly 3823495 Measure cylinder liner counterbore ledge angle and injector protrusion.
QSK19 Section 2 - Cylinder Head - Group 02 Tool No. Tool Description Valve Seat Grinding Machine Used to grind the valve seats. ST-685
Valve Vacuum Tester Used to test the valve to valve seat connection. ST-1257
Valve Seat Extractor Used to remove the valve seats. ST-1323-1-Exhaust 3376799-Intake
Valve Spring Tester Used to test the valve springs. 3375182
Valve Lapping Compound An abrasive compound used to lap the valves. 3375805
Valve Head Thickness Gauge 3824861 Used to check the intake and exhaust valve head thickness after reconditioning.
Crosshead (002-001) Page 2-4
Crosshead (002-001)
Clean
WARNING When using solvents, acids or alkaline materials for cleaning, follow the manufactures recommendations for use. Wear goggles and protective clothing to avoid personal injury. Use solvent. Clean the parts. Dry with compressed air.
Inspect for Reuse

Check the contact pad (shaded area) for cracks. Check the valve stem contact area for wear or damage.
Cylinder Head (002-004) Page 2-5
Cylinder Head (002-004)

Exploded View
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10.
Screw, Twelve Point Cap Gasket, Cylinder Head Seal, Valve Stem Collet, Valve Valve, Exhaust Valve, Intake Rotator, Valve Spring, Valve Pin, Groove Insert, Valve, Exhaust
11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20.
Insert, Valve, Intake Plug, Expansion Plug, Expansion Plug, Expansion Plug, Threaded Plug, Threaded Head, Cylinder Guide, Valve Stem Retainer, Valve Spring Plug, Pipe
Clean
WARNING When using solvents, acids, or alkaline materials for cleaning, follow the manufacturers recommendations for use. Wear goggles and protective clothing to avoid personal injury. Clean the heads with solvent. Check for broken springs or other damage.
Inspect for Reuse

Check for cracks on the combustion surface. NOTE: If a crack around the injector bore exceeds the maximum length, the cylinder head must be replaced. mm 6 Allowable Crack Length MAX in 0.25
NOTE: Both ends of a crack between the valve must be visible. If one end of a crack extends into the valve seat bore (behind the valve seat), the condition of the cylinder is questionable. To be sure that the cylinder head is reusable, remove the valve and valve seat. Use a depth gauge, Part No. 3823495, or equivalent. Measure the valve head depth. NOTE: If the valve depth exceeds specifications, the cylinder head must be rebuilt. Allowable Valve Depth from the Combustion Face mm in 0.00 MIN 0.000 0.51 MAX 0.020
Use a straight edge to measure the flatness of the head gasket surface. The head must be resurfaced if a feeler gauge larger than 0.08 mm (0.003 in) will fit between the straight edge and the cylinder head. The head can be resurfaced as long as the head thickness measurement is within specifications. mm 150.114 Minimum Head Thickness (1) MIN in 5.910
NOTE: If the head is resurfaced, be sure that the injector protrusion and the valve depth in the head are adjusted properly.
QSK19 Section 2 - Cylinder Head - Group 02 Using flange head capscrews with the torque plus angle method of installation, places the capscrew beyond the yield point and permanently stretches the capscrew. These capscrews can be reused throughout the life of the engine unless the capscrew exceeds the specified free length. The free length must be checked to avoid bottoming in the block during installation. Cylinder head capscrew length gauge, Part No. 3824955, has been developed to check capscrew free length.
To check the capscrew free length, place the head of the capscrew in the slot, with the flange against the base of the slot.
If the end of the capscrew touches the foot of the gauge, the capscrew is too long and must be discarded.
If there is clearance between the end of the capscrew and the bottom base of the tool, the capscrew is OK for reuse.
QSK19 Section 2 - Cylinder Head - Group 02 The capscrew can also be checked using a set of calipers. The maximum allowable free length is measured from the bottom of the flange to the end of the capscrew (Dimension X). Cylinder Head Capscrew Free Length mm in 207.3 MAX 8.160
Pressure Test
Remove the valves. Refer to Procedure No. 002-020.
Use a hydrostatic tester, Part No. ST-1012, with water test adapter plate, Part No. 3375070, to test the cylinder head.
Remove one of the two plugs from the pressure regulator. Install the pressure gauge in the regulator. Turn the adjusting knob on the regulator counterclockwise as far as it will turn.
QSK19 Section 2 - Cylinder Head - Group 02 Install the pressure regulator between the air supply and the quick disconnect fitting. NOTE: The arrow on the top of the pressure regulator must point in the direction of the air flow (toward the quick disconnect fitting).
Use adapter plate (4), Part No. 3375070, and plate (5), Part No. 3375071, to test the head.
With the head as shown, assemble the adapter plates. The guide pins on the lower plate (5) must go in the water passages. The o-ring on the upper plate (4) creates a seal on the upper water passage. The other end of the plate goes into the injector bore.
Put the clamping assembly (1) over the head and adapters. The guide pins on the clamp must go into the holes in the lower adapter plate. Tighten the clamp on the head. Connect the wire hose to the upper adapter fitting.
QSK19 Section 2 - Cylinder Head - Group 02 Attach the lifting arm (2) to the clamp assembly with the lock pins. NOTE: One mounting location on each piece is color-coded red.
Adjust the air pressure. kPa 552 Air Pressure MAX psi 80
Lower the head into a tank of water. Bubbles will indicate an air leak. If the cylinder head leaks, it must be repaired or replaced.
Install the cylinder head valves. Refer to procedure No. 002-020. NOTE: Thoroughly lubricate the valve guide I.D. with 140 wt. gear oil before installing the valves.
Vacuum Test
The valve and the valve seats must be clean and dry. NOTE: The valve vacuum tester, Part No. ST-1257 can be used to test all Cummins engine models. Choose the correct cup for the engine model that is to be tested.
QSK19 Section 2 - Cylinder Head - Group 02 Chose the correct seal. 1. Intake valve 2. Exhaust valve NOTE: A new seal is available that has the appearance of (1), but is manufactured from a softer material. The new seal is to be used on cylinder heads that are machined with a relief valve between all four bores.
Install the seal and the cup to the vacuum line (hose).
Cover the valve with the cup and the seal. The seal must have a tight contact on the cylinder head around the valve. To check the exhaust valves, the seal must completely fill the milled area between the exhaust valves.
Move the toggle switch (3) to the ON position. Turn the vacuum control valve (4) to the OPEN position.
QSK19 Section 2 - Cylinder Head - Group 02 When the gauge indicates between 20 in-Hg and 25 in-Hg, turn the vacuum control valve (4) to the CLOSED or OFF position. Turn the toggle switch (3) to the OFF position.
Use a stop watch. As the vacuum gauge needle moves counterclockwise, start the timing when the needle on the gauge points to 18 in-Hg. Stop the timing when the needle on the gauge points to 8 in-Hg. The elapsed time for the gauge to move between the specified readings must be 10 seconds or more. If the elapsed time is less than 10 seconds, perform the following checks: Repeat the test to be sure the equipment is functioning properly. Use a mallet to hit the valve stem lightly to be sure the valve is sealing. Repeat the test. Apply a thin coating of grease on the O.D. of the insert and the valve head. Repeat the vacuum test. The grease pattern will show the point of leakage. If the leakage is between the insert and the head, the insert must be replaced. Refer to Procedure No.002-019. CAUTION The cylinder head must be disassembled and cleaned after any grinding or cutting procedures. If the leakage is between the valve and the insert, one of the following procedures must be performed: Lap Valves to Seat Procedure No. 002-020 Grind the Valves Procedure No. 002-020 Grind the Valve Seat Procedure No. 002-019
Disassemble
CAUTION The valve springs are under compression. Be cautious when using the valve spring compressor. Personal injury can result if the tool slips from your hands. Use a valve spring compressor, Part No. ST-448, or Part No. 3375960, or the equivalent. Valve spring stand, Part No. ST-1022, and the compressor plate, Part No. 3375043 can be used to compress all four springs at the same time. NOTE: Mark the valves for location prior to removal. The intake and exhaust valves are different. This practice will aid the assembly procedure. Remove the parts. 1. Collet, Valve 2. Retainer, Valve Spring 3. Spring, Valve 4. Guide Valve Spring/Rotator Valve 5. Valve Discard the valve springs, collets and valve rotators. Refer to Procedure No. 002-004. Use a drill, a sheet metal screw, and the following parts from the light duty puller kit, Part No. 3375784, to remove the cup plugs. Slide Hammer Hook
Remove and discard the 10 cup plugs. NOTE: Cup plugs must be removed from the head casting for cleaning purposes.
Assemble
Use cup plug Loctite sealant, Part No. 3375068.
NOTE: Use the correct expansion plug driver to make sure the expansion plugs are installed to the correct depth in the cylinder head. Drive the plug until the shoulder of the driver contacts the cylinder head. Part No. 3376813 Expansion Plug Driver Part No. 3376814 Expansion Plug Driver NOTE: A cup plug driver handle, Part No. 3376795, must be used with Part No. 3376813 and Part No. 3376814 Expansion Plug Driver. Install 10 new cup plugs.
Use a hydrostatic tester to check for evidence of leaks around cup plugs. Refer to the Procedure No. 002-004.
NOTE: When turning the rotator by hand, it may turn roughly, appear difficult to turn, or not turn at all. This is normal until the rotator is installed, after installation it will rotate freely. The rotator must be soaked in clean engine oil for at least 15 minutes prior to installation. The rotator must be installed over the valve guide with the spring pilot flange face-up as shown in this illustration.
QSK19 Section 2 - Cylinder Head - Group 02 CAUTION The valve springs are under compression. Be cautious when using the valve spring compressor. Personal injury can result if the tool slips from your hands. Use a valve spring compressor, Part No. ST-448, or Part No. 3375960, or equivalent. Valve spring stand, Part No. ST-1022 and compressor plate, Part No. 3375043 can be used to compress all four springs at the same time. Install the parts. 1. Valve 2. Rotator, Valve 3. Spring, Valve 4. Retainer, Valve Spring 5. Collet, Valve NOTE: Thoroughly lubricate the valve guide I.D. with 140 wt. gear oil before installing the valves. Use a valve vacuum tester, Part No. 3824277, or equivalent. If the valve to the valve seat contact pattern looks OK and the valve still does not pass the vacuum test, perform the following check. Apply a thin coating of grease on the outside diameter of the insert and the valve head. Repeat the vacuum test. The grease pattern will show the point of leakage. If the leakage is between the insert and the valve, refer to the Procedure No. 002-020. If the leakage is between the insert and the head, the insert must be replaced. Refer to the Procedure No. 002-019.
Cylinder Head Injector Bore (002-011) Page 2-15
Cylinder Head Injector Bore (002-011)

Inspect for Reuse
Inspect the injector bore for cracks or other damage.
QSK19 Section 2 - Cylinder Head - Group 02 Use a dummy injector with no injector o-rings installed.
Use Prussian Blue, apply a thin coating on the sealing ring.
CAUTION Support the cylinder head to prevent damage to the injector tip that protrudes from the combustion face. Install the injector and injector hold down clamp. Tighten the hold down clap capscrew. Torque Value: 16.2 Nm [145 in-lb]
Adjust
Use a gauge block, Part No. ST-547, or equivalent to measure the injector protrusion. Measure as shown. mm 2.42 2.92 Injector Protrusion MIN MAX in 0.095 0.115
If the protrusion is not within specifications, use an oversize sealing ring. Sealing rings are available in various sizes. Injector Sealing Rings mm Wall Thickness 0.343 MIN 0.419 MAX Protrusion Change 0.00 NOMINAL Wall Thickness Protrusion Change Wall Thickness Protrusion Change Wall Thickness Protrusion Change 0.470 0.546 0.25 0.597 0.673 0.51 0.724 0.800 0.76 MIN MAX NOMINAL MIN MAX NOMINAL MIN MAX NOMINAL in 0.0135 0.0165 0.000 0.0185 0.0215 0.010 0.0235 0.0265 0.020 0.0285 0.0315 0.030
NOTE: * The 0.343/0.419 mm (0.0135/0.0165 in) is the standard sealing ring. Remove the injector hold down clamp capscrew. Remove the injector and injector hold down clamp.
Valve Guide, Cylinder Head (002-017) Page 2-18
QSK19 Section 2 - Cylinder Head - Group 02 Inspect the contact pattern in the injector bore. A blue band 1.52 mm (0.060 in) wide and 360 degrees full circumference minimum must be visible. NOTE: If the pattern does not meet the specification, clean the injector bore with a tapered brush. Inspect the seating pattern again. The cylinder head must be replaced or repaired if it is not within specifications.
Valve Guide, Cylinder Head (002-017)

Inspect for Reuse
Inspect the valve guides for chips and cracks. Use a ball gauge or a dial bore indicator to measure the I.D. of the valve guides. Measure the I.D. mm 10.551 10.589 Valve Guide I.D. (Installed) MIN MAX in 0.4154 0.4169
Remove
CAUTION If a valve guide is replaced, the valve seat insert for the valve guide must be ground, or severe engine damage could result. NOTE: ONLY replace the valve guide if it is not within specifications. Use an arbor press and a suitable mandrel (1), to remove the worn valve guide (2).
Clean
WARNING When using solvents, acids, or alkaline materials for cleaning, follow the manufacturers recommendations for use. Wear goggles and protective clothing to avoid personal injury. Use solvent to clean the valve guide bores. Dry with compressed air.
Valve Guide, Cylinder Head (002-017) Page 2-19
Inspect
Measure the I.D. of the valve guide bore. mm 21.438 21.463 Valve Guide Bore I.D. MIN MAX in 0.8440 0.8450
If the bore is not within specifications, ream the bore for oversize valve guides. NOTE: Valve guides are available in two oversizes; 0.25 mm (0.010 in) and 0.38 mm (0.015 in). Ream the valve guide bore to maintain a press fit within 0.028 mm and 0.067 mm (0.0011 in and 0.0026 in) between the valve guide and the valve guide bore.
Install
CAUTION Make sure the mandrel does not damage the top of the valve guide. If the guide is damaged, the valves may stick causing severe engine damage. Use an arbor press and a suitable mandrel (6), to install the valve guide. NOTE: The QSK19 only uses the flat top style valve guides with a valve seal. Install the valve guide (7) to the specified height. Valve Guide Height (to Spring Pocket) mm in 37.97 MIN 1.495 38.48 MAX 1.515 Valve Guide Height (to Top of Head) mm in 13.97 MIN 0.550 14.47 MAX 0.570 Install the valve guide (7) to the specified height. Valve Guide Height (to Spring Pocket) mm in 37.97 MIN 1.495 38.48 MAX 1.515 Valve Guide Height (to Top of Head) mm in 13.97 MIN 0.550 14.47 MAX 0.570
Valve Seat Bore (002-018) Page 2-20
Valve Seat Bore (002-018)

Initial Check
With the valve seats removed, measure the I.D. and the depth of the insert bore in the head Valve Seat Bore Measurements mm Intake Diameter 60.37 MIN 60.40 MAX Intake Depth 13.00 MIN 13.13 MAX Exhaust Diameter 60.37 MIN 60.40 MAX Exhaust Depth 12.50 MIN 12.62 MIN in 2.377 2.378 0.492 0.497 2.377 3.378 0.492 0.497
If the I.D. is not within specifications, use an oversize seat. NOTE: Oversize valve seat inserts are available in the following sizes. Machine the valve seat insert bore in the head. A press fit within 0.064 mm to 0.114 mm [0.0025 in to 0.0045 in] between the valve seat insert and the valve seat insert bore must be maintained. O.D. Oversize 0.25 mm [0.010 inch] 0.51 mm [0.020 inch] 0.76 mm [0.030 inch] 1.02 mm [0.040 inch] Depth (Thickness) Oversize Standard 0.13 mm [0.005 inch] 0.25 mm [0.010 inch] 0.38 mm [0.015 inch]
Valve Seat Insert, Cylinder Head (002-019)

Remove
Use a valve seat grooving kit, Part No. 3376405, or equivalent. Machine a groove in the seat as close to the bottom of the bore as possible. This will allow the valve seat extractor to be used.
Use the specified valve seat extractor. Use an extractor knocker assembly, Part No. 3376617. Exhaust seat = Part No. ST-13231 Extractor Intake seat = Part No. 3376799 Extractor NOTE: ONLY the intake ports contain anti-swirl plates. Discard the anti-swirl plate.
Valve Seat Insert, Cylinder Head (002-019) Page 2-21
Install
Clean the valve seat insert bore. Check the length of any cracks extending into the valve seat insert bore. NOTE: The cylinder head must be replaced if a crack extends into the bottom of the bore. NOTE: At times it is possible to remove the crack by machining the head to use an oversize valve seat insert.
Identify the correct valve seat insert. Top picture: Intake port seat. Bottom picture: Exhaust port seat. Both the intake and the exhaust port seats must be installed with the 30 degree angle positioned as shown. NOTE: Exhaust seats are color coded blue to identify the 30 degree angle side of the seat.
Use an arbor press, and a mandrel. Install the insert into the head.
Grind
Use a valve seat grinding machine, Part No. ST-685, or equivalent. Use a valve guide arbor set, Part No. 3375946, or equivalent. Grind the valve seat insert to the angle shown. Measure the width. Valve Seat Width mm 3.05 MIN 3.55 MAX 1.52 MIN 2.54 MAX in 0.120 0.140 0.060 0.100
Intake Exhaust
Valve, Cylinder Head (002-020) Page 2-22
QSK19 Section 2 - Cylinder Head - Group 02 If the width of the valve seat is not within specifications, remove surface material on the I.D. and the O.D. to decrease the width of the seat. NOTE: If the valve seat specifications are not obtained by grinding, the insert must be replaced.
Measure the valve seat to the valve guide concentricity. NOTE: The seat and guide must be concentric. mm 0.05 Valve Seat to Guide Concentricity MAX in 0.002
Valve, Cylinder Head (002-020)

Remove
CAUTION The valve springs are under compression. Use caution when using the valve spring compressor. Personal injury can result. Use a valve spring compressor, Part No. ST-448, or Part No. 3375960, or equivalent. Valve spring stand, Part No. ST-1022, and the compressor plate, Part No. 3375043, can be used to compress all four springs at the same time. Mark the valve for location prior to removal. The intake and exhaust valves are different. The practice will help with future installation identification. Compress the valve spring and remove the following parts. 1. Valve collets 2. Valve spring retainer 3. Valve spring 4. Valve rotator 5. Valve 6. Valve stem seal Discard the collets.
Inspect for Reuse

Inspect the collet grooves for wear. Measure the O.D. of the valve stem. mm 10.490 10.510 Valve Stem O.D. MIN MAX in 0.4130 0.4138
Use a valve head checking tool, Part No. 3824861, to measure the head thickness of the valve. Position the tool over the valve, place on a flat surface, if the bottom of the tool touches the flat surface the valve must be replaced.
If a valve head checking tool is not available, put the valve on a flat surface. Check the height of the O.D. mm 3.94 Valve Head Thickness (at the O.D.) MIN in 0.155
NOTE: This type of a check is not as accurate as using the valve head checking tool.

CAUTION Always demagnetize and clean the parts thoroughly after a magnetic particle inspection. The iron fragments can damage the internal engine components. Use the magnetic particle residual method. Check the valves for cracks. NOTE: Check the intake valves with the coil and head shot methods (the coil shot first). Check the exhaust valves with the coil shot method. Use a 305 mm [12 in] minimum diameter coil.
QSK19 Section 2 - Cylinder Head - Group 02 Coil Shot Amperage (Ampere Turns) 400 D.C. or rectified A.C. 800 D.C. or rectified A.C.
MIN MAX
NOTE: An ampere turn is an electrical current of one ampere flowing through the coil, multiplied by the number of turns in the coil. NOTE: A broad fuzzy pattern will appear at the welded joint on the exhaust valves. This is normal. If there is a distinct line in the broad fuzzy pattern, the valve must be replaced.
Head Shot Amperage (Ampere) MIN 500 D.C. or rectified A.C. MAX 700 D.C. or rectified A.C.
Acceptance Criteria (Intake and Exhaust Valves. (1). Indications less than 38.1 mm [1.5 in] in length are acceptable. More than five indications, spaced closer than 3 mm [0.118 in], are not acceptable. (2). No indications are acceptable. (3). ONLY longitudinal indications are acceptable. (4). ONLY longitudinal indications are acceptable. (5). No indications are acceptable.
Grind
Use Scotch-Brite , Part No. 3823258, to clean the valve stems. Clean the valve stems. Clean the carbon deposits from the valve face and the head NOTE: The valves must be clean and free of carbon deposits before they are ground. Valves can be cleaned by the bead blasting method in the head area only.
QSK19 Section 2 - Cylinder Head - Group 02 Use a valve facing machine, Part No. 3376256 or equivalent, to grind the face of the valve. NOTE: Follow the instructions supplied with the valve facing machine for the correct setup before grinding the valves.
Use solvent to clean the metal particles from the valve. Dry with compressed air.
Use a valve head checking tool, Part No. 3824861, to measure the head thickness of the valve. Position the tool over the valve, place on a flat surface, if the bottom of the tool touches the flat surface the valve must be replaced.
Use a lead pencil or Dykem to mark across the valve face as shown. Install the valve in the valve guide. Hold the valve against the valve seat, and rotate the valve backward and forward three or four times. Correct contact against the valve seat will break the marks on the valve face. NOTE: Valves and valve seats that are correctly machined do not require the use of lapping compound to make an air tight seal. If lapping compound is required, inspect the adjustments of the facing machine and the condition of the grinding stone.
Lap
Use a fine lapping compound, Part No. 3375805, or equivalent. Apply a thin and even coating on the valve. Use a power or a hand suction lapping tool to provide pressure in the center of the valve. Turn the valve backward and forward. Continue lapping until the compound shows a continuous contact pattern on both the valve seat insert and the valve.
CAUTION Lapping compound is an abrasive material. Failure will result if the cylinder head, the valves, and the valve seats are not cleaned thoroughly. Clean the lapping compound from the parts.
Install
CAUTION Lubricate all the valve guide bores and valve stems with 140W oil. Failure to lubricate guide and stems will result in premature valve guide wear. Install the seal driver (6) on the valve guide. Push the seal (7) over the seal driver and on the valve guide. Push the seal down on the guide until the lower spring is in the groove on the guide. Remove the seal driver. Install the valves.
QSK19 Section 2 - Cylinder Head - Group 02 CAUTION The valve springs are under compression. Use caution when using the valve spring compressor. Personal injury can result. Use a valve spring compressor, Part No. ST-448, or Part No. 3375960, or equivalent. Valve spring stand Part No. ST-1022 and the compressor plate, Part No. 3375043, can be used to compress all four springs at the same time. NOTE: The valve rotator must be soaked in clean engine oil for at least 15 minutes prior to installation. Install the following parts: 6. Valve stem seal (already installed) 5. Valve 4. Valve rotator 3. Valve spring Compress the valve spring and install the following parts: 2. Valve spring retainer 1. New valve collets
NOTES
Section 3 - Rocker Levers - Group 03
Page 3-a

Section Contents
Page Crankcase Breather (External)......................................................................................................................... Clean ........................................................................................................................................................... Install ........................................................................................................................................................... Remove ........................................................................................................................................................ Rocker Lever .................................................................................................................................................... Assemble ..................................................................................................................................................... Disassemble ................................................................................................................................................ Magnetic Crack Inspect ................................................................................................................................ Rocker Lever Assembly.................................................................................................................................. Assemble ................................................................................................................................................... Clean ......................................................................................................................................................... Disassemble ............................................................................................................................................... Exploded View ............................................................................................................................................ Inspect for Reuse ....................................................................................................................................... 3-4 3-5 3-6 3-4 3-7 3-9 3-7 3-8 3-10 3-14 3-12 3-13 3-10 3-12
Rocker Lever Bushings.................................................................................................................................. 3-14 Install ......................................................................................................................................................... 3-14 Remove ...................................................................................................................................................... 3-14 Rocker Lever Cover........................................................................................................................................ 3-15 Clean ......................................................................................................................................................... 3-15 Inspect for Reuse ....................................................................................................................................... 3-15 Rocker Lever Housing.................................................................................................................................... Assemble ................................................................................................................................................... Clean ......................................................................................................................................................... Inspect for Reuse ....................................................................................................................................... 3-15 3-16 3-15 3-16
Rocker Levers - General Information............................................................................................................... 3-1 General Information ...................................................................................................................................... 3-1 Service Tools ................................................................................................................................................... 3-2 Rocker Levers ............................................................................................................................................... 3-2
Rocker Levers - General Information Page 3-1
Rocker Levers - General Information

General Information
The QSK19 utilizes the Outer Base Circle (OBC) overhead set procedure. NOTE: The OBC procedure requires the use of an accurate inch-pound torque wrench. Torque wrench kit, Part No. 3824783, is available. A dial-type torque wrench with a range from 0 to 35 Nm [0 to 300 in-lb] is required. The torque wrench needs to be checked on a routine basis for proper calibration. Use of a clicker-type torque wrench is not recommended.
The QSK19 valve rocker lever incorporates a ball and socket to minimize crosshead wear and reduce tipping of the valves. NOTE: The intake and exhaust rocker levers are not interchangeable. Both the intake and the exhaust levers contain a blind rivet and the injector lever contains a plug ball. The rivets and plug ball plugs, plug the oil drilling in the lever. The rivets and plug ball plug must be present. NOTE: All of the rocker levers contain replaceable bushings.
The rocker lever covers are available with and without crankcase breathers. The engine should have 3 breathers, but the locations may vary. The rocker covers without breathers should have a service plug (for the injector cut out tool) installed.
Rail Applications The QSK19 Rail Engine uses a Mann & Hummel open crankcase breather system. The two Mann and Hummel canisters (A) are mounted on a modified lubricating oil pan adapter hand hole cover.
Service Tools
Rocker Levers
Tool No.
Tool Description Torque Wrench Adapter Secures the rocker lever adjusting screw while tightening the lock nut.
Tool Illustration
ST-669
Water Tube Driver ST-1319 Used to install or remove the water transfer tubes from the rocker housings.
Torque Wrench 3824783 A dial-type torque wrench used to accurately adjust injectors in inch-pounds. Use of a clicker-type torque wrench is not recommended. 0-35 Nm [0-300 in-lb]
Light Duty Puller Kit Used to remove small bushings, oil seals, and bearings. 3375784
Torque Wrench 3376592 Inch-pound torque wrench used to tighten the valve lever adjusting screw. Does not require screwdriver attachment.
Valve Setting Gauge Kit 3824901 Kit contains two 25.4 mm [1 in] wide feeler gauges for centering under the swivel foot of the rocker lever when setting the valves. The kit contains an intake valve gauge at 0.36 mm [0.014 in] and an exhaust valve gauge at 0.081 mm [0.032 in].
Section 3 - Rocker Levers - Group 03 Tool No. Tool Description Rocker Lever Bushing Mandrel Used to install and/or remove the rocker lever bushings 3162458
Crankcase Breather (External) (003-001) Page 3-4
Crankcase Breather (External) (003-001)

Remove
Loosen the hose clamp at the breather vent tube. Remove the tube support bracket capscrew and the bracket. Remove the vent tube and the hose from the engine. If the vent tube is blocked, it should be cleaned to prevent excess crankcase pressure buildup.
Remove the following parts from the breather body (6). 1. Wing Nut 2. Washer 3. Breather Cap 4. Screen Mesh 5. Element
Remove the push nuts. Remove the baffle.
CAUTION The mandrel must make contact on the breather body to prevent damage. Use a water pump bearing separator, Part No. 3375326, or equivalent. Support the cover as close as possible to the breather to prevent cracking of the cover. Push the breather out.
Section 3 - Rocker Levers - Group 03 Rail Applications Loosen the hose clamp and remove the crankcase breather hose from breather canister. Loosen the tube clamp between the breather canister and the hand hole cover. Remove the breather canister from the hand hole cover.
Clean
Use solvent to clean the inside of the crankcase breather tube, and dry with compressed air. Use air pressure to blow through the vent tube. Replace the vent tube if it is clogged or dented.
Use solvent to clean the breather tube.
Clean the breather cap element and screens in an approved cleaning solvent. Dry with compressed air. Wipe out the breather housing (6). Clean the following parts: (4) Screen Mesh (5) Element (4) Screen Mesh (3) Breather Cap (2) Washer (1) Wing Nut
Section 3 - Rocker Levers - Group 03 Rail Applications Loosen the hose clamp and remove the crankcase breather hose from breather canister. Check hose internally for obstructions or sludge buildup. If the hose is blocked, clean it to prevent excess crankcase pressure buildup. Install the crankcase breather hose on the breather canister. Tighten the hose clamp.
Install
Apply Loctite 732, or equivalent to the O.D. of the breather.
CAUTION The mandrel must contact the breather body in the area shown (2). CAUTION Excessive force will cause the aluminum cover to crack (1). Use a mandrel to install the breather.
Install the baffle and new push nuts.
Section 3 - Rocker Levers - Group 03 Install the parts in the following order: (4) Screen Mesh (5) Element (4) Screen Mesh (3) Breather Cap (2) Washer (1) Wing Nut If the breather is not used, install the service plug and o-ring. Tighten the service plug. Torque Value: 45 Nm [35 ft-lb]
Rocker Lever (003-008) Page 3-7
Install the tube and hose on the engine. Install the tube support bracket and capscrew. Tighten the hose clamp at the breather vent tube.
Rail Applications Install the o-ring and breather canister on the hand hole cover. Tighten the tube clamp. Install the crankcase breather hose on the breather canister. Tighten the hose clamp.
Rocker Lever (003-008)

Disassemble
Remove the lock nut and adjusting screw.
Section 3 - Rocker Levers - Group 03 Remove the socket from the ball on the rocker lever shaft.
Place the ball in a vise as shown. Wiggle the rocker lever until the ball swivels. Use a mallet to tap the rocker lever until the ball comes out.

NOTE: The rocker lever must be disassembled to do this inspection. Use the residual method. Apply coil shot amperage. Amperage (Ampere Turns) 1200 D.C. or rectified A.C. 2000 D.C. or rectified A.C. NOTE: Ampere turn is an electrical current of one ampere flowing through the coil, multiplied by the number of turns in the coil. The lever must be replaced if there is a crack in any location. Demagnetize the lever. Use solvent to clean the rocker lever.
Assemble
Install the adjusting screw and the lock nut in each lever. Do not completely tighten the lock nut until the assembly is installed on the engine.
CAUTION Do not overstress the press fit. Use a press to seat the new ball into the cavity in the rocker lever. The lip on the ball must be flush with the surface on the rocker lever. NOTE: Use an old push tube socket end to help hold and align the ball for proper seating.
Install the new socket on the ball.
Rocker Lever Assembly (003-009) Page 3-10
Rocker Lever Assembly (003-009)

Exploded View
Section 3 - Rocker Levers - Group 03 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. Screw, Hexagon Head Cap Washer, Plain Dowel, Ring Gasket, Rocker Lever Housing Housing, Rocker Lever Rod, Push Rod, Push Crosshead, Valve Nut Regular Hexagon Jam Screw, Twelve Point Cap 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20.
Rocker Lever Assembly (003-009) Page 3-11 Seal, O-ring Washer, Plain Screw, Rocker Lever Adjusting Lever, Rocker Screw, Twelve Point Cap shaft, Rocker Lever Plug, Expansion Lever, Rocker Lever, Rocker Socket, Rocker Lever
Clean
WARNING When using solvents, acids, or alkaline materials for cleaning, follow the manufacturers recommendations for use. Wear goggles and protective clothing to avoid personal injury. Use solvent. Clean the shaft. Use compressed air to blow through the oil drillings, to be sure that the nine oil holes are not blocked. The plug (1) in the main oil rifle of the rocker shaft must be installed in the ring dowl end of the shaft (exhaust lever end). Use solvent to clean the parts. Use compressed air to blow through the oil drillings, to be sure that they are not blocked.
Inspect for Reuse

Remove the capscrews and hardened washers. Pull the shaft out of the rocker levers. Clean and inspect the parts for damage.
Inspect the shaft for damage or roughness. Measure the O.D. mm 47.592 47.634 Rocker Arm Shaft O.D. MIN MAX in 1.8737 1.8753
Section 3 - Rocker Levers - Group 03 Inspect the socket for wear on both the injector and valve sockets. Inspect the crosshead pad for wear. NOTE: If there is damage that can be felt with the fingernail, the parts should be replaced.
Check the bushing wear. Measure the I.D. of the bushing. mm 47.66 47.73 Bushing Bore I.D. MIN MAX in 1.876 1.879
NOTE: This specification applies to all rocker levers.
Lubricate the shaft with clean engine oil. NOTE: The oil drillings in the shaft must be in alignment with the oil drillings in the levers. Slide the levers on the shaft in the sequence shown: Exhaust lever (1) Injector lever (2) Intake lever (3) NOTE: The plug in the end of the shaft must be on the same end as the exhaust rocker lever. Lubricate threads, rocker sockets, and crosshead pads with clean engine oil. Install the washers and capscrews.
Disassemble
Remove the capscrews. Pull the shaft out. Tag the parts to aid the future assembly procedure.
Rocker Lever Bushings (003-010) Page 3-14
Assemble
Use clean engine oil to lubricate the shaft. CAUTION The oil drillings in the shaft must be in alignment with the oil drillings in the rocker levers. The plug (4) in the main oil drilling must be nearest to the exhaust lever (1). Slide the levers on the shaft in the sequence shown. 1. Exhaust lever 2. Injector lever 3. Intake lever Install the capscrews.
Rocker Lever Bushings (003-010)

Remove
NOTE: Do not remove the bushing unless it is damaged or worn. Support the lever as shown (2). Use an arbor press and rocker lever bushing mandrel, Part No. 3162458 (1), or equivalent. Remove the bushing.
Install
Use a 240 grit, or finer, emery cloth to remove any burrs from the bore of the lever. If cracks are suspected, use the magnetic particle inspection method. Refer to Procedure 003008. The lever must be replaced if it is worn. Measure the rocker lever bore I.D. mm 49.25 49.27 Lever Bore I.D. MIN MAX in 1.939 1.940
CAUTION Refer to Service Tool Instructions for the proper use of Tool No. 3162458. The bushings must be installed and aligned in the bushing bore correctly. A loss of lubricating oil to the shaft will occur if the bushings are incorrectly installed. Align the oil holes in the bushing (2) with the oil passages in the lever. Use an arbor press and a rocker lever bushing mandrel, Part No. 3162458 (1), or equivalent. Install the bushing (2).
Rocker Lever Cover (003-011) Page 3-15
Rocker Lever Cover (003-011)

Clean
WARNING When using solvents, acids or alkaline materials for cleaning, follow the manufacturers recommendations for use. Wear goggles and protective clothing to avoid personal injury. Use solvent to clean the rocker lever covers. Dry with compressed air.
Inspect for Reuse

Inspect the cover for cracks.
Rocker Lever Housing (003-013)

Clean
Remove the water transfer tube and o-rings. Discard the o-rings. Remove the capscrews.
WARNING When using solvents, acids or alkaline materials for cleaning, follow the manufacturers recommendations for use. Wear goggles and protective clothing to avoid personal injury. Use solvent to clean the parts. Dry with compressed air.
Rocker Lever Housing (003-013) Page 3-16
Inspect for Reuse

Inspect the parts for damage. If the ring dowel (4) is damaged, it must be replaced. Use a blind hole puller contained in light duty puller kit, Part No. 3375784, or equivalent, to remove the dowel ring. Use the dye penetrant method to inspect the housing for cracks. If the housing is cracked, it must be replaced.
Assemble
Use vegetable oil to lubricate the o-rings (2). Install the o-rings. Install the water transfer tube (1).
Section 4 - Cam Followers/Tappets - Group 04
Page 4-a

Section Contents
Page Cam Follower Assembly .................................................................................................................................. Assemble ..................................................................................................................................................... Clean ........................................................................................................................................................... Disassemble ................................................................................................................................................ Exploded View .............................................................................................................................................. Inspect for Reuse ......................................................................................................................................... Cam Follower Cover......................................................................................................................................... Clean ........................................................................................................................................................... General Information ...................................................................................................................................... Inspect for Reuse ......................................................................................................................................... Push Rods or Tubes......................................................................................................................................... Clean ........................................................................................................................................................... General Information ...................................................................................................................................... Inspect for Reuse ......................................................................................................................................... 4-2 4-5 4-3 4-3 4-2 4-4 4-6 4-6 4-6 4-6 4-7 4-7 4-7 4-7
Cam Followers/Tappets - General Information ................................................................................................ 4-1
Cam Followers/Tappets - General Information Page 4-1
Cam Followers/Tappets - General Information

CAUTION The cam follower mounting capscrews are special 12point flange heads. Failure will result if standard capscrews are used. Pressurized engine oil is supplied to each cam follower assembly through an oil cavity around the mounting capscrews of each assembly. The oil drilling in the shaft has a cup plug at both ends. This means that either end of the shaft can be installed toward the front of the engine. The ring dowel bores must not have any burrs to install the assembly by hand. The cup plugs in the end of the shaft keeps the flow of the pressurized oil in the shaft instead of dumping the oil into the camshaft cavity in the block. The cup plugs must be installed on the ends of the shaft, outside the capscrew hole. The QSK19 utilizes a one-piece cam follower cover with a steel carrier paper gasket. QSK19 cam followers are not rebuildable in the field, due to the fit between the pin and lever. Liquid nitrogen is required to shrink the pin sufficiently to slide through the bores in the lever. New cam follower and roller assemblies are coated with a heavy preservative compound. They must be cleaned and lubricated with engine oil before each assembly is installed on the engine.
Rail Applications The QSK19 Rail cam follower cover has been modified to allow two lubricating oil scavenging tubes to be attached. The tubes allow lubricating oil to be scavenged from the cam follower cover to an oil manifold on the suction side of the gear driven scavenge pump.
Cam Follower Assembly (004-001) Page 4-2
Cam Follower Assembly (004-001)

Exploded View
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8.
Ring, Retaining Lever, Cam Follower Lockwire, Tpt Roller Pin Pin, Cam Follower Roller Roller, Cam Follower Socket, Cam Follower Lever, Cam Follower Pin, Cam Follower Roller
9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15.
Roller, Cam Follower Lockwire, Tpt Roller Pin Socket, Cam Follower Shaft, Cam Follower Plug, Expansion Dowel, Ring Screw, Twelve Point Cap
Disassemble
Remove the 12 point capscrews. Remove the retaining ring. Pull the shaft out. Mark and tag the parts for future installation identification.
Clean
CAUTION When using solvents, acids or alkaline materials for cleaning, follow the manufactures recommendations for use. Wear goggles and protective clothing to avoid personal injury. Use solvent, clean the cam follower assemblies. Use compressed air to dry assemblies.
Use solvent, clean the cam followers. Use compressed air to dry the cam followers and check the oil drillings. Make sure the oil drillings are not plugged or blocked.
Use solvent, clean the cam follower shaft. Use compressed air to dry the shaft and check the nine (9) oil drillings. Be sure all of the oil drillings are not plugged or blocked.
Inspect for Reuse

Inspect the cam follower assembly for reuse. The shaft must rotate easily. If resistance is apparent, disassemble and check for burrs on the shaft.
Inspect the cam follower shaft for damage and roughness. Check the cam follower shaft outer diameter. mm 28.538 28.575 Cam Follower Shaft O.D. MIN MAX in 1.1235 1.125
Inspect the cam follower for reuse. The cam follower lever assembly must be replaced if damaged.
Inspect the push rod socket for damage. If the socket is damaged, the cam follower assembly must be replaced.
Section 4 - Cam Followers/Tappets - Group 04 The roller must rotate easily. Check the clearance of the roller. Cam Follower Roller Clearance Reference Point mm (1) 0.230 MIN 0.610 MAX (2) 0.076 0.114 MIN MAX in 0.009 0.024 0.003 0.0045
NOTE: If the clearances do not meet specifications, the cam follower lever assembly must be replaced.
Check the cam follower lever bore inner diameter. mm 28.611 28.661 Cam Follower Lever I.D. MIN MAX in 1.1264 1.1284
NOTE: If the inner diameter does not meet specifications, the cam follower lever assembly must be replaced.
Assemble
Use clean engine oil to lubricate the shaft and bores of the levers. Slide the levers on the shaft. Install the parts as illustrated.
The shaft must rotate easily after assembly. If resistance is apparent, disassemble and check for burrs on the shaft.
Cam Follower Cover (004-002) Page 4-6
Cam Follower Cover (004-002)

General Information
The QSK19 has a one-piece, aluminum cam follower cover with an oil fill. NOTE: This is the only style of cam follower cover available.
Clean
CAUTION When using solvents, acids, or alkaline materials for cleaning, follow the manufacturers recommendations for use. Wear goggles and protective clothing to avoid personal injury. Use solvent that will not harm aluminum to clean the cam follower cover. Dry with compressed air.
Inspect for Reuse

Check the cover for cracks or damage to the gasket sealing surface.
Push Rods or Tubes (004-014) Page 4-7
Push Rods or Tubes (004-014)

General Information
The QSK19 uses push rods that are machined from solid bar stock instead of tubing. The ball end and the socket are machined on the rod. It is a good service practice to mark the push rods for location when removing them from the engine. The valve and injector push rods are not interchangeable. The cam follower assembly must be replaced if the push rod is worn or damaged in the area where it contacts the socket. NOTE: Replace both the rocker lever adjusting screw and the push rod if the socket surface in the rod or on the adjusting screw is damaged.
Clean
WARNING When using solvents, acids, or alkaline materials for cleaning, follow the manufacturers recommendations for use. Wear goggles and protective clothing to avoid personal injury. Use solvent to clean the push rods. Dry with compressed air.
Inspect for Reuse

Inspect the straightens of the push rod by rolling it on a level surface. Replace the push rod if it is bent. NOTE: Do not use or try to straighten a bent push rod.
Inspect both ends of the push rod for wear or damage. NOTE: The cam follower assembly must be replaced if the push rod is worn or damaged in the area where it contacts the socket. Replace both the rocker lever adjusting screw and the push rod if the socket surface in the push rod or on the adjusting screw is worn or damaged.
Push Rods or Tubes (004-014) Page 4-8
Section 4 - Cam Followers/Tappets - Group 04 Visually inspect the socket end of the push rod for uneven wear or scratches. If a worn socket is found, the mating adjusting screw in the rocker lever must also be replaced. When parallel scratches are found in the contact area, the push rod must be replaced.
Visually inspect the ball end of the push rod. The contact area must show a smooth seating pattern. If the ball end of the push rod has parallel grooves and scratches with a raised center, the push rod must be replaced. NOTE: If a worn push rod is found, the mating cam follower assembly must be replaced.
Section 5 - Fuel System - Group 05
Page 5-a

Section Contents
Page Fuel Pump........................................................................................................................................................ Calibrate ...................................................................................................................................................... Clean ........................................................................................................................................................... Inspect for Reuse ......................................................................................................................................... 5-6 5-7 5-6 5-6
Fuel Shutoff Valve (FSOV) ............................................................................................................................... 5-9 Clean ......................................................................................................................................................... 5-10 Inspect for Reuse ....................................................................................................................................... 5-10 Install .......................................................................................................................................................... 5-11 Remove ........................................................................................................................................................ 5-9 Fuel System - General Information ................................................................................................................. 5-1 General Information ...................................................................................................................................... 5-1 Service Tools ................................................................................................................................................... 5-4 Fuel System .................................................................................................................................................. 5-4
Fuel System - General Information Page 5-1
Fuel System - General Information

General Information
WARNING Fuel is flammable. Do not allow cigarettes, flames, sparks, arcing switches or equipment, pilot lights or other ignition sources near the fuel system. The QSK fuel system is used on the QSK19 engine. WARNING Tampering with the fuel pump can be a violation of law. NOTE: Warranty repairs are not to be made to the fuel pump unless the work is performed in a shop meeting all requirements established by Cummins Engine Company, Inc. to accurately calibrate, test and repair the fuel systems on Cummins engines. CAUTION Tampering with the fuel pump can void the engine warranty and lower the performance of the engine. The performance of the engine is defined by the control parts list (CPL) and the fuel pump code. The fuel pump calibration must be within published specifications. Fuel pump calibration is certified by several emissions agencies.
The QSK fuel system uses a PT type fuel pump to supply a linear gear pump pressure from 60 psi at 600 rpm to 280 psi at 2100 rpm to the electronic fuel control valve assembly.
Section 5 - Fuel System - Group 05 The QSK fuel pump throttle shaft is locked in the full closed position. There is no mechanical throttle on the QSK fuel pump.
The QSK fuel pump does not contain an AFC valve. The pump only has an AFC cover plate.
The electronic fuel control valve assembly is located on the fuel pump side of the engine. The electronic fuel control valve assembly includes: 1. Timing Actuator 2. Fuel Shut off Valve 3. Rail Actuator 4. Ambient Air Pressure Sensor 5. Rail Pressure Sensor 6. Timing Pressure Sensor 7. Fuel Rail Supply Line Connector 8. Fuel Timing Supply Line Connector 9. Fuel Control Supply Line Connector
Section 5 - Fuel System - Group 05 Rail Applications NOTE: The lubricating oil scavenge pump (A) must be removed prior to removing the fuel pump (B) to allow access to the fuel pump mounting capscrews. NOTE: The fuel pump (B) must be installed prior to installing the lubricating oil scavenge pump (A).
Service Tools
Fuel System
Tool No. Fitting
Tool Description Connects gauges when measuring various fuel pressures.
Tool Illustration
ST-435-7
Gauge 3824877 Used to measure the fuel pump pressure from 0 to 2758 kPa [0 to 400 psi]. Includes necessary hoses and hardware to attach to a fuel pump.
Fuel Pump/Air Compressor Wrench 3376845 Used to reach nuts when removing or installing the fuel pump or air compressor.
Digital Multimeter Check resistance of fuel shut-off solenoid. 3377161
Lubricant DS-ES 3822934 Dielectric lithium grease used to lubricate the pins in the electrical connectors.
QD Contact Cleaner A nonpetroleum cleaner used to clean electrical connections. 3824510
Section 5 - Fuel System - Group 05 Tool No. Tool Description Remote Starter Switch Used to crank the engine to measure the cranking fuel pressure. 3376506
Optical Tachometer Measure engine rpm. 3377462
Adapter S-Tool Kit Used to hook QSK fuel pump to a fuel pump test stand. 3824875
Fuel Pump Test Stand Used to check the calibration of the fuel pump. 3375698
3375698
Fuel Pump (005-016) Page 5-6
Fuel Pump (005-016)

Clean
WARNING When using solvents, acids or alkaline materials for cleaning, follow the manufacturers recommendations for use. Wear goggles and protective clothing to avoid personal injury. CAUTION Put plastic cup plugs or tape on all of the openings. If dirt enters the fuel pump, it can cause equipment damage. CAUTION Use a cleaning solvent that will not harm aluminum. Use a brush and solvent to clean the fuel pump exterior. Dry with compressed air.
Inspect for Reuse

Clean the fuel pump and air compressor or accessory drive mounting surfaces. Inspect the mounting surfaces for damage.
Visually inspect the fuel pump body and front support for cracks or other damage. Visually inspect the fuel pump assembly for damaged capscrews and damaged or loose fuel fittings. Visually inspect the drive coupling lugs for excessive wear or damage.
Section 5 - Fuel System - Group 05 Visually inspect the spider coupling for cracks or damage.
Calibrate
The Control Parts List (CPL), Bulletin No. 3379133, is a listing of the basic parts and timing specifications. Using the CPL number stamped on the engine dataplate and this list, you can identify the necessary parts within an engine to produce a specific performance.
When removing the fuel pump from the engine, check the fuel pump dataplate (1), which is located on the top of the fuel pump. The CPL number on the fuel pump dataplate (2) must be the same as the CPL number on the engine dataplate (4). If the numbers do not match, do not install the fuel pump again until the fuel pump calibration code (3) has been changed to match the requirements of the engine dataplate rating. If the fuel pump calibration is changed, the fuel pump dataplate must be changed to indicate the new calibration code and CPL number. NOTE: Calibration of the fuel pump must be performed at a Cummins Authorized Repair location. NOTE: The throttle shaft is purposely locked in the closed position. Rotation of the shaft is not necessary for pressure checks. Drain the fuel pump of diesel fuel as completely as possible to avoid contaminating the test stand calibration fluid. Rotation of the drive coupling in a counterclockwise direction will aid in removing fluid held within the pump housing.
Section 5 - Fuel System - Group 05 Mount the fuel pump on the test stand. Refer to your particular test stand manufacturers operating and service manual for pump installation instructions.
Set the test stand pump drive to 2100 rpm and purge any air from the fuel pump and test stand. NOTE: The fuel pump test stand fluid must be 32 to 38 C [90 to 100 F] during the re-check procedure. At 2100 rpm, set the flow volume to obtain 1157 pounds per hour (Pph). Adjust the inlet restriction (see note below). NOTE: The 178 mm (7 in Hg) inlet restriction value must be used for all test stands where the vacuum gauge is above the gear pump inner fitting. Use 127 mm (5 in Hg) for vacuum gauges at the same level as the inlet fitting
Check point one 1. Adjust the test stand drive to obtain 2100 rpm. 2. Adjust the flow to obtain 1157 Pph. 3. Record the rpm, flow, and inlet restriction. 4. Read and record the pressure gauge value. 5. The gauge must read 250 to 300 psi.
Check point two
1. Reduce the test stand drive speed to 1300 rpm. 2. Adjust the flow volume to obtain 712 Pph. 3. Record the rpm, flow, and inlet restriction. 4. Read and record the pressure gauge value. 5. The pressure valve must read 170 to 200 psi.
Section 5 - Fuel System - Group 05 Check point three 1. Reduce the test stand drive speed to 600 rpm. 2. Adjust the flow to about 286 Pph. 3. Record the rpm, flow, and inlet restriction. 4. Read and record the pressure gauge valve. 5. The pressure value must be 55 to 70 psi.
Fuel Shutoff Valve (FSOV) (005-043) Page 5-9
NOTE: The fuel pump can not be serviced in the field. If the pressure values are not within the given tolerances, a replacement pump must be obtained.
Fuel Shutoff Valve (FSOV) (005-043)

Remove
Remove the electronic control module (ECM). Refer to the Troubleshooting and Repair Manual, Bulletin No. 3666098.
WARNING When using solvents, acids, or alkaline materials for cleaning, follow the manufacturers recommendations for use. Wear goggles and protective clothing to avoid personal injury. Use solvent to clean the fuel shutoff valve and surrounding area.
Use a 3/8 in wrench to remove the nut holding the electrical connection of the fuel shutoff valve coil. Remove the connection.
Section 5 - Fuel System - Group 05 Remove the four capscrews. Remove the coil housing and the fuel shield. Discard the o-ring. Remove the spring washer, valve disc, actuator disc, and actuator spacer from the valve housing. Discard the o-ring.
Clean
Use mineral spirits to clean all of the parts except the coil assembly. NOTE: Do not get solvent on the coil. Clean the coil with a dry cloth. Use a 200 grit emery cloth and a flat surface to polish the coil surface.
Use a wire brush to clean any corrosion from the coil terminal.
Inspect for Reuse

Visually check the valve disc, valve seat, and actuator disc for dirt, metal parts, bonding separation, corrosion, cracks, or wear. Replace if necessary.
Section 5 - Fuel System - Group 05 Check the coil assembly with a multimeter. Replace the coil if it does not have 28 to 32 of resistance. NOTE: If the coil assembly shows 0 ohms, there is an electrical short in the coil.
Tighten the nut that holds the electrical connection post on the fuel shutoff valve coil. Torque Value: 3 Nm [25 in-lb]
Install
Assemble the shutoff valve as shown. Install these parts as follows. Install a new o-ring (6) between the spacer (7) and the electronic control valve body (8). Install the spacer (7) o-ring groove toward the coil. Install the actuator disc (5) with the cup side toward the coil. Install the spring washer (3) with the cup side toward the coil.
Section 5 - Fuel System - Group 05 Align the actuator disc (5), spacer (7), and valve disc (4) on the electronic control valve body (8). Install a new o-ring (6). Put the spring washer (3) on the valve disc (4), with the cavity side positioned upward. NOTE: The coil must be orientated with the electrical connection post on the bottom. NOTE: Make sure the shutoff valve coil is the correct voltage (24 volts). The coil voltage and part number are cast into the terminal connection end of the coil. Install the fuel shield (2) and coil (1) on the front cover (8). Install a new o-ring and tighten the capscrews. Torque Value: 8 Nm [72 in-lb]
Install the electrical connection on the fuel shutoff valve. Install the nut on the threaded post of the coil. Use two 3/8 in wrenches hold the post of the nut firmly while tightening the connection nut. Torque Value: 2 Nm [15 in-lb]
Install the ECM. Refer to the Troubleshooting and Repair Manual, Bulletin No. 3666098.
Section 6 - Injectors and Fuel Lines - Group 06
Page 6-a

Section Contents
Page Fuel Filter Head ............................................................................................................................................... 6-2 Install ........................................................................................................................................................... 6-2 Remove ........................................................................................................................................................ 6-2 Fuel Manifold (Supply)..................................................................................................................................... 6-3 Clean ........................................................................................................................................................... 6-3 Inspect for Reuse ......................................................................................................................................... 6-4 Fuel Supply Lines ............................................................................................................................................ Clean ........................................................................................................................................................... Inspect for Reuse ......................................................................................................................................... Fuel Control Supply Line ....................................................................................................................... Fuel Inlet Line ....................................................................................................................................... Fuel Rail Supply Line ............................................................................................................................ Fuel Tank-To-Fuel Filter ......................................................................................................................... Fuel Timing and Supply Line................................................................................................................. 6-4 6-4 6-5 6-5 6-6 6-5 6-5 6-5
Injector ............................................................................................................................................................. 6-6 Clean ........................................................................................................................................................... 6-6 Inspect for Reuse ......................................................................................................................................... 6-6 Injectors and Fuel Lines - General Information .............................................................................................. 6-1 General Information ...................................................................................................................................... 6-1
Injectors and Fuel Lines - General Information Page 6-1
Injectors and Fuel Lines - General Information

General Information
The QSK19 uses a QSK fuel system that requires a split fuel manifold and three fuel circuits. The three circuits are rail (1), timing (2), and drain (3).
WARNING Fuel is flammable. Do not allow cigarettes, flames, sparks, arcing switches or equipment, pilot lights, or other ignition sources near the fuel system. Fuel is delivered to the fuel blocks (4) at the front and rear of the engine from the electronic control valve assembly.
The QSK19 uses face seal o-ring fittings, except the fuel filter inlet and the fuel drain connection that are 37 degree flare fittings. 1. Tube nut 2. Tube flare (flat) 3. O-ring 4. Fitting
CAUTION If Lubriplate is not used, the o-ring can fall out or get pinched during assembly and cause a fuel leak. Hold the o-rings in position during assembly using Lubriplate 105, or equivalent.
Fuel Filter Head (006-017) Page 6-2
Section 6 - Injectors and Fuel Lines - Group 06 Rail Applications The ten-micron fuel filters/water separators (A) are remote mounted on the lubricating oil pan on the front side of the engine.
Fuel Filter Head (006-017)

Remove
Disconnect the fuel line from the fuel filter head.
Remove the two mounting capscrews. Remove the fuel filter head.
Install
Install the fuel filter head. Install the two mounting capscrews. Tighten the capscrews. Torque Value: 55 Nm [40 ft-lb]
Section 6 - Injectors and Fuel Lines - Group 06 Connect the fuel line to the fuel filter head.
Fuel Manifold (Supply) (006-022) Page 6-3
Fuel Manifold (Supply) (006-022)

Clean
Remove the four fuel connection block capscrews. Remove the fuel connection block. Discard the o-rings.
NOTE: The illustration shows the fuel manifold turned upside down. The small hole is on the bottom of the fuel manifold. Remove the two 3/8 in plugs (2) and four 1/2 in plugs at the ends of the manifold. Discard the o-ring if damaged or enlarged.
Use solvent to clean the manifold. Use compressed air to clean all of the drillings. Be sure all the drillings are clean and open.
Fuel Supply Lines (006-024) Page 6-4
Inspect for Reuse

Check the manifold for cracks in the fuel passages. The manifold must be replaced if damaged.
Use clean engine oil to lubricate the o-rings. Install the 3/8 in (2) and 1/2 in plugs (1). Torque Value: Plug (1): Torque Value: Plug (2): 20 Nm 7 Nm [180 in-lb] [60 in-lb]
Use Lubriplate to secure the o-rings in position. Install the fuel connection block and the four new o-rings. Torque Value: 10 Nm [90 in-lb]
Fuel Supply Lines (006-024)

Clean
WARNING When using solvents, acids, or alkaline materials for cleaning, follow the manufacturers recommendations for use. Wear goggles and protective clothing to avoid personal injury. Remove and discard the ferrule seals. Use solvent to flush the tubing and fuel block connectors.
Fuel Supply Lines (006-024) Page 6-5
Inspect for Reuse

Fuel Tank-To-Fuel Filter Visually inspect the inside of the hose. The inner lining of the hose can separate from the center hose section. A separation of flap can cause a restriction in the fuel flow. Visually inspect for any pinches in the hose that would obstruct the flow. Be sure the hose does not have pinches or loops that would obstruct the flow. Fuel Rail Supply Line Fuel Timing and Supply Line Use compressed air. Flush the lines and remove any loose dirt particles.
Visually inspect the fuel line for cracks that can cause a loss of pressure. Visually inspect the fuel line for sharp bends that can cause a restriction in pressure.
Fuel Control Supply Line Visually inspect the hose for pinched areas that prevent the proper flow, or frayed mesh. The hose must be replaced if damaged.
Injector (006-026) Page 6-6
Section 6 - Injectors and Fuel Lines - Group 06 Use compressed air. Flush the lines and remove any loose dirt particles.
Fuel Inlet Line Visually inspect the inside of the hose. The inner lining of the hose can separate from the center hose section. A separation of flap can cause a restriction in the fuel flow. Visually inspect for bends in the line that can restrict the fuel flow.
Injector (006-026)
Clean
Use a lint free cloth to clean the exterior of the injector.
Inspect for Reuse

Remove the sealing ring (1) and note the cylinder location. NOTE: Sealing rings are available in different thickness sizes to adjust the injector protrusion.
Section 6 - Injectors and Fuel Lines - Group 06 NOTE: The four new o-rings must be installed and oriented correctly on the injector. Identify the o-rings to install them in the correct grooves. Remove the o-rings (2, 3, 4, and 5). Carefully check the area where the sealing ring touches the injector. Visually inspect the o-ring grooves for damage. Visually inspect the injector body and cup retainer for cracks or other damage. Visually inspect the injector links for damage, excessive wear, and pitting or scoring on the ball ends. NOTE: If the link is damaged or pitting/scoring can be seen or felt, the link must be replaced. O-ring (2) is brown and is smaller in diameter than the other three. O-ring (3) is black. O-ring (4) is brown and is larger in diameter than (2), but has a smaller cross section than o-ring (5). O-ring (5) is brown and is the largest in diameter and cross section.
NOTE: Do not lubricate the o-rings until the injector is ready for installation in the cylinder head. Install four new o-rings on the injector. Do not twist the o-rings. Install the proper size sealing ring (1).
Filter Screen NOTE: Use solvent when cleaning the filters. The screens must be thoroughly dry prior to installation. Check the rail (6) and timing (7) filter screens for debris, tears, or punctures. Replace the filter screens if damaged or dirty.
Section 6 - Injectors and Fuel Lines - Group 06 Check the rail (6) and timing (7) filter for proper installation. Screens must be securely snapped into correct position.
Use a small screwdriver to remove the filter screen by gently prying up on the connector clip.
Wrap the filter screen around the inlet groove.
Apply pressure on the filter screen connector clip. NOTE: A properly secured connector will create a single, snapping sound.
Section 7 - Lubricating Oil System - Group 07
Page 7-a

Section Contents
Page Lubricating Oil Cooler...................................................................................................................................... Clean ........................................................................................................................................................... Exploded View .............................................................................................................................................. General Information ...................................................................................................................................... Inspect for Reuse ......................................................................................................................................... 7-3 7-4 7-3 7-4 7-4
Lubricating Oil Filter Head .............................................................................................................................. 7-5 Assemble .................................................................................................................................................... 7-10 Clean ........................................................................................................................................................... 7-9 Disassemble ................................................................................................................................................ 7-8 Exploded View .............................................................................................................................................. 7-6 General Information ...................................................................................................................................... 7-5 Inspect for Reuse ......................................................................................................................................... 7-9 Lubricating Oil Filter Head Adapter............................................................................................................... Clean ......................................................................................................................................................... General Information .................................................................................................................................... Inspect for Reuse ....................................................................................................................................... Lubricating Oil Filter Head (Remote-Mounted).............................................................................................. Assemble ................................................................................................................................................... Clean ......................................................................................................................................................... Disassemble ............................................................................................................................................... Inspect for Reuse ....................................................................................................................................... 7-13 7-13 7-13 7-13 7-11 7-12 7-12 7-11 7-12
Lubricating Oil Pan ........................................................................................................................................ 7-15 General Information .................................................................................................................................... 7-15 Oil Pan Capacity ................................................................................................................................. 7-15 Lubricating Oil Pan Adapter........................................................................................................................... 7-16 Clean ......................................................................................................................................................... 7-16 Inspect for Reuse ....................................................................................................................................... 7-16 Lubricating Oil Pump ..................................................................................................................................... Assemble ................................................................................................................................................... Clean ......................................................................................................................................................... Disassemble ............................................................................................................................................... Exploded View ............................................................................................................................................ General Information .................................................................................................................................... Inspect for Reuse ....................................................................................................................................... 7-17 7-22 7-19 7-19 7-18 7-17 7-20
Lubricating Oil System - General Information................................................................................................. 7-1 General Information ...................................................................................................................................... 7-1 Oil Transfer Connection................................................................................................................................. Assemble ................................................................................................................................................... Clean ......................................................................................................................................................... Disassemble ............................................................................................................................................... Inspect for Reuse ....................................................................................................................................... 7-23 7-24 7-23 7-23 7-23
Service Tools ................................................................................................................................................... 7-2 Lubricating Oil System .................................................................................................................................. 7-2
Lubricating Oil System - General Information Page 7-1
Lubricating Oil System - General Information

General Information
WARNING Some state and federal agencies in the United States of America have determined that used engine oil can be carcinogenic and can cause reproductive toxicity. Avoid inhalation of vapors, ingestion, and prolonged contact with used engine oil. Always use the proper procedure to dispose of the used oil.
NOTE: The use of low viscosity oil, such as 10W or 10W-30, can be used to aid in starting the engine and in providing sufficient oil flow at ambient temperatures below -5C [23F], but continuous use of low viscosity oil can decrease engine life due to wear.
A used oil analysis can help diagnose internal damage and determine if it was caused by one of the following: Intake air filter malfunction Coolant leaks Oil diluted with fuel Metal particles causing wear NOTE: Do not disassemble an engine for repair based only on the results of an oil analysis. Inspect the oil filter, also. If the filter shows evidence of internal damage, find the source of the problem and repair the damage. Refer to the appropriate section(s) based on the oil filter inspection.
Service Tools
Tool No. Oil Filter Wrench
Tool Description Remove spin-on oil filter.
Tool Illustration
3375049
Pressure Regulator Removal Tool 3375055 Remove retaining ring from lubricating oil pump regulator (on engine).
Valve Spring Tester Measure spring force at a given spring height. 3375182
Filter Cutter Open spin-on full-flow filter for inspection. 3376579
Fluorescent Tracer Add to oil. Use with black light to find oil leaks. 3376891
Lube Pump Boring Tool Used to bore replacement bushings in the lube oil pump. 3375206
Lubricating Oil Cooler (007-003) Page 7-3
Lubricating Oil Cooler (007-003)

Exploded View
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. 21. 22. 23.
Screw, Hexagon Head Cap Washer, Lock Adirondack Washer, Plain Seal, O-ring Screw, Twelve Point Cap Plug, Threaded Screw, Captive Washer Cap Screw, Captive Washer Cap Screw, Captive Washer Cap Washer, Plain Screw, Captive Washer Cap Screw, Captive Washer Cap Housing, Oil Cooler Core, Cooler Cover, Lube Oil Cooler Gasket, Oil Cooler Core Gasket, Tor Converter Oil Cooler Gasket, Lube Oil Cir Hsg Seal, O-ring Plug, Threaded Seal, O-ring Plug, Threaded
Lubricating Oil Cooler (007-003) Page 7-4
General Information
All QSK19 engine oil cooler housings are cast iron.
Clean
WARNING When using solvents, acids, or alkaline materials for cleaning, follow the manufacturers recommendations for use. Wear goggles and protective clothing to avoid personal injury. Use a solvent that will not harm copper to clean the oil cooler elements. NOTE: Replace the elements if any debris is found or the engine has had a debris causing failure. Use solvent and clean the oil cooler housing and cover.
Inspect for Reuse

Pressure test the elements. Check for leaks. Torque Value: 415 kPa [60 psi]
Check the cover and housing for cracks. If leaks are suspected, use the dye penetrant method to locate them. Check the cover and housing for corrosion.
Lubricating Oil Filter Head (007-015) Page 7-5
Lubricating Oil Filter Head (007-015)

General Information
The oil filter head contains two spring loaded plungers. One plunger controls the oil pressure for the piston cooling nozzles. The second spring plunger will bypass oil if a filter element becomes plugged or clogged. When installing a new filter element, always check to be sure there is no interference between the filter head adapter and the element. The oil filter remote option has a transfer connection and a remote filter head. The transfer connection is attached to the block in the same manner as the standard filter head. The transfer connection also houses the pressure regulator plunger for the piston cooling nozzles. The remote filter head houses the pressure regulator plunger for the filter bypass. NOTE: The transfer connection gasket is the same as the filter head gasket, but the tab on the end of the gasket must be removed.
Exploded View
Section 7 - Lubricating Oil System - Group 07 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. 21. 22. 23. 24. 25. Screw, Captive Washer Cap Gasket, Lube Oil Fill Cover Seal, O-ring Elbow, Male Union Seal, O-ring Screw, Hexagon Head Cap Pin, Roll Plug, Threaded Washer, Plain Seal, O-ring Plunger, Filter Head Seal, O-ring Plug, Threaded Head, Lube Oil Filter Adapter, Filter Head Seal, O-ring Seal, O-ring Spring, Valve Elbow, Plain Union Valve, Check Seal, O-ring Plug, Threaded Seal, O-ring Hose, Flexible Element, Lube Oil Filter
Disassemble
WARNING The threaded plug is under pressure, wear goggles to prevent personal injury. Remove the bypass regulator plunger and related parts. 2. Regulator plug 3. O-ring 4. Bypass valve spring 5. Bypass valve regulator plunger Discard the o-ring.
WARNING The threaded plug is under pressure, wear goggles to prevent personal injury. Remove the piston cooling nozzle plunger and parts. 8. Pressure regulator plug 9. O-ring 10. Piston cooling valve spring 11. Piston cooling valve plunger Discard the o-ring.
Remove the remaining straight threaded o-ring plugs.
LF3000 Filter Head Adapter Remove the four capscrews. Remove the filter head adapter. Remove and discard the filter head adapter o-rings.
Section 7 - Lubricating Oil System - Group 07 LF670 Filter Head Adapter Use a 1-1/2 inch socket to remove the adapters.
Clean
WARNING When using solvents, acids, or alkaline materials for cleaning, follow the manufacturers recommendations for use. Wear goggles and protective clothing to avoid personal injury. Use a gasket scraper to remove the two mounting gaskets. Use solvent to clean the lubricating oil filter head. Dry with compressed air.
Inspect for Reuse

Check the lubricating oil filter head for cracks or other damage. Check the visible portion of the valve plungers for signs of scoring or other damage. If any of the plungers are damaged, the filter head must be rebuilt.
Check the bypass plunger spring. Bypass Plunger Spring mm Free Length 88.98 MIN Working Height (6) 50.80 MAX in 3.500 2.000
Use a valve spring tester, Part No. 3375182, or equivalent to measure the spring force (7) and the working height (6). Nm 26 29 Spring Force (7) MIN MAX ft-lb 19.3 21.3
Section 7 - Lubricating Oil System - Group 07 Check the piston cooling nozzle spring. Piston Cooling Nozzle Spring mm Free Length 88.98 MIN Working Height (6) 50.80 MAX in 3.500 2.000
Use a valve spring tester, Part No. 3375182, or equivalent to measure the spring force (7) and the working height (6). Nm 26 29 Spring Force (7) MIN MAX ft-lb 19.3 21.3
Assemble
Use engine oil to lubricate the bypass regulator plunger and related parts. Install the new o-ring (3) on the regulator plug (2). Install the parts. 5. Bypass valve regulator plunger 4. Bypass valve spring 2. Regulator plug with o-ring (3) Tighten the regulator plug. Torque Value: 54 Nm [40 ft-lb]
Use clean engine oil and lubricate the piston cooling nozzle plunger and related parts. Install a new o-ring (9) on the piston cooling nozzle plunger plug (8). Install the parts. 11. Piston cooling valve plunger 10. Piston cooling valve spring 8. Pressure regulator plug with o-ring (9) Tighten the piston cooling nozzle plunger plug. Torque Value: 54 Nm [40 ft-lb]
Tighten the straight threaded o-ringed plugs. Torque Value: 1-5/16 9/16 61 Nm 14 Nm [45 ft-lb] [10 ft-lb]
Section 7 - Lubricating Oil System - Group 07 LF3000 Filter Head Adapter
Lubricating Oil Filter Head (Remote-Mounted) (007-017) Page 7-11
Lubricate the o-ring (1) and install in the filter head before the adapter. Lubricate the o-rings (2 and 3) and install in the adapter. NOTE: When installing the filter head adapter, use a locating pin to properly align the filter head adapter to the filter head. Install the adapter and four capscrews. Tighten the capscrews. Torque Value: 23 Nm [17 ft-lb]
LF670 Filter Head Adapter Apply Locktite 609, or equivalent, to the threads of the adaptor. Install the adapter into the filter head. Use a 1-1/2 inch socket to tighten the adapters. Torque Value: 88 Nm [65 ft-lb]
Lubricating Oil Filter Head (Remote-Mounted) (007-017)

Disassemble
Remove the straight thread o-ring plug (1). Discard the o-rings.
CAUTION The threaded plug (3) is under spring pressure, wear goggles to prevent personal injury. Remove the straight thread o-ring plug (3), bypass plunger (1), and spring (2).
Lubricating Oil Filter Head (Remote-Mounted) (007-017) Page 7-12
Clean
WARNING When using solvents, acids, or alkaline materials for cleaning, follow the manufacturers recommendations for use. Wear goggles and protective clothing to avoid personal injury. CAUTION All solvent must be removed from the filter head or engine damage could result. Use solvent and clean all of the parts. Dry with compressed air.
Inspect for Reuse

Inspect the filter head for crack. If any cracks are found replace the filter head.
Check the bypass plunger spring. Bypass Plunger Spring mm Free Length 88.98 MAX Working Height (6) 50.80 MAX in 3.500 2.000
Use a valve spring tester Part No. 3375182, or equivalent. Measure the spring force (7) and the working height (6). Nm 26 29 Spring Force (7) MIN MAX ft-lb 19.3 21.3
Assemble
Use clean engine oil to lubricate the parts. Install the new o-rings on the straight threaded plugs. Install the plunger and spring. Install the straight threaded o-ring plugs. Tighten the plugs. Torque Value: 9/16 Plug 1-3/16 Plug 1-7/8 Plug 14 Nm 54 Nm 95 Nm [10 ft-lb] [40 ft-lb] [70 ft-lb]
Lubricating Oil Filter Head Adapter (007-018) Page 7-13
Lubricating Oil Filter Head Adapter (007-018)

General Information
When installing a new filter element, always check to be sure there is no interference between the filter head adapter and the filter element.
Clean
LF3000 WARNING When using solvents, acids, or alkaline materials for cleaning, follow the manufacturers recommendations for use. Wear goggles and protective clothing to avoid personal injury. Use solvent to clean the lubrication oil filter head adapter. Dry with compressed air.
LF670 WARNING When using solvents, acids, or alkaline materials for cleaning, follow the manufacturers recommendations for use. Wear goggles and protective clothing to avoid personal injury. Use solvent to clean the parts. Dry with compressed air.
Inspect for Reuse

LF3000 Visually inspect the adapter for cracks or other damage. Replace if any damage is found.
Lubricating Oil Filter Head Adapter (007-018) Page 7-14 LF670
Check the threads on the adaptors for damage. Replace if any damage is found.
Lubricating Oil Pan (007-025) Page 7-15
Lubricating Oil Pan (007-025)

General Information
Oil pan sumps are available in various capacities. Compare the part number to the chart below to find the correct high and low capacities. When the rear gear train option is specified, add 7.6 liters [2 U.S. gallons] to the sump capacity listed in the table below. Service dipsticks are available in two types. The first is the locking type. The second is the bottle stopper type that does not lock. When converting from one style to the other, change both the dipstick and the oil gauge tube. NOTE: Service dipsticks are supplied by length. The dipsticks do not have the high and low marks indicated. Do not calibrate the dipstick until the engine is installed in the application that its to be used. Oil Pan Capacity The following tabulation gives the low and high STATIC (engine not operating) oil level for the pan installed. Use this information when calibrating the oil gauge (dipstick). NOTE: Only the part number of the oil pan (sump) is given. The part number of the oil pan adapter does not change the engine oil capacity. Oil Pan Capacities liters 49 61 49 61 49 61 64 72 102 114 U.S.gal 13 16 13 16 13 16 17 19 27 30
Shallow full length PN 3086097 Long (1/3) deep PN 3086096 Short (1/3) deep PN 3331695 Marine, deep rear PN 3096460 Power Generator PN 3331568
MIN MAX MIN MAX MIN MAX MIN MAX MIN MAX
NOTE: Total system capacity is the summation of the oil pan capacity at the high mark on the dipstick, and the two LF3000 combination full flow/bypass oil filters. On engines with the rear gear train option, add 7.6 L (2 U.S. gal) to both the low and high oil pan capacity listed in the table above.
Lubricating Oil Pan Adapter (007-027) Page 7-16
Lubricating Oil Pan Adapter (007-027)

Clean
WARNING Always read and follow the solvent manufacturers safety precautions to avoid severe personal injury or death. Remove any hand hole covers not previously removed. Use a solvent that will not harm aluminum clean the oil pan adapter and hand hole covers.
WARNING When using solvents, acids, or alkaline materials for cleaning, follow the manufacturers recommendations for use. Wear goggles and protective clothing to avoid personal injury. Use solvent to clean the suction tube. Dry with compressed air.
Inspect for Reuse

Visually inspect the oil pan adapter for cracks or other damage. If cracks are suspected, use the dye penetrant method. Check the threaded holes for damage.
Inspect the suction tube for cracks or other damage.
Lubricating Oil Pump (007-031) Page 7-17
Lubricating Oil Pump (007-031)

General Information
The QSK19 lubricating oil pump uses a retaining ring to secure the pressure regulator assembly. Use pressure regulator removal tool, Part No. 3375055, to service the pressure regulator assembly when the lube oil pump is installed in the engine.
Exploded View
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20.
Seal, O-ring Seal, Rectangular Ring Screw, Captive Washer Cap Screw. Hexagon Head Cap Washer, Lock Screw, Captive Washer Cap Gasket, Lubricating Oil Pump Dowel, Pin Dowel, Diamond Gear, Lubricating Oil Pump Bushing Body Lubricating Oil Pump Gear, Lubricating Oil Pump Shaft, Lubricating Oil Pump Drive Shaft, Idler Ring, Retaining Plug, Retainer Spring, Compression Plunger, Pressure Regulator Cover, Lubricating Oil Pump
Disassemble
Remove the four capscrews. Remove the cover from the housing. Use a mallet to tap on the dowel to separate the cover from the housing. Lift the idler gear and the shaft from the housing.
Support the housing. Use an arbor press to remove the drive gear, push the shaft through the gear. Check the parts for damage.
WARNING To prevent personal injury, it is imperative to follow the instructions given below. Wear safety goggles to prevent personal injury. Use an arbor press, and a mandrel (1) to hold the retainer (4) in position. Remove the retaining ring (3). Slowly raise the arbor press and allow the spring tension to be relieved. Remove the retainer, the pressure spring, and the pressure regulator plunger. Check the parts for any damage.
Clean
Use solvent to clean and flush the oil pump.
Inspect for Reuse

WARNING Some State and Federal agencies in the United States of America have determined that used engine oil can be carcinogenic and can cause reproductive toxicity. Avoid inhalation of vapors, ingestion, and prolonged contact with used engine oil. Always use the proper procedures to dispose of the oil. Inspect the lubricating oil pump for reuse, by rotating the drive gear slowly and checking the pump gears for damage. NOTE: If any of the oil pump parts are damaged, it must be rebuilt or replaced. Measure the oil pump end clearance. mm 0.1016 0.2540 Oil Pump End Clearance MIN MAX in 0.004 0.010
Measure the I.D. mm 22.263 22.324 Bushing I.D. MIN MAX in 0.8765 0.8785
NOTE: The bushings are bored in position. Lubricating pump bushing boring tool, Part No. 3375206 must be used to machine the bushings.
Measure the pressure regulator spring free length. Pressure Regulator Spring Free Length mm in 95 NOMINAL 3.75 Use a valve spring tester, Part No. 3375182, or equivalent. Measure the spring force (7) at the working height (6). Spring Force @ 63.88 mm [2.5 in] Working Height N lb 322 MIN 72 344 MAX 77
Section 7 - Lubricating Oil System - Group 07 Check the gears for damage. Measure the O.D. mm 22.212 22.225 Shaft O.D. MIN MAX in 0.8745 0.8750
Only disassemble when the gear or the shaft must be replaced. Support the gear, use an arbor press to push the shaft through the gear.
Measure the I.D. of the gear. mm 22.169 22.195 Gear I.D. MIN MAX in 0.8728 0.8738
Measure the O.D. of the shaft. mm 22.212 22.225 Shaft O.D. MIN MAX in 0.8745 0.8750
NOTE: Any parts not with in the given tolerances must be replaced. Use clean engine oil to lubricate the shaft and the I.D. of the gear. Use an arbor press to install the gear. Gear Location on Shaft mm 26.162 MIN 26.67 MAX 26.162 26.416 MIN MAX in 1.03 1.051 1.03 1.040
Idler
Drive
Assemble
Use clean engine oil to lubricate the regulator plunger (5) and the bore. Install the regulator plunger, spring, and retainer (4). Use and arbor press, and mandrel (1), to compress the spring, and put the retainer in position. Install the retaining ring.
Use clean engine oil and lubricate the shaft and gear inner diameter Install the gear and the shaft assembly (6), into the housing. Use an arbor press, support the oil pump shaft. Place the gear over the shaft, and using a mandrel press the gear onto the shaft (7), until the gear is even with the shaft. NOTE: The part number of the drive gear must be positioned up.
Use clean engine oil and lubricate the bushings in the housing cover. Install the shaft into the housing. Install the gasket. Use a mallet. Install the cover over the dowels. Install the four capscrews. Torque the capscrews. Torque Value: 45 Nm [35 ft-lb]
Rotate the assembly. Measure the end play. mm 0.1016 0.254 End Play MIN MAX in 0.004 0.010
Oil Transfer Connection (007-061) Page 7-23
Oil Transfer Connection (007-061)

Disassemble
Remove the straight thread o-ring plugs (1), (2), and (3). Discard the o-rings
Remove the vent tube (1). CAUTION The threaded plug (2) is under spring pressure. Remove the piston cooling nozzle plunger (3) and spring (4).
Clean
WARNING When using solvents, acids, or alkaline materials for cleaning, follow the manufacturers recommendations for use. Wear goggles and protective clothing to avoid personal injury. Use solvent to clean the parts. Dry with compressed air.
Inspect for Reuse

Inspect the parts for wear or damage.
Oil Transfer Connection (007-061) Page 7-24
Section 7 - Lubricating Oil System - Group 07 Check the piston cooling nozzle spring. Piston Cooling Nozzle Spring mm Free Length 88.98 MAX Working Height (6) 50.80 MAX in 3.500 2.000
Use a valve spring tester, Part No. 3375182, or equivelent to measure the spring force and the working height Nm 26 29 Spring Force (7) MIN MAX ft-lb 19.3 21.3
Assemble
Use clean engine oil to lubricate the parts. Install the new o-rings on the plugs. Install the plunger, spring and vent tube. Install and tighten the straight threaded o-ring plugs. Torque Value: 9/16 Plug 1 3/16 Plug 1 7/8 Plug 14 Nm 54 Nm 95 Nm [10 ft-lb] [40 ft-lb] [70 ft-lb]
Section 8 - Cooling System - Group 08
Page 8-a

Section Contents
Page Coolant Thermostat ......................................................................................................................................... Install ........................................................................................................................................................... Conventional Aftercooling...................................................................................................................... Low Temperature Aftercooling ............................................................................................................... Remove ........................................................................................................................................................ Test .............................................................................................................................................................. Engine Thermostats .............................................................................................................................. Low Temperature Aftercooling Thermostat ............................................................................................. Coolant Thermostat Housing Support........................................................................................................... General Information .................................................................................................................................... LTA Cooling System ............................................................................................................................. Thermostat .......................................................................................................................................... Thermostat Seal .................................................................................................................................. Thermostat Support ............................................................................................................................. 8-4 8-6 8-6 8-7 8-4 8-8 8-8 8-9 8-10 8-10 8-10 8-10 8-10 8-10
Cooling System - General Information ............................................................................................................ 8-1 General Information ...................................................................................................................................... 8-1 Fan, Cooling................................................................................................................................................... 8-18 General Information .................................................................................................................................... 8-18 Fan Drive Idler Arm Assembly ....................................................................................................................... Assemble ................................................................................................................................................... Clean .......................................................................................................................................................... Disassemble ............................................................................................................................................... Inspect for Reuse ....................................................................................................................................... 8-11 8-12 8-11 8-11 8-11
Fan Drive Idler Pulley Assembly.................................................................................................................... 8-12 Clean ......................................................................................................................................................... 8-12 Inspect for Reuse ....................................................................................................................................... 8-13 Fan Hub, Belt Driven...................................................................................................................................... Assemble ................................................................................................................................................... Clean ......................................................................................................................................................... General Information .................................................................................................................................... Inspect for Reuse ....................................................................................................................................... 8-14 8-16 8-15 8-14 8-15
Service Tools ................................................................................................................................................... 8-3 Cooling System ............................................................................................................................................. 8-3 Torque Converter Cooler ............................................................................................................................... Assemble ................................................................................................................................................... Clean ......................................................................................................................................................... Disassemble ............................................................................................................................................... Exploded View ............................................................................................................................................ General Information .................................................................................................................................... Inspect for Reuse ....................................................................................................................................... Water Pump.................................................................................................................................................... Assemble ................................................................................................................................................... Clean ......................................................................................................................................................... Disassemble ............................................................................................................................................... Inspect ....................................................................................................................................................... Inspect for Reuse ....................................................................................................................................... Water Pump Bearings .................................................................................................................................... Install ......................................................................................................................................................... Measure ..................................................................................................................................................... Remove ...................................................................................................................................................... 8-26 8-27 8-28 8-28 8-26 8-26 8-27 8-19 8-22 8-21 8-19 8-21 8-19 8-28 8-29 8-28 8-28
Cooling System - General Information Page 8-1
Cooling System - General Information

General Information
The primary function of the cooling system is to remove heat energy, created by the combustion process, from the engine. The excess heat energy that is not removed by the cooling system is carried away by exhaust gases and radiation into the atmosphere. The QSK19 requires a radiator cap with a minimum pressure rating of 48 kPa [7 psi]. This provides a positive coolant head pressure at the water pump inlet.
The accompanying chart illustrates the Conventional Aftercooling coolant flow through the engine. A. Water Pump B. Base Engine C. Thermostat, Engine D. Radiator, Engine E. Oil Cooler F. Aftercooler
The accompanying chart illustrates the Low Temperature Aftercooling (LTA) coolant flow through the engine. A. Water Pump B. Base Engine C. Thermostat, Engine D. Radiator, Engine E. Low Temperature Aftercooling Thermostat F. Low Temperature Aftercooling Radiator G. Aftercooler
Cooling System - General Information Page 8-2
Section 8 - Cooling System - Group 08 The following publications, available through Cummins Distributors or Cummins Dealers, provide cooling system installation recommendations and specifications approved by Cummins Engine Company, Inc. Automotive Installation Recommendations (Cooling System), Bulletin No. 3382413. Construction, Mining, Logging, and Agriculture Installation Recommendations (Cooling System), Bulletin No. 3382171. Data Sheets for Construction, Mining, Logging, and Agriculture, Bulletin No. 3381194; for Generator Drive and Generator Set, Bulletin No. 3381174; for Automotive, Bulletin No. 3381237. Operation of Diesel Engines in Cold Climates, Bulletin No. 3379009. Generator Drive and Generator Set Installation Recommendations (Cooling System), Bulletin No. 3382395. Coolant Requirements and Maintenance, Bulletin No. 3666132. NOTE: Refer to Section L for literature ordering information.
Service Tools
Cooling System
Tool No. Gear Puller
Tool Description Used to remove the drive pulleys and impellers.
Tool Illustration
ST-647
Pulley Installation Tool Used to install drive pulleys. 3376326
Coupling Puller Used to remove accessory drive coupling. 3376663
Pipe Sealant 3375066 Use when installing pipe plugs or cup plugs on the engine in order to prevent leaks.
Dowel Pin Extractor Used to pull dowel pins. ST-1134
Coolant Thermostat (008-013) Page 8-4
Coolant Thermostat (008-013)

Remove
Conventional Aftercooling WARNING Some coolants are poisonous. Keep away from children and animals. Save for reuse or dispose of in accordance with local authorities. NOTE: If the engine is equipped with an air compressor, remove the air compressor coolant return tube. Remove bypass tube clip (9). Loosen both hose clamps. Remove the bypass tube. Remove the eight long capscrews. Remove the thermostat housing. Remove and discard the gasket.
Remove the thermostats (9). Remove the seals (10).
Section 8 - Cooling System - Group 08 Low Temperature Aftercooling WARNING Allow the engine to cool before draining to avoid burns from hot liquid. WARNING Some coolants are poisonous. Keep away from children and animals. Save for reuse or dispose of in accordance with local authorities. Remove the aftercooler return tube clip. Loosen both hose clamps (2). Remove the aftercooler coolant return tube (1). Remove the bypass tube clip (9). Loosen both hose clamps. Remove the bypass tube.
Remove the nine long capscrews. Remove the thermostat housing. Remove and discard the gasket.
Remove both of the engine thermostats (1). Remove the Low Temperature Aftercooling thermostat (2). Remove the seals.
Install
Engine Thermostats Conventional Aftercooling CAUTION The seal must be installed with the part number pointing up. Use a mallet and thermostat seal driver, Part No. 3375411, or equivalent. Install the thermostat seal no more than 0.51 mm [0.020 in] below the top of the cast edge. Install the thermostat seals.
Install the thermostat by pushing on the outer rim.
Install a new gasket. Install the thermostat housing and capscrews. Tighten the capscrews. Torque Value: 45 Nm [35 ft-lb]
Use vegetable oil to lubricate the o-ring on the bypass tube. Install the bypass tube. Install the retainer (9) and capscrew. Tighten the capscrew and the hose clamps. Torque Value: Capscrew Torque Value: Hose Clamp 45 Nm 6 Nm [35 ft-lb] [50 in-lb]
Section 8 - Cooling System - Group 08 Low Temperature Aftercooling CAUTION The seal must be installed with the part number pointing up. Use a mallet and thermostat seal driver, Part No. 3375411, or equivalent. Install the thermostat seal no more than 0.51 mm [0.020 in] below the top of the cast edge. Install the thermostat seals.
Install the thermostat by pushing on the outer rim.
Install a new gasket. Install the thermostat housing and capscrews. Tighten the capscrews. Torque Value: 45 Nm [35 ft-lb]
Use vegetable oil to lubricate the o-ring on the bypass tube. Install the bypass tube. Install the retainer (9) and capscrew. Tighten the capscrew and the hose clamps. Torque Value: Capscrew Torque Value: Hose Clamp 45 Nm 6 Nm [35 ft-lb] [50 in-lb]
Section 8 - Cooling System - Group 08 Install the aftercooler water return tube (1), tube clip, and capscrew. Install the connecting hose (2). Tighten the hose clamps and capscrew. Torque Value: Capscrew Torque Value: Hose Clamp 20 Nm 6 Nm [15 ft-lb] [50 in-lb]
Test
Engine Thermostats Suspend the thermostat and a 100C [212F] thermometer in a container of water. NOTE: Do not allow the thermostat or thermometer to touch the container. Heat the water and check the thermostat as follows.
The nominal operating temperature is stamped on the thermostat. Thermostat must begin to open within 2C [3F] of nominal temperature. Thermostat must be fully open at 12C [22F] above nominal temperature. The fully open distance between the thermostat flange and housing is 11.05 mm [0.43 in].
Remove the container from the heat. Check to see if the thermostat returns to the closed position.
Section 8 - Cooling System - Group 08 Low Temperature Aftercooling Thermostat Suspend the thermostat and a 100C [212F] thermometer in a container of water. NOTE: Do not allow the thermostat or thermometer to touch the container. Heat the water and check the thermostat as follows.
The nominal operating temperature is stamped on the thermostat. Thermostat must begin to open within 2C [3F] of nominal temperature. Thermostat must be fully open at 8C [15F] above nominal temperature. The fully open distance between the thermostat flange and housing is 7.8 mm [0.3 in].
Remove the container from the heat. Check to see if the thermostat returns to the closed position.
Coolant Thermostat Housing Support (008-015) Page 8-10
Coolant Thermostat Housing Support (008-015)

General Information
LTA Cooling System The Low Temperature Aftercooling (LTA) arrangement incorporates a dual loop cooling system that shares a single water pump. Thermostat Support The thermostat assembly contains a support and thermostat housing. The thermostat housing contains two thermostats (conventional aftercooling) or three thermostats (low temperature aftercooling). The support assembly also provides for connection of the water outlet tubing for the cylinder head and the aftercooler. Thermostat The QSK19 engines must have thermostats that do not have a vent. The Low Temperature Aftercooling (LTA) arrangement uses two coolant thermostats and one LTA thermostat. The LTA thermostat is located in the center position between the engine coolant thermostats. Thermostat Seal Each thermostat has one thermostat seal.
Fan Drive Idler Arm Assembly (008-029) Page 8-11
Fan Drive Idler Arm Assembly (008-029)

Disassemble
Remove the three mounting capscrews holding the pivot shaft support to the alternator support. Remove the snap ring from the idler lever. Remove the idler lever. Remove the oil seals.
Remove the bushings from the pivot shaft support.
Clean
Inspect for Reuse

Inspect the parts for any damage.
Fan Drive Idler Pulley Assembly (008-030) Page 8-12
Assemble
Use an arbor press to install the new bushings. Install new oil seals.
Install the idler lever into the pivot shaft support. Install the snap ring into the snap ring groove on the idler lever.
Install the pivot shaft support to the alternator support. Install the mounting capscrews.
Fan Drive Idler Pulley Assembly (008-030)

Clean
WARNING When using solvents, acids, or alkaline materials for cleaning, follow the manufacturers recommendations for use. Wear goggles and protective clothing to avoid personal injury. Use solvent to clean the pulley assembly.
Fan Drive Idler Pulley Assembly (008-030) Page 8-13
Inspect for Reuse

Check the clearance. mm 0.08 0.25 Bearing End Clearance MIN MAX in 0.003 0.010
Rotate the pulley. Check for rough or damaged bearings. The bearings must be replaced if any of the above conditions are found.
Fan Hub, Belt Driven (008-036) Page 8-14
Fan Hub, Belt Driven (008-036)

General Information
NOTE: For service and parts information for the fan hub with a clutch, refer to Bulletin No. 3810250, Rockford Fan Clutch Service and Parts Manual. For rebuild instructions for the fan hub clutch, refer to Bulletin No. 3810251, Rockford Clutch Overhaul Procedure. The fan belt is tensioned by the spring loaded idler assembly and does not require adjustment.
CAUTION
The fan belt is mounted with spring tension. To avoid personal injury from being pinched between the fan hub and fan idler, always release the spring tension before removing or installing the belt. When the pivot arm cap is aligned properly with the spring, tension is a minimum of 68 Nm [50 ft-lb]. A grease nipple is standard on the pivot arm. The pivot arm must be greased at each scheduled maintenance interval *. Newer engines have a turnbuckle assembly to limit the travel of the idler pulley. Older engines have a shock absorber to limit the travel of the idler pulley. The shock absorber can be replaced by the turnbuckle assembly. The adjustment of the turnbuckle must be checked at each scheduled maintenance interval *. The shock absorber must be checked for fluid leakage and loss of vibration absorption at each scheduled maintenance interval *. Fan hubs and supports are available in various drive ratios and fan center locations. When replacing the fan hub, always check the part number. Be sure the replacement is compatible. All of the belt driven fan hubs contain anti-friction bearings that are the tapered roller type. Bearing end clearance is controlled by the use of inner and outer bearing spacers. It is a good service practice to tag the bearings for location during removal. Always replace the bearing and the bearing race if either piece requires replacement. The idler pulley contains two anti-friction bearings that are the tapered roller type. The bearing end clearance is properly set by matching select components in the kit.
CAUTION
Always replace the complete bearing kit when any piece of the idler pulley bearing assembly requires replacement. The kit includes a retaining ring, an inner spacer, two bearings, and two bearing races.
CAUTION
Never grease the bearings excessively. Too much grease will cause excessive heating due to the agitation of the grease. Excessive agitation of the grease will result in failure. The following is the proper method of applying water pump type grease to the fan hub or idler pulley bearings. Do not use lithium base grease for fan hub bearings. Pack both bearings with grease. Fill the cavity between the bearings 2/3-full of grease. Fill the cavity between the front bearing and the end of the hub 2/3-full of grease. * Recommended maintenance interval refers to every 250 hours, or 6 months of operation.
Clean
WARNING When using solvents, acids, or alkaline materials for cleaning, follow the manufacturers recommendations for use. Wear goggles and protective clothing to avoid personal injury. Use solvent to clean the fan hub. Dry with compressed air.
Inspect for Reuse

Inspect the fan hub for reuse. Rotate the pulley to check for rough or damaged bearings. Check bearing end clearance. mm 0.03 0.25 Bearing End Clearance MIN MAX in 0.001 0.010
If the clearance is not within the specifications, the fan hub must be rebuilt. Rotate the pulley to check for rough or damaged bearings. If the fan hub does not rotate freely, the fan hub must be rebuilt. Remove the pipe plugs (3). Install a grease fitting in one of the holes. Use a grease gun and water pump type grease. Pump grease into the hub until it begins to come out of the open plug hole. Remove the grease fitting. Install the pipe plugs (3). Torque Value: 15 Nm [135 in-lb]
Assemble
CAUTION Do not lubricate the seal surface of the shaft. The seal and seal surface must be clean and dry. Lightly grease the bearing (11) with Mobiplex 48 grease or equivalent. NOTE: Excessive grease will affect the end float reading. Install the bearing in the hub. CAUTION Avoid contact with skin. Apply Loctite 675 or equivalent to the outside diameter of the seal. Use a mandrel to install the seal (10). With the flat unseamed face toward the shoulder of the driver, press seal in until it bottoms. Carefully install the fan hub seal end first over the shaft, ensuring no damage occurs to the seal. The rear bearing must slide easily on the shaft. If it does not, check for chips or burrs. Install the inner bearing spacer (12). The following spacers are available to provide correct end clearance when the fan hub has been assembled. For two a. b. c. d. spacer style fan hubs: 3627681 3627682 3627683 3627684
For other fan hubs: a . 3627677 b . 3627678 c . 3627679 d . 3627680 e . 3628830 Lightly grease the front bearing (8). Install the bearing, it must slide easily over the shaft. If it does not, check for chips and burrs.
Section 8 - Cooling System - Group 08 CAUTION Remove all grease from the threads on the shaft before installing the lock nut. Grease on the threads reduce the torque retention of the lock nut. Install the hardened washer (5). Install the lock nut (4). Tighten the lock nut. Torque Value: 610 Nm [450 ft-lb]
Use a dial indicator to measure the bearing end clearance. mm 0.025 0.102 Bearing End Clearance MIN MAX in 0.001 0.004
If the clearance is not within specifications, rebuild the fan hub with a suitable size spacer. Check the bearing end clearance.
CAUTION Do not use more grease than specified. Too much grease will cause excessive heating and failure. Use Mobiplex 48 grease or equivalent and fill the cavity with 120 cc of grease. Grease the inner race, refit the spacer and inner race, Install the hardened washer (5). Install the lock nut (4). Check the bearing end clearance. Install the o-ring (3) on the fan pilot (2). Use vegetable oil to lubricate the o-ring. Install the fan pilot and o-ring Install the capscrews (1). Tighten the capscrews. Torque Value: 20 Nm [15 ft-lb]
Fan, Cooling (008-040) Page 8-18
Fan, Cooling (008-040)

General Information WARNING
Never attempt to rotate the engine by pulling or prying on the fan. This practice can result in serious personal injury and damage to the fan. Use only the proper engine barring techniques to manually rotate the engine. Check the fan for missing balance weights at each regular maintenance interval*. Do not attempt to repair broken or bent fans, or fans with missing balance weights. The majority of equipment that has a Cummins engine has a radiator and a fan. The radiator and fan transfer heat from the cooling water to the atmosphere. The fan selection process must conclude that the fan, the fan mounting arrangement, and the fan drive system are designed and matched for compatibility. Upon request, Cummins Application Engineering Department will assist in determining the proper selection. Refer any fan changes, other than the direct replacement of a fan with precisely the same Cummins part number, to the Cummins Application Engineering Department for prior approval. Examples that require approval are: Using an approved fan from one engine model on a different engine model. Using an approved fan on an engine with a different fan mounting arrangement. Using an approved fan on an engine with a different fan drive arrangement. Converting an engine from one market model to another. An example is the conversion of a G-drive engine to a power unit application. Converting an engine model to a different engine model. An example is converting a N-855 to a NT-855 model. These examples are not inclusive. Always contact Application Engineering for assistance. There are times when an existing fan can yield ONLY marginal cooling capability when being considered for a new application.
WARNING
Never repitch (bend) the blades to obtain additional air delivery. Bending the blades or spider creates stress in the construction material of the fan. Repitching (bending) will cause fan failure and can cause serious personal injury. The proper diameter fan must be selected. Never modify an existing fan. Application Engineering will provide assistance in the selection of a fan with the correct pitch and diameter for proper cooling. *Recommended maintenance interval refers to every 250 hours or 6 months of operation.
Water Pump (008-062) Page 8-19
Water Pump (008-062)

Inspect for Reuse
Rotate the shaft and inspect for rough or damaged bearings.
Inspect the drive shaft for wear. If the drive shaft splines are worn, check the female splines in the pump and in the water pump drive.
Use a feeler gauge and measure the impeller-to-pump body clearance. mm 0.58 0.86 Impeller Vane-To-Body Clearance MIN MAX in 0.023 0.034
Disassemble
Remove the water inlet connection and gasket (1). Remove the support bracket (2).
Section 8 - Cooling System - Group 08 Remove the parts. 5. Shutoff valve capscrew 6. Water shutoff valve 7. Washer 8. O-ring 9. Water transfer tube (Loosen the flare nut at each end.) 10. Grommets Discard the o-ring and grommets.
Remove the remaining capscrews (3). Remove the inlet housing and o-ring (4). Discard the o-ring.
CAUTION The jack screw in the puller must pass easily through the impeller bore to prevent damage to the impeller. Use a standard puller, Part No. ST-647, or equivalent and remove the impeller.
Remove the large retaining ring.
Section 8 - Cooling System - Group 08 Support the water pump body as shown. Use an arbor press to push on the impeller end of the shaft. Remove the bearing and shaft assembly. Discard the water pump seal seat.
Remove and discard the water seal and oil seal.
Clean
CAUTION When using solvents, acids, or alkaline materials for cleaning, follow the manufacturers recommendation for use. Wear goggles and protective clothing to avoid personal injury. Use solvent to clean all the parts. Dry with compressed air.
Inspect
Use the following formula to determine the press fit. Press Fit = Shaft O.D. (1) minus Impeller I.D. (2). mm 0.03 0.07 Impeller to Shaft Press Fit MIN MAX in 0.001 0.003
Section 8 - Cooling System - Group 08 Measure the I.D. of the water pump housing bore. Housing Bore I.D. mm (13) Water Seal 36.45 MIN 36.47 MAX (14) Oil Seal 44.43 44.48 51.996 52.215 71.996 72.215 MIN MAX MIN MAX MIN MAX in 1.435 1.436 1.749 1.751 2.0471 2.0557 2.8345 2.8431
(15) Rear Bearing
(16) Front Bearing
Inspect the bearing and shaft assembly for wear in the seal areas. Spin the bearings to check for roughness. If the bearings or shaft must be replaced refer to Procedure 008-071.
Assemble
NOTE: The oil seal must be installed with the part number pointing down. Use a water pump seal mandrel, Part No. 3375320, or equivalent and install the seal. The seal must be no more than 0.51 mm (0.020 in.) below the top of the step in the body.
Section 8 - Cooling System - Group 08 Support the water pump housing. Use an arbor press and water pump bearing mandrel, Part No. 3375318, or equivalent, or push on the end of the shaft. Install the shaft and bearing assembly.
NOTE: The beveled edge must be positioned as shown. Install the large retaining ring.
Use water pump seal driver, Part No. 3376091, or equivalent and install the water seal. NOTE: The shoulder on the seal must touch the housing. NOTE: This illustration shows the two-piece seal. This step is the same for the one-piece seal. The water pump seal driver must be used to adjust the spring tension correctly.
Use an arbor press and water pump seal driver, Part No. 3376091, or equivalent and install the seal seat. The seat dimension below applies to the one-piece and the two-piece seal. The seal tension will not be correct if the seat dimension is not within specifications. mm 10.52 10.57 Seat Dimension MIN MAX in 0.414 0.416
Section 8 - Cooling System - Group 08 CAUTION More than one drop will glue the faces of the seal together. It can result in damage to the seal. Apply one drop of Loctite 290, or equivalent to the seal seat as shown. Apply a smooth coating of Loctite 609, or equivalent to the I.D. of the impeller as shown.
Use an arbor press and a mandrel to install the impeller to the specified clearance. NOTE: Use a feeler gauge in the water outlet port to measure the clearance. mm 0.58 0.86 Impeller Vane to Body Clearance MIN MAX in 0.023 0.034
Install the washer (7). Use vegetable oil to lubricate the o-ring (8). Install the o-ring. Install the shutoff valve. Install the capscrew (5). Torque Value: 20 Nm Install the transfer tube. [15 ft-lb] Use vegetable oil to lubricate the new grommets (10).
Section 8 - Cooling System - Group 08 Use vegetable oil to lubricate the o-ring. Install the parts as shown. Install the capscrews. Torque Value: 45 Nm [35 ft-lb]
Install the inlet connection (1), gasket, and capscrews. Torque Value: 40 Nm [30 ft-lb] NOTE: Do not tighten the support bracket until the water pump is assembled to the engine. Install the support bracket (2).
Torque Converter Cooler (008-065) Page 8-26
Torque Converter Cooler (008-065)

General Information
The engine mounted torque converter cooler is available as an option. This option can be added to a standard engine by purchasing the torque converter cooler housing, the cooler cover, and the elements. The location of the turbocharger oil drain line, turbocharger water supply line, and the other components will have to be changed on some engines. The torque converter cooler is mounted and replaces the lubricating oil cooler cover. When the torque converter cooler option is selected, longer mounting capscrews must be used. With the torque converter cooler option, the turbocharger water supply line must also be moved from the oil cooler cover to a fitting in the top of the torque converter cooler housing.
Exploded View
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10.
Cover, Torque Converter Oil Gasket, Lubricating Oil Cooler Cover O-ring Element, Lubricating Oil Cooler Housing, Torque Converter Cooler Nut, Self-Locking Capscrew, Lock Washer, and Plain Washer Capscrew and Lock Washer Capscrew, Lock Washer, and Plain Washer Capscrew, Lock Washer, and Plain Washer
Torque Converter Cooler (008-065) Page 8-27
Inspect for Reuse

NOTE: Heating the water in the tank to 50 C [120 F] will improve the test results. Pressure test the elements. Apply air pressure, and check for leaks. NOTE: Discard the elements if any debris is found, the engine has had a debris causing failure, or the torque converter has failed. kPa 415 Air Pressure MAX psi 60
Discard the elements if any leaks are present.
Assemble
Install the elements. Torque the self-locking nuts. Torque Value: 130 Nm Install the new o-rings. [95 ft-lb] Use vegetable oil adn lubricate the new o-rings.
Install the gasket and cooler cover. Torque the capscrews in the sequence shown. Torque Value: 45 Nm [35 ft-lb]
NOTE: Use Loctite 592, or equivalent to seal heater plug. Apply a smooth coating of sealant to the threads of the heater plug. Install and torque the heater plug Torque Value: 75 Nm [55 ft-lb]
Water Pump Bearings (008-071) Page 8-28
Disassemble
Remove the torque converter cover mounting bolts and cover. NOTE: The cover must be pried from the housing, because of the tight fit between the cover and the o-rings on the elements. Remove the cooling elements. Discard the o-rings.
Clean
Use a solvent that will not harm copper and clean the elements. Use a solvent that will not harm aluminum and clean the housing and cover.
Water Pump Bearings (008-071)

Remove
Use a water pump bearing separator, Part No. 3375326, or equivalent, to disassemble the bearing and shaft assembly. Remove the retaining ring (1). Remove the front bearing (2). Remove the rear bearing (3).
Measure
Measure the shaft O.D. and the bearing I.D. Compare the differences. Bearing to Shaft Differences mm Clearance 0.003 MAX Interference 0.018 MAX in 0.0001 0.0007
Install
CAUTION The mandrel must make contact on the inner race of the bearing to prevent damage to the bearing. Support the shaft. Use an arbor press and a water pump bearing mandrel, Part No. ST-658 (4), or equivalent, install the bearings.
Install the retaining ring.
NOTES
Section 9 - Drive Units - Group 09
Page 9-a

Section Contents
Page Accessory Drive Pulley .................................................................................................................................... Inspect for Reuse ......................................................................................................................................... Install ........................................................................................................................................................... Remove ........................................................................................................................................................ 9-3 9-3 9-3 9-3
Drive Units - General Information.................................................................................................................... 9-1 General Information ...................................................................................................................................... 9-1 Fuel Pump Drive .............................................................................................................................................. 9-5 Assemble .................................................................................................................................................... 9-10 Clean ........................................................................................................................................................... 9-7 Disassemble ................................................................................................................................................ 9-9 Exploded View .............................................................................................................................................. 9-6 General Information ...................................................................................................................................... 9-5 Inspect for Reuse ......................................................................................................................................... 9-7 Fuel Pump Drive Gear and Shaft ................................................................................................................... 9-11 Assemble ................................................................................................................................................... 9-12 Disassemble ............................................................................................................................................... 9-11 Hydraulic Pump Drive .................................................................................................................................... Assemble ................................................................................................................................................... Clean ......................................................................................................................................................... Disassemble ............................................................................................................................................... Exploded View ............................................................................................................................................ General Information .................................................................................................................................... Inspect for Reuse ....................................................................................................................................... 9-14 9-16 9-15 9-15 9-14 9-14 9-15
Hydraulic Pump Drive Gear and Shaft .......................................................................................................... 9-17 Assemble ................................................................................................................................................... 9-18 Disassemble ............................................................................................................................................... 9-17 Hydraulic Pump Support Bushing ................................................................................................................. Inspect for Reuse ....................................................................................................................................... Install ......................................................................................................................................................... Remove ...................................................................................................................................................... Outer Hydraulic Pump Support Drive............................................................................................................ Assemble ................................................................................................................................................... Disassemble ............................................................................................................................................... Inspect for Reuse ....................................................................................................................................... Install ......................................................................................................................................................... Rear Gear Drive (Lower Assembly)................................................................................................................ Assemble ................................................................................................................................................... Disassemble ............................................................................................................................................... Exploded View ............................................................................................................................................ Inspect for Reuse ....................................................................................................................................... Install ......................................................................................................................................................... Remove ...................................................................................................................................................... Rear Gear Drive (Upper Assembly) ............................................................................................................... Assemble .......................................................................................................................................... 9-42, Disassemble ...................................................................................................................................... 9-37, Exploded View.................................................................................................................................... 9-35, Inspect for Reuse .............................................................................................................................. 9-40, 9-57 9-58 9-58 9-57 9-53 9-56 9-53 9-54 9-55 9-18 9-26 9-25 9-23 9-26 9-29 9-18 9-35 9-50 9-49 9-48 9-49
Service Tools ................................................................................................................................................... 9-2 Drive Units .................................................................................................................................................... 9-2 Water Pump Drive Bushing............................................................................................................................ 9-52 Assemble ................................................................................................................................................... 9-52 Disassemble ............................................................................................................................................... 9-52 Water Pump Drive Gear and Shaft................................................................................................................. 9-51 Assemble ................................................................................................................................................... 9-52 Disassemble ............................................................................................................................................... 9-51
Page 9-b
Section 9 - Drive Units - Group 09 Page
Water Pump Drive Pulley ............................................................................................................................... 9-52 Clean ......................................................................................................................................................... 9-52 Inspect for Reuse ....................................................................................................................................... 9-53
Drive Units - General Information Page 9-1
Drive Units - General Information

General Information
The accessory drive housing is manufactured of aluminum. The aluminum housing does not contain a bushing, and does not require thrust washers.
CAUTION
Installation of an air compressor on a fuel pump drive housing will result in failure due to the lack of lubrication. The housings are available in two designs, with and without provisions for mounting an air compressor. Those without air compressors do not have provisions for a compressor oil pressure and drain-back. The fuel pump drive has provisions for a lovejoy coupling. The compressor drive has provisions for a splined sleeve-type coupling. The procedures are identical for both of the designs. The fuel pump/compressor drive gear has stamped marks. The stamped marks must be aligned properly with the camshaft idler gear so that valve and injector adjustment marks on the accessory drive pulley are oriented correctly. The retainer capscrew on the compressor drive (splined half-coupling) is special. It has a drilling in it that provides lubrications of the splined coupling. The retainer capscrew on the fuel pump drive (lovejoy half-coupling) does not have an oil drilling.
Service Tools
Drive Units
Tool No. Gear Puller
Tool Description Used to remove the drive pulleys and impellers.
Tool Illustration
ST-647
Pulley Installation Tool Used to install drive pulleys. 3376326
Coupling Puller Used to remove accessory drive coupling. 3376663
Pipe Sealant 3375066 Use when installing pipe plugs or cup plugs on the engine in order to prevent leaks.
Dowel Pin Extractor Used to pull dowel pins. ST-1134
Accessory Drive Pulley (009-004) Page 9-3
Accessory Drive Pulley (009-004)

Remove
CAUTION Use a capscrew in the shaft to prevent damage to the shaft threads. Install a [7/16-20x1 in] capscrew in the shaft. Use a standard puller, Part No. ST647, or equivalent. Remove the accessory drive pulley. Use a brass drift and remove the woodruff key from the shaft. Remove the capscrew from the shaft. Remove the keyway seal.
Inspect for Reuse

Visually inspect the pulley for cracks, wear in the belt grooves, or other damage.
Inspect the mating surface and pulley bore areas for damage.
Install
NOTE: The keyway seal must be installed before installing the woodruff key. Install the keyway seal.
Accessory Drive Pulley (009-004) Page 9-4
Section 9 - Drive Units - Group 09 Install the woodruff key.
CAUTION Do not use a hammer to drive the pulley into position. Damage to the thrust bearing will result. Use pulley installation tool kit, Part No. 3376326. Insert the appropriate adapter (7) in the pusher.
Lubricate the shaft O.D. and the pulley I.D. with engine oil. Align the keyway in the pulley with the key in the shaft. Use the tool to push the pulley on the shaft until it touches the step on the shaft.
Fuel Pump Drive (009-011) Page 9-5
Fuel Pump Drive (009-011)

General Information
The accessory drive housing is manufactured of aluminum. The aluminum housing does not contain a bushing, and does not require thrust washers.
CAUTION
Installation of an air compressor on a fuel pump drive housing will result in failure due to the lack of lubrication. NOTE: The housings are available in two designs, with and without provisions for mounting an air compressor. Those without air compressors do not have provisions for a compressor oil pressure and drain-back. The fuel pump drive has provisions for a lovejoy coupling. The compressor drive has provisions for a splined sleeve-type coupling. The procedures are identical for both of the designs. The fuel pump/compressor drive gear have stamped marks. The stamped marks must be aligned properly with the camshaft idler gear so that valve and injector adjustment marks on the accessory drive pulley are oriented correctly. The retainer capscrew on the compressor drive (splined half-coupling) is special. It has a drilling in it that provides lubrications of the splined coupling. The retainer capscrew on the fuel pump drive (lovejoy half-coupling) does not have an oil drilling.
Exploded View
1. 1. 2. 3. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 12. 15. 19. 22. 23. 24. 25. 26.
Coupling, Lovejoy Type (Upper) Coupling, Spline Type (Lower) Gear, Air Compressor and Fuel Pump Drive Key, Plain Woodruff Shaft, Accessory Drive Washer, Clamping Bearing, Thrust Bearing, Thrust Housing, Accessory Drive Bushing, Accessory Drive Capscrew, Special Washer, Plain Gasket, Accessory Drive Support Pulley, Accessory Drive Sleeve, Wear Key, Plain Woodruff Slinger, Oil Seal, Oil
Clean
WARNING When using solvents, acids, or alkaline materials for cleaning, follow the manufacturers recommendations for use. Wear goggles and protective clothing to avoid personal injury. Use solvent to clean the outer housing of the fuel pump drive.
Inspect for Reuse

Measure the end clearance. Fuel Pump/Compressor Drive End Clearance mm in 0.05 MIN 0.002 0.30 MAX 0.012
Check the teeth of the gear for damage. The coupling washer must be positioned tightly between the coupling and the shaft.
Check the parts for damage. Measure the I.D. If the bushing must be replaced refer to mm 33.43 33.50 Bushing I.D. MIN MAX in 1.316 1.319
NOTE: An aluminum housing does not contain a bushing. Measure the housing I.D. It must be identical to the bushing I.D. in a cast iron housing.
Section 9 - Drive Units - Group 09 Check the grooved surface for damage. Measure the thickness. mm 2.36 2.41 Thrust Bearing Thickness MIN MAX in 0.093 0.095
NOTE: On an aluminum housing ONLY, check the two machined thrust surfaces for damage. Use a depth micrometer. Measure the thickness. mm 45.54 45.67 Housing Depth MIN MAX in 1.793 1.798
Check the teeth of the gear for damage. Shaft O.D. mm 34.963 34.976 34.662 39.674 33.30 33.33 25.476 25.489 in 1.3765 1.3770 1.5616 1.5620 1.300 1.312 1.0030 1.0035
(5) (6) (7) (8)
MIN MAX MIN MAX MIN MAX MIN MAX
NOTE: If the gear or shaft must be replaced, refer to Procedure 009013. Measure the I.D. of the pulley. mm 34.912 34.938 Pully I.D. MIN MAX in 1.3745 1.3755
Section 9 - Drive Units - Group 09 Measure the I.D. of the coupling. mm 25.425 25.438 mm 25.400 25.425 Lovejoy Coupling I.D. MIN MAX Spline Coupling I.D. MIN MAX in 1.0010 1.0015 in 1.0000 1.0010
Disassemble
Remove the special capscrew and the washer. CAUTION Install the capscrew back into the drive unit without the washer until it touches the shaft to prevent damage to the shaft.
Use a coupling puller (1), Part No. 3376663, or equivalent, to remove the coupling. Use a 3-jaw puller to remove the lovejoy type coupling. Remove the coupling. Remove the capscrew.
Remove the following: 2. Clamping washer 3. Inner thrust bearing 4. Outer thrust bearing Remove the gear and the shaft assembly. Remove the pipe plug from the housing. NOTE: Aluminum housings do not contain thrust bearings.
Assemble
Position the grooved surface of the thrust bearing as shown. Install the thrust bearing. NOTE: An aluminum housing does not contain thrust bearings.
Use Lubriplate No. 105, or equivalent. Lubricate the grooved surface of the thrust bearing (3). NOTE: An aluminum housing does not contain thrust bearings. Lubricate the machined thrust surface. With the grooved surface positioned up, slide the thrust bearing (3) over the shaft. Before installing the clamping washer (2), the beveled edge must be positioned as shown.
Support the gear or the shaft. Install the coupling. Use an arbor press and a mandrel to push the coupling until it touches the clamping washer. The clamping washer must be positioned tightly between the coupling and the shoulder of the shaft. Install the pipe plug into the housing. Tighten the pipe plug. Torque Value: 8 Nm [75 in-lb]
CAUTION The capscrew must contain an oil drilling if an air compressor is to be mounted on the engine. Install the washer and the capscrew. Check the capscrew size for the correct torque value. Capscrew Length 3/8 in 1/2 Torque 45 Nm [35 ft-lb] 100 Nm [75 ft-lb]
Section 9 - Drive Units - Group 09 Rotate the shaft to check for correct assembly. Use a dial indicator. Measure the end clearance. mm 0.05 0.30 End Clearance MIN MAX in 0.002 0.012
Fuel Pump Drive Gear and Shaft (009-013) Page 9-11
If the end clearance is not within specifications, be sure the coupling is positioned tightly against the clamping washer. NOTE: Oversize thrust bearings are available to adjust the end clearance.
Fuel Pump Drive Gear and Shaft (009-013)

Disassemble
Support the gear. Use an arbor press to remove the shaft.
Measure the gear I.D. mm 39.73 39.75 Gear I.D. MIN MAX in 1.564 1.565
Remove the key and check for damage. NOTE: If damage is found, the key must be replace. Measure the O.D. at the gear location. mm 39.789 39.802 Shaft O.D. MIN MAX in 1.5665 1.5670
Assemble
Support the gear. Use engine oil to lubricate the shaft. Align the key with the key slot in the gear. Use an arbor press to press the shaft through the gear until the shoulder of the shaft touches the gear.
NOTE: If an adequate press is not available, an oven can be used. WARNING Wear protective clothing to prevent personal injury from burns. CAUTION Do not exceed the specified time or temperature. Damage to the gear teeth will result. Heat the gear at 235C (450F) no less than one hour, and no more than six hours.
Use Lubriplate No. 105, or equivalent to lubricate the grooved surface of the thrust bearing. NOTE: On an aluminum housing ONLY, lubricate the grooved area machined in the housing. Install the shaft and the gear.
WARNING Wear protective clothing to prevent personal injury from burns. Slide the shaft in the gear.
Section 9 - Drive Units - Group 09 CAUTION Allow the air to cool the gear. Do not use water or oil to reduce the cooling time. Damage to the gear can result. Use a feeler gauge to measure the distance between the shoulder of the shaft and the gear. mm 0.05 Fuel Pump Drive Gear to Shaft MAX in 0.002
NOTE: If the distance between the gear and the shaft is not within specification press the gear on until specifications are meet.
Hydraulic Pump Drive (009-016) Page 9-14
Hydraulic Pump Drive (009-016)

General Information
A hydraulic pump can be mounted on the front or at the rear of the gear cover. The SAE A two-bolt type flange is required to mount a hydraulic pump at the rear of the gear cover. The SAE B four-bolt type flange is required for a hydraulic pump to be mounted on the front of the gear cover. There is a specific drive required to match the different sizes of spline drives required for the optional hydraulic pumps. Engines that do not have a hydraulic pump drive must have parts that block the oil holes in the gear cover and housing for correct engine oil pressure. A four-bolt flange that has a blind plug welded to it must be installed on the front of the gear cover. The blind plug will extend into the bushing, blocking the oil drilling. A three-bolt cover that has two o-rings must be installed on the rear of the gear housing. A hydraulic pump drive can be installed by removing the blind plug flange and the cover. If only the rear drive port is used, a plain four-bolt cover and gasket must be installed on the front of the cover. If only the front drive port is used, a two-bolt cover and gasket must be installed on the rear of the pump drive.
Exploded View
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10.
Gear, Hydraulic Pump Drive Shaft, Hydraulic Pump Drive Bearing, Thrust Housing, Hydraulic Pump Drive Bearing, Thrust Washer, Clamping Ring, Retaining Gasket Cover, Hydraulic Pump Lock Washer and Locknut
Clean
Remove the capscrews and the lockwashers. Remove the cover from the pump. WARNING When using solvents, acids or alkaline materials for cleaning, follow the manufactures recommendation for use. Wear goggles and protective clothing to avoid personal injury. Remove adn discard the gasket. Use solvent to clean the drive.
Inspect for Reuse

Measure the clearance. mm 0.13 0.48 End Clearance MIN MAX in 0.005 0.019
If the end clearance is not within specifications, the assembly must be rebuilt. Refer to the Procedure, 009-006.
Install a new gasket. Install the cover on the pump. Install the lockwashers and the capscrews.
Disassemble
Remove the capscrews and the lockwashers. Remove the cover. Remove and discard the gasket.
Section 9 - Drive Units - Group 09 Remove the retaining ring.
Remove the clamping washer. Remove the thrust bearing.
Remove the housing. Remove the thrust bearing.
Assemble
Use Lubriplate No. 105 or equivalent to lubricate the grooved surface of the thrust bearing. Position the grooved surface of the thrust bearing as illustrated (3). Slide the shaft in the housing. NOTE: The gear must touch the thrust bearing.
Section 9 - Drive Units - Group 09 Use Lubriplate No. 105 or equivalent to lubricate the grooved surface of the thrust bearing. With the grooved surface positioned up, slide the thrust bearing over the shaft. The beveled edge of the clamping washer must be positioned against the thrust bearing. Slide the clamping washer over the shaft. The beveled edge of the retaining ring must be positioned as illustrated. Install the retaining ring.
Hydraulic Pump Drive Gear and Shaft (009-019) Page 9-17
Measure the clearance. mm 0.13 0.48 End Clearance MIN MAX in 0.005 0.019
If the end clearance is not within specifications, the assembly must be rebuilt. Refer to Procedure 009-016.
Install a new gasket. Install the cover. Install the lockwashers and the capscrews.
Hydraulic Pump Drive Gear and Shaft (009-019)

Disassemble
ONLY remove the gear from the shaft when the gear or the shaft must be replaced. Use an arbor press to remove the gear.
Rear Gear Drive (Lower Assembly) (009-023) Page 9-18
Assemble
Use Loctite 609 or the equivalent, apply a smooth layer on the I.D. of the gear. Support the gear and position the part number down. Use an arbor press to press the shaft through the gear until the shaft shoulder touches the gear.
Rear Gear Drive (Lower Assembly) (009-023)

Remove
Remove the upper rear gear drive assembly. Refer to Procedure 009-024.
Remove the transmission, clutch, and all related components. Refer to the equipment manufacturers instructions.
CAUTION The component weighs 23 kg [50 lb] or more. To avoid personal injury, use a hoist or get assistance to lift the component. Remove the starting motor capscrews, starter, spacers, and gaskets. Discard the gaskets. NOTE: Not All engines contain spacers. Only engines with wet type flywheel housings contain gaskets.
Section 9 - Drive Units - Group 09 CAUTION The component weighs 23 kg [50 lb] or more. To avoid personal injury, use a hoist or get assistance to lift the component. Use a 5/8 in guide stud. Remove one capscrew and install the guide stud. Use a hoist, two tee handles, and a lifting sling. Install the tee handles. Remove the remaining capscrews. Remove the flywheel. NOTE: Use a mallet to tap the flywheel from the crankshaft if necessary. WARNING Some state and federal agencies in the United States of America have determined that used engine oil can be carcinogenic and can cause reproductive toxicity. Avoid inhalation of vapors, ingestion, and prolonged contact with used engine oil. Always use the proper procedure to dispose of the used oil. CAUTION Hot oil can cause personal injury. Drain the oil when the oil temperature is less than 60C [140F]. Remove the drain plugs from the sump and adapter cover to drain the oil. Replace the copper washers and plugs. Tighten the drain plugs. Torque Value: 100 Nm [75 ft-lb]
Remove the capscrews and the rear crankshaft seal. Remove and discard the o-ring and seal.
Section 9 - Drive Units - Group 09 Remove the adapter cover plate or the oil pan (whichever is in the rear position). Angle the cover plate to allow the oil to drain. Remove and discard the gasket.
CAUTION This component weighs 23 kg [50 lb] or more. To avoid personal injury, use a hoist or get assistance to lift the component. Put a wooden block the width of the oil pan adapter between the support and the oil pan adapter to prevent damage to the engine. Use a jack stand or a suitable lifting fixture to support the rear of the engine. Put the support in position to allow access to the capscrews in the oil pan adapter that attach to the flywheel housing.
Remove the rear engine mounts from the flywheel housing if necessary.
Remove the two 7/16 in capscrews and the five 3/8 in capscrews that attach the oil pan adapter to the flywheel housing.
Section 9 - Drive Units - Group 09 CAUTION Be sure the rear gear train lower housing is secure BEFORE removing the flywheel housing. The lower housing rests on the guide studs and dowel pins, but is NOT fastened to the block. CAUTION The component weighs 23 kg [50 lb] or more. To avoid personal injury, use a hoist or get assistance to lift the component. Use two 5/8x6-1/2 in guide studs. Remove two capscrews. Install the guide studs. Use a hoist, a tee handle, and a lifting sling. Install the tee handle. Adjust the hoist until there is tension in the lifting sling. Remove the remaining capscrews, lockwashers, and nuts. NOTE: Two pry bars can be used to separate the lower housing of the rear gear train from the flywheel housing. Use a mallet to tap the flywheel housing off the two locating dowels. Remove and discard the rectangular seal and the bolt seals.
Use a hoist, two tee handles, and a lifting sling. Install the tee handles. Adjust the hoist until there is tension in the lifting sling.
Section 9 - Drive Units - Group 09 Use a mallet to tap the lower housing of the rear gear train off the two locating dowel pins in the rear face of the cylinder block. Remove and discard the rectangular seal, bolt seals, and main oil rifle seal.
Exploded View
Rear Gear Drive
Rear Gear Drive (Lower Assembly) (009-023) Page 9-24 Rear Gear Drive Exploded View Table 1. Dowel Pin 2. Seal, Rectangular Ring 3. Dowel Pin 4. Capscrew, Hexagon Head 5. Seal, Rectangular Ring 6. Bearing, Thrust 7. Seal, Rectangular Ring 8. Housing, Gear 9. Plug, Pipe 10. Seal, Rectangular Ring 11. Plug, Expansion 12. Shaft, Idler 13. Gear and Bushing, Hydraulic Pump 14. Seal, O-ring 15. Washer, Lock 16. Washer, Plain 17. Dowel Pin 18. Capscrew, Hexagon Head 19. Gasket, Hydraulic Pump 20. Capscrew, Hexagon Head 21. Capscrew, Hexagon Head 22. Capscrew, Hexagon Head 23. Plug, Pipe 24. Plug, Pipe 25. Housing, Hydraulic Drive 26. Bushing 27. Support, Hydraulic Pump 28. Bushing 29. Seal, O-ring 30. Capscrew, Hexagon Head 31. Bearing Thrust 32. Spacer, Bearing 33. Ring, Retaining 34. Gear, Hydraulic Pump 35. Shaft and Plug Assembly 36. Ring, Retaining 37. Washer, Lock 38. Capscrew, Hexagon Head 39. Gasket, Support, Hydraulic 40. Capscrew, Hexagon Head 41. Washer, Lock 42. 43. 44. 45. 46. 47. 48. 49. 50. 51. 52. 53. 54. 55. 56. 57. 58. 59. 60. 61. 62. 63. 64. 65. 66. 67. 68. 69. 70. 71. 72. 73. 74. 75. 76. 77. 78. 79. 80. 81.
Section 9 - Drive Units - Group 09 Gasket, Hydraulic Pump Flange Cover Cover, Hydraulic Pump Flange Bearing, Thrust Spacer, Bearing Support, Hydraulic Pump Bushing Ring, Retaining Gear, Hydraulic Pump Shaft and Plug Assembly Plug, Expansion Ring, Retaining Capscrew, Hexagon Head Washer, Lock Washer, Lock Plate, Cover Gasket, Hydraulic Pump Adapter, Hydraulic Pump Gasket, Hydraulic Pump Capscrew, Hagen Head Adapter, hydraulic Pump Washer, Lock Capscrew, Hexagon head Gasket, Support, Hydraulic Capscrew, Hexagon Head Capscrew, Hexagon Head Washer, Lock Plate, Cover Gasket, Hydraulic Pump Gasket, Hydraulic Pump Adapter, Hydraulic Pump Assembly, Coupling and Adapter Bearing, Thrust Spacer, Bearing Gear, Hydraulic Pump Support, Hydraulic Pump Bushing Ring, Retaining Gear, Hydraulic Pump Shaft and Plug Assembly Ring, Retaining
Disassemble
Remove the three capscrews from the idler shaft.
If the idler shaft has three holes, use a soft punch and a mallet. Rotate the idler shaft 30 degrees until the capscrew holes in the housing are not visible through the capscrew holes in the idler shaft.
Use three 3/8-24x2 in capscrews. Make sure the idler gear is secure. Alternately tighten the capscrews to pull the shaft from the housing. Remove the shaft, thrust washers, and gear. Remove and discard the o-ring.
If the idler shaft has five holes, use two 3/824x2 in capscrews. Make sure the idler gear is secure. Alternately tighten the capscrews to pull the shaft from the housing.
Inspect for Reuse

Remove all pipe plugs and clean all oil drillings. Be sure the oil drillings intersect. Clean and check the lower housing for damage.
CAUTION Check for debris in the main oil rifle. Any debris will cause rear gear train damage. Be sure the 1-1/8 in expansion plug is not installed in the end of the main oil rifle in the cylinder block. The main oil rifle must be OPEN to allow the oil to the rear gear train.
Inspect the two rear gear train housing dowel pins in the rear face of the cylinder block. Any damaged dowels must be replaced. Use dowel pin extractor, Part No. ST-1143, to remove the dowel pins. Use a brass or lead hammer to install the new dowel pins.
Assemble
The five hole style idler shaft does not have a hole for the internal hex pipe plug. Use Loctite to install the internal hex pipe plug into the end of the idler shaft. Torque Value: 11 Nm [8 in-lb] NOTE: Absence of the pipe plug can cause serious engine damage due to a loss in oil pressure to the rear gear train bushings.
Section 9 - Drive Units - Group 09 Use pipe sealant, Part No. 3375066, or equivalent sealant with liquid Teflon . Install five 1/8 in internal hex pipe plugs into the lower housing. Torque Value: 16 Nm [12 ft-lb]
Position the lower housing horizontally with the block mating surface facing up. Attempting to install the gear and idler shaft with the housing vertical can result in binding of the thrust bearings.
Use Lubriplate 105 or equivalent. Lubricate one thrust bearing and the counterbore in the lower housing near the expansion plug. Install the thrust bearing into the counterbore with the grooved side facing away from the housing.
Install 5/1618x2 in guide studs. Align the idler gear into the lower housing. Align and install the idler shaft into the idler gear and lower housing until the idler shaft pilot chamfer touches the lower housing.
Section 9 - Drive Units - Group 09 Make sure the machined surface on the back side of the lower housing is supported to prevent cracking of the housing. Use an arbor press to press the idler shaft into the lower housing until the mounting flange contacts the housing.
Remove the guide studs and install the three 5/16-18x3/4 in capscrews. Tighten the three capscrews. Torque Value: 20 Nm [15 ft-lb]
Rotate the gear to check for binding.
Use a dial indicator. Measure the idler gear end clearance. mm 0.10 0.51 Idler Gear End Clearance MIN MAX in 0.004 0.020
NOTE: If the end clearance is not within specifications, the thrust bearings must be replaced.
Install
NOTE: If an SAE 1 flywheel housing option is used, there must be two [5/811 x 6 1/2 in] studs, Part No. 3065777, installed in the upper holes of the cylinder block. Apply a small amount of Lubriplate 105 or gasket adhesive on the seal ring groove, the capscrew counterbores, and the dowel counterbores on the block side of the lower housing. Install the new rectangular seal ring, with the joint at the top into the groove in the lower housing. Install the ten new capscrew seals into the capscrew counterbores in the lower housing. Use Lubriplate 105 or equivalent on the main rifle seal. Install the main rifle seal into the counterbore surrounding the main rifle drilling. CAUTION Caution: The component weighs 23 kg [50 lb] or more. To avoid personal injury, use a hoist or get assistance to lift the components. Install two 5/8-11x1/2 inch guide studs into the rear face of the cylinder block. Use a hoist, two tee handles, and a lifting sling. Install the tee handles. Lift the lower housing of the rear gear train.
Install the lower housing of the rear gear train onto the dowel pins. Check the alignment of all capscrews seals, rectangular seal, and the main oil rifle seal. Use two 5/8-11x5 inch capscrews with flat washers in the locations shown. Tighten the capscrews alternately to pull the lower housing to the block.
Section 9 - Drive Units - Group 09 Use a dial indicator. Be sure the two capscrews are holding the lower housing firmly against the cylinder block. Check the gear lash. Lower Housing-To-Cylinder Block Gear Backlash mm in 0.05 MIN 0.002 0.51 MAX 0.015 If the gear lash is above acceptable limits, the rear gear train lower idler gear or crankshaft gear must be replaced. NOTE: Replace the idler gear first. If the gear lash is below acceptable limits (or if the gear replacement does not correct the lash), replace the housing. Use Lubriplate No. 105 or gasket adhesive on the seal ring groove and the 10 capscrew counterbores on the rear gear train lower housing side of the flywheel housing. Install the new rectangular seal ring, with the joint at the top, into the groove in the flywheel housing. Install the new capscrew seals and dowel seals into the counterbores in the lower housing.
CAUTION The component weighs 23 kg [50 lb] or more. To avoid personal injury, use a hoist or get assistance to life the component. Use two 5/8-11x6 1/2 inch guide studs. Use a hoist, tee handles, and a lifting sling. Install the flywheel housing onto the dowels in the rear gear train lower housing. Install the lock washers, capscrews, and nuts.
Use the following steps. Tighten using the sequence shown. Torque Value: Step 1 2 100 Nm 205 Nm [75 ft-lb] [150 ft-lb]
Section 9 - Drive Units - Group 09 Install the two capscrews 7/16-14x4 3/4 inch, Part No. 190799, and the five capscrews 3/8-16x4 3/4 inch, Part No. S106-C, with flat washers and lockwashers. Torque Value: 3/8-16 inch 7/16-14 inch 45 Nm 65 Nm [35 ft-lb] [50 ft-lb]
Install the upper housing of the rear gear train.
Use gasket adhesive on the gasket. Do not use an excessive amount of adhesive on the gasket. Align and install the rear gear train upper housing gasket to the rear gear train lower housing.
CAUTION The component weighs 23 kg [50 lbs.] or more. To avoid personal injury, use a hoist or get assistance to lift the component. NOTE: Use extra care when aligning the upper housing onto the lower housing to prevent gasket damage. Use the dowel pins to align the upper housing onto the lower housing.
Section 9 - Drive Units - Group 09 Use only SAE Grade 8 capscrews to install the upper housing. Install the following capscrews according to the table below. Ref 1 2 3 4 5 Location Top-Front Top-Rear Internal Bottom-Left Side Part No. 3202224 3202223 1691695 3202222 Size [inch] 1/2-13 x 9 1/4 1/2-13 x 7 1/2 1/2-13 x 1 3/4 1/2-13 x 1 3/4 1/2-13 x 1 3/4 Qty 2 2 4 2 3
Bottom-Right Side 3202222
Use the sequence shown to tighten the bolts. Torque Value: Step 1 Step 2 70 Nm 150 Nm [50 ft-lb] [110 ft-lb]
Use a dial indicator. Be sure the lower idler gear is secure. If the gear is not secure, the indicator reading will include the lower idler gear to the crankshaft gear backlash. mm 0.05 0.51 Idler Gear Backlash MIN MAX in 0.002 0.020
If the gear lash is less than specified limits, thicker gaskets are available. Do not use more than two gaskets to correct the backlash. If the gear lash is greater than the specification and the thinnest gasket is used, the upper and lower gears must be replaced.
Section 9 - Drive Units - Group 09 Use Lubriplate No. 105, or equivalent. Lubricate the outer hydraulic pump support bushing in the upper housing. Lubricate the bushing surfaces on both shafts in the outer hydraulic pump support drive assemblies. Install the outer hydraulic pump support drive.
NOTE: Some engines will not have an outer hydraulic pump support drive. These engines require a cover plate and a non-splined shaft, but do not use a hydraulic gear. Use gasket adhesive sparingly. Install the hydraulic support housing gaskets to both support mounting flanges on the outer hydraulic pump support drive assemblies.
If using the outer hydraulic pump support cover plate, install the non-splined shaft onto the cover plate. Use a 3/816 x 1-1/4 inch capscrew. Tighten the capscrew. Torque Value: 40 Nm [30 ft-lb]
Use three 7/16-14 x 4 inch guide studs. Install one outer hydraulic pump support drive assembly.
Section 9 - Drive Units - Group 09 Install four capscrews. Hand-tighten the capscrews. Remove the guide studs. Install the remaining three capscrews. Use the sequence and torque as shown. Tighten the capscrews. Torque Value: 70 Nm [50 ft-lb]
Install the other outer hydraulic pump using the same procedure.
Rear Gear Drive (Upper Assembly) (009-024) Page 9-35
Rear Gear Drive (Upper Assembly) (009-024)

Exploded View
Rear Gear Drive
Rear Gear Drive (Upper Assembly) (009-024) Page 9-36 Rear Gear Drive Exploded View Table 1. Dowel Pin 2. Seal, Rectangular Ring 3. Dowel Pin 4. Capscrew, Hexagon Head 5. Seal, Rectangular Ring 6. Bearing, Thrust 7. Seal, Rectangular Ring 8. Housing, Gear 9. Plug, Pipe 10. Seal, Rectangular Ring 11. Plug, Expansion 12. Shaft, Idler 13. Gear and Bushing, Hydraulic Pump 14. Seal, O-ring 15. Washer, Lock 16. Washer, Plain 17. Dowel Pin 18. Capscrew, Hexagon Head 19. Gasket, Hydraulic Pump 20. Capscrew, Hexagon Head 21. Capscrew, Hexagon Head 22. Capscrew, Hexagon Head 23. Plug, Pipe 24. Plug, Pipe 25. Housing, Hydraulic Drive 26. Bushing 27. Support, Hydraulic Pump 28. Bushing 29. Seal, O-ring 30. Capscrew, Hexagon Head 31. Bearing Thrust 32. Spacer, Bearing 33. Ring, Retaining 34. Gear, Hydraulic Pump 35. Shaft and Plug Assembly 36. Ring, Retaining 37. Washer, Lock 38. Capscrew, Hexagon Head 39. Gasket, Support, hydraulic 40. Capscrew, Hexagon Head 41. Washer, Lock 42. 43. 44. 45. 46. 47. 48. 49. 50. 51. 52. 53. 54. 55. 56. 57. 58. 59. 60. 61. 62. 63. 64. 65. 66. 67. 68. 69. 70. 71. 72. 73. 74. 75. 76. 77. 78. 79. 80. 81.
Section 9 - Drive Units - Group 09 Gasket, Hydraulic Pump Flange Cover Cover, Hydraulic Pump Flange Bearing, Thrust Spacer, Bearing Support, Hydraulic Pump Bushing Ring, Retaining Gear, Hydraulic Pump Shaft and Plug Assembly Plug, Expansion Ring, Retaining Capscrew, Hexagon Head Washer, Lock Washer, Lock Plate, Cover Gasket, Hydraulic Pump Adapter, Hydraulic Pump Gasket, Hydraulic Pump Capscrew, Hexagon Head Adapter, hydraulic Pump Washer, Lock Capscrew, Hexagon head Gasket, Support, Hydraulic Capscrew, Hexagon Head Capscrew, Hexagon Head Washer, Lock Plate, Cover Gasket, hydraulic Pump Gasket, Hydraulic Pump Adapter, Hydraulic Pump Assembly, Coupling and Adapter Bearing, Thrust Spacer, Bearing Gear, Hydraulic Pump Support, Hydraulic Pump Bushing Ring, Retaining Gear, Hydraulic Pump Shaft and Plug Assembly Ring, Retaining
Disassemble
NOTE: The hydraulic pump supports and the hydraulic pump adapters can be different. Mark the parts for location. Remove the hydraulic pump support and the hydraulic pump adapters or cover plates. Remove and discard the gaskets.
NOTE: Some engines will not have an outer hydraulic drive. These engines require a cover plate and a nonsplined shaft, but do not use a hydraulic gear. If using a cover plate, remove the cover plate and nonsplined shaft. Remove the seven capscrews from each outboard hydraulic drive or cover plate.
CAUTION This component weighs 23 kg [50 lb] or more. To avoid personal injury, use a hoist or get assistance to lift the component. WARNING Care MUST be taken to avoid possible breakage of the capscrew mounting flanges. The outboard hydraulic pump supports must be rotated to remove from the housing. Use a mallet. Carefully tap the side of the support.
Use a pry bar to remove both outboard hydraulic pump supports.
Section 9 - Drive Units - Group 09 CAUTION This component weighs 23 kg [50 lb] or more. To avoid personal injury, use a hoist or get assistance to lift the component. Use a hoist and lifting sling. Install the lifting sling around both sides of the upper housing. Adjust the hoist until there is tension in the lifting sling.
CAUTION The center gear in the drive protrudes from the bottom of the housing. Use wood blocks to raise the housing and prevent the gear from being damaged. Remove the four capscrews from the top of the housing (A), the four internal capscrews (B), the two capscrews from the bottom of the upper housing on the left side (C), and the three capscrews from the bottom on the right side (D). Remove the rear gear train upper housing from the lower housing. Remove the gasket. Keep the gasket for future use.
Remove the center hydraulic pump adapter and/or cover plate. Remove and discard the gaskets.
Remove the four capscrews from the hydraulic pump support an the engine side of the upper housing. Use two 1/420x2 inch capscrews. Alternately tighten the capscrews to pull the support plate from the housing. Remove and discard the o-ring.
Section 9 - Drive Units - Group 09 Remove the tapered retaining ring from the hydraulic pump drive shaft on the pump side. Remove the bearing spacer and the thrust bearing. Check the bearing spacer for wear against the shaft shoulder.
Make sure the center drive gear will not drop. Remove the drive shaft from the upper housing. Remove the gear.
Remove the thrust washer from the counterbore in the upper housing.
Remove the square retaining ring from the drive shaft.
Inspect for Reuse

Use a bore cleaning brush and safety solvent. Clean and inspect the upper housing for damage. Clean and inspect all oil drillings for debris. NOTE: Do not remove the 1-inch internal hex pipe plug in the upper housing near the center drive bore. Do not remove the 1/8-inch pipe plug that is on the same housings located on the engine side of the housing into the right side outboard hydraulic bushing bore.
Inspect the two rear gear train upper housing dowel pins in the top of the lower housing. Any damaged dowels must be replaced. Use dowel pin remover, Part No. ST-1134, to remove the dowel pins. Use a brass or lead hammer to install the dowel pins.
Measure the thickness of the gasket used on the rear gear train upper housing. Refer to the following table for the part number and dimension. Upper to Lower Housing Gasket Thickness Nominal (New*) mm in Part No. 205723 0.38 NOMINAL 0.015 Part No. 3077231 0.51 NOMINAL 0.020 Part No. 3201852 0.76 NOMINAL 0.030 NOTE: * Used gaskets measure thinner.
Clean and check the center gear for damage. Check the gear teeth for excessive fretting. Check the internal splines for wear.
Section 9 - Drive Units - Group 09 Check the center drive shaft. Check the external splines for wear.
Inspect the bushing diameters on the shaft for wear. If a fingernail will catch on scratches or grooves, replace the shaft. Measure the shaft of the bushing diameters. mm 47.536 47.549 Center Drive Shaft Bushing I.D. MIN MAX in 1.8715 1.8720
NOTE: If the bushing does not meet the specifications, the bushing must be replaced.
Inspect the thrust bearings. Measure the thrust bearing thickness. Upper Housing Thrust Bearing Thickness mm in 2.27 MIN 0.085 2.31 MAX 0.091 NOTE: If the thrust bearings do not meet the specifications, the bearings must be replaced. Check the retaining rings for damage. Check the spacer bearing for damage.
Inspect the three hydraulic pump support bushings in the upper housing. If a fingernail will catch on scratches or grooves, replace the bushing. Measure the bushing inside diameter. Hydraulic Drive Housing Bushing I.D. mm in 47.60 MIN 1.874 47.68 MAX 1.877 If the bushing does not meet the specifications, the bushing must be replaced.
Section 9 - Drive Units - Group 09 Inspect the hydraulic pump support bushing in the shaft support plate. If a fingernail will catch on the scratches or grooves, replace the bushing. Measure the bushing inside diameter. Hydraulic Pump Support Bushing I.D. mm in 47.60 MIN 1.874 47.68 MAX 1.877 If the bushing does not meet the specifications, the bushing must be replaced. Refer to Procedure No. 009037.
Assemble
Use Lubriplate 105 or equivalent. Lubricate the center hydraulic shaft bushing, two thrust bearings, and the two counterbores next to the center bushing in the housing. Install the two thrust bearings with the grooved side facing away from the housing into the counterbore.
Install the non-tapered retaining ring onto the center drive shaft on the end closest to the external splines.
Use Lubriplate 105 or equivalent. Lubricate the pump side bushing surface on the center drive shaft, the external splines on the drive shaft, and the internal splines on the gear. Align the gear in the housing. Install the shaft into the housing and gear from the engine side of the upper housing.
Section 9 - Drive Units - Group 09 Install the bearing spacers and tapered retaining ring with the beveled side facing the pump side of the drive shaft.
Use Lubriplate 105 or equivalent. Lubricate the engine side bushing surface on the center hydraulic pump drive shaft and the bushing in the hydraulic pump drive shaft and the bushing in the hydraulic pump drive shaft. Use clean engine oil to lubricate the o-ring. Install the o-ring into the groove on the support. Install the hydraulic pump support. Install the four 5/1618x3/4 inch capscrews. Tighten the capscrews. Torque Value: 20 Nm [15 ft-lb]
Use a dial indicator. Measure the end clearance. mm 0.10 0.51 Center Drive End Clearance MIN MAX in 0.004 0.020
Install the hydraulic pump adapter or cover plate and gasket. Install the four capscrews. Tighten the adapter or cover plate to the correct torque. Torque Value: Adapter Cover Plate SAE C/SAE B Drive Cover Plate SAE A Drive 95 Nm 95 Nm 40 Nm [70 ft-lb] [70 ft-lb] [35 ft-lb]
Section 9 - Drive Units - Group 09 Use Lubriplate 105 or equivalent. Lubricate the outer hydraulic pump support bushings in the upper housing. Lubricate the bushing surfaces on both shafts in the outer hydraulic pump support drive assemblies.
NOTE: Some engines will not have an outer hydraulic pump support drive. These engines require a cover plate and a non-splined shaft, but do not use a hydraulic gear. Use a gasket adhesive sparingly. Install the hydraulic support housing gaskets to both support mounting flanges on the outer hydraulic pump support drive assemblies.
If using the outer hydraulic pump support cover plate, install the non-splined shaft onto the cover plate. Use a 3/8-16x1-1/4 inch capscrew. Torque Value: 40 Nm [30 ft-lb]
CAUTION This component weighs 23 kg [50 lb.] or more. To avoid personal injury, use a hoist or get assistance to lift the component. Use three 7/16-14x4 inch guide studs. Install one outer hydraulic pump support drive assembly. Torque Value: 70 Nm [50 ft-lb]
Section 9 - Drive Units - Group 09 Use a dial indicator. Make sure the outer hydraulic drive shaft will not move. Measure the center drive gear to the outer drive gear backlash. Center Drive Gear to Outer Drive Gear Backlash mm in 0.10 MIN 0.004 0.51 MAX 0.020 NOTE: If the gear lash is above the specifications, one or both of the gears must be replaced.
Remove the four capscrews and outer hydraulic drive assembly.
Use three 7/1614x4 inch guide studs. Install one outer hydraulic pump support drive assembly. Tighten the capscrews. Torque Value: 70 Nm [50 ft-lb]
Use a dial indicator. Make sure the outer hydraulic drive shaft will not move. Measure the center drive gear to the outer drive gear backlash. Center Drive Gear to Outer Drive Gear Backlash mm in 0.10 MIN 0.004 0.51 MAX 0.020 NOTE: If the gear lash is above the specifications, one or both of the gears must be replaced.
Section 9 - Drive Units - Group 09 Install four capscrews. Hand tighten the capscrews. Remove the guide studs. Install the remaining three capscrews. Use the sequence and tighten as shown. Torque Value: 70 Nm [50 ft-lb]
Use the same procedures to install the other hydraulic drive assembly. Install the assembly.
The water pump drive is mounted on the front gear housing. It is connected to the water pump with a spline coupling. A pulley on the end of the water pump drive shaft provides power to the vehicle alternator with a belt. There is a bushing in the front gear cover at the front of the water pump drive shaft. There are two bushings in the drive support at the rear of the drive shaft. It is not necessary to machine the bushings in the support when replacement is required. Oil is supplied to the bushings in the support through a drilling in the support. Some of the oil that enters the bushing area lubricates the spline coupling through a hole in the shaft. There must be an orifice plug in the splined end of the shaft to prevent excessive oil from entering the spline coupling. The oil drilling must have an expansion plug that has an orifice to prevent excessive oil from being transmitted to the water pump bearings. The expansion plug is located on the water pump end of the drive. CAUTION A pulley pusher must be used to install the alternator drive pulley. Do not use a hammer. If a hammer is used to install the pulley, the water pump drive gear will move on the shaft and excessive clearance in the drive will result. Excessive clearance will cause the thrust bearings to fall out and cause the drive to fail.
Exploded View
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10.
Plug, Protective Pulley, Alternator Drive Gear, Water Pump and Alternator Drive Shaft, Water Pump and Alternator Drive Gasket, Water Pump Support Bearing, Thrust Bushing, Water Pump Drive Support, Water Pump Retainer Plug, Pipe
Inspect for Reuse

Measure the water pump drive end clearance. mm 0.23 0.33 Water Pump Drive End Clearance MIN MAX in 0.009 0.013
If the end clearance is not within specifications, replace or rebuild the assembly. NOTE: Oversize thrust bearings are available to adjust the end clearance.
Inspect the water pump drive bushing in the front cover for excessive wear or damage.
Inspect the alternator drive pulley for reuse. Refer to Procedure 009-004. Inspect the water pump for reuse. Refer to Procedure 008-062.
Disassemble
Use a press to remove the gear from the shaft. Support the housing and press the shaft downwards
Section 9 - Drive Units - Group 09 Remove the gear and front thrust bearing. Remove the pipe plug from the water pump support housing.
Remove the shaft and rear thrust bearing. Check the water pump support for an orifice expansion plug (A). Check the shaft for an orifice pipe plug (B). The plugs must be removed to clean the oil drillings if dirt or debris is found in the main oil passage. Do not remove the plugs if the main oil passage is clean.
Assemble
If the pipe plug with an orifice was removed, use a driver to install the plug (A). The plug must be inserted below the surface of the support housing. If the orifice pipe plug (B) was removed, install the plug in the shaft. Torque Value: 15 Nm [135 in-lb]
CAUTION The rear thrust bearing MUST be installed with the oil grooves TOWARD the shaft retainer. Failure will result if the bearing is NOT installed correctly. Lubricate the oil groove surface of the rear thrust bearing with Lubriplate No. 105 or equivalent. Install the bearing on the shaft with the grooved surface against the shaft retainer. Lubricate both the shaft and the water pump support bushings. Insert the shaft and rear thrust washer into the water pump support housing.
Section 9 - Drive Units - Group 09 CAUTION The front thrust bearing MUST be installed with the oil grooves TOWARD the gear. Failure will result if the bearing is NOT installed correctly. Lubricate the oil groove surface of the front thrust bearing with Lubriplate No. 105 or equivalent. Install the bearing onto the housing with the grooved surface against the gear.
Water Pump Drive Gear and Shaft (009-031) Page 9-51
Support the housing and shaft assembly in a hydraulic press. Clean any Lubriplate from the shaft and apply an even coating of Loctite 609 or equivalent to the inside diameter of the gear. Press the gear onto the shaft until the gear touches the shoulder of the shaft.
Use a dial indicator. Measure the clearance. mm 0.23 0.33 Water Pump Drive End Clearance MIN MAX in 0.009 0.013
If the end clearance is not within specifications, check to be sure that both thrust bearings are correctly positioned in the water pump support counterbores. If the bearings are correct and the end clearance is not within specifications, the drive must be completely disassembled and the components dimensions checked. Oversize thrust bearings are available to adjust the end clearance.
Water Pump Drive Gear and Shaft (009-031)

Disassemble
NOTE: The gear should be removed from the shaft ONLY when the gear or the shaft must be replaced. Support the gear with the oil hole positioned as shown. Use an arbor press to remove the gear.
Water Pump Drive Bushing (009-030) Page 9-52
Assemble
Use Loctite 609 or equivalent. Apply a smooth coating on the I.D. of the gear. Support the gear. Use an arbor press to press the shaft in the gear until it touches the shoulder of the shaft.
Water Pump Drive Bushing (009-030)

Disassemble
Support the housing. Use an arbor press and a mandrel to remove the bushings.
Assemble
Support the housing. CAUTION Do not block the oil drilling in the housing. Use an arbor press and a mandrel to install the bushings. The bushings must be even with to a maximum of 0.38 mm [0.015 inch] below the housing surface.
Water Pump Drive Pulley (009-032)

Clean
Use solvent to clean the alternator drive and the accessory drive pulley.
Outer Hydraulic Pump Support Drive (009-036) Page 9-53
Inspect for Reuse

Check the grooves of the pulley for wear. Check the wear sleeve on the accessory drive pulley. If the wear sleeve needs replaced, use a chisel and remove the wear sleeve. Check the Pulley O.D. for damage. Use an arbor press and a mandrel to install the new wear sleeve even with the end of the pulley.
Outer Hydraulic Pump Support Drive (009-036)

Disassemble
Remove the hydraulic pump adapter and/or cover plate. Remove and discard the gasket
Remove the tapered retaining ring, bearing spacer, and thrust bearing. Check bearing spacer for wear against the shaft shoulder.
Remove the hydraulic pump support from the splined drive shaft.
Section 9 - Drive Units - Group 09 Remove the thrust bearing, gear, and non-tapered retaining ring from the splined drive shaft.
Inspect for Reuse

Visually inspect the idler gear for chipped, broken, or cracked teeth. Check the internal splines for wear.
Check the hydraulic pump drive shaft. Check the external splines for wear.
Inspect the bushing diameters on the shaft for wear. If a fingernail will catch on scratches or grooves, then the shaft must be replaced. Measure the shaft in the bushing area. mm 47.536 47.549 Drive Shaft Bushing Diameters MIN MAX in 1.8715 1.8720
Section 9 - Drive Units - Group 09 Clean and inspect the thrust bearings. Measure the thrust bearing thickness. mm 2.27 2.31 Thrust Bearing Thickness MIN MAX in 0.085 0.091
Check the retaining rings for damage. Inspect the hydraulic pump support bushing. If a fingernail will catch on scratches or grooves, then the bushing must be replaced. Measure the bushing inside diameter. Hydraulic Pump Support Bushing I.D. mm in 47.60 MIN 1.874 47.68 MAX 1.877
Install
Install the four capscrews and hand tighten the capscrews. Remove the guide studs. Install the remaining three capscrews. Use the sequence and torque as shown. Tighten the capscrews. Torque Value: 70 Nm [50 ft-lb] NOTE: The backlash is to be measured during rebuild. Refer to Procedure No. 009-023.
Use the same procedures to install the other outer hydraulic drive assembly. Install the assembly.
Assemble
Install the non-tapered snap ring onto the drive shaft. Use Lubriplate 105 or equivalent. Lubricate the external splines on the drive shaft and the internal splines on the gear. Align and install the gear onto the drive shaft.
Use Lubriplate 105 or equivalent. Lubricate the hydraulic pump support bushing, counterbore, and one thrust bearing. Place the thrust bearing with the groove side up into the counterbore of the cone shaped end of the hydraulic pump support.
Place the gear and shaft assembly on end with the gear end down. Align and install the hydraulic pump support cone end first onto the drive shaft and gear assembly.
Use Lubriplate 105 or equivalent. Lubricate one thrust bearing. Install the thrust bearing into the counterbore of the hydraulic pump support with groove side up.
Section 9 - Drive Units - Group 09 With the beveled side up, install the bearing spacer over the drive shaft. With the beveled side up, install the tapered retaining ring into the groove on the drive shaft.
Hydraulic Pump Support Bushing (009-037) Page 9-57
Measure the gear end clearance. mm 0.10 0.51 Hydraulic Drive Gear End Clearance MIN MAX in 0.004 0.020
Install the hydraulic pump adapter or cover plate and gasket. Tighten the adapter or cover plate to the correct torque. Torque Value: Adapter Torque Value: Cover Plate SAE A drive 95 Nm [70 ft-lb]
SAE C/SAE B drive 95 Nm 40 Nm [35 ft-lb]
[70 ft-lb]
Hydraulic Pump Support Bushing (009-037)

Remove
Use a blind bushing puller to remove the bushing.
Hydraulic Pump Support Bushing (009-037) Page 9-58
Inspect for Reuse

Measure the bushing bore. mm 53.86 53.92 Hydraulic Pump Support Bore I.D. MIN MAX in 2.121 2.123
NOTE: If the bushing bore is not within specifications, replace the support.
Install
Use an appropriate bushing mandrel and a press. Install the bushing flush with the support or no more than 5.08 mm [0.200 in] below the surface.
Measure the bushing inside diameter again. Hydraulic Pump Support Bushing Bore I.D. mm in 47.60 MIN 1.874 47.68 MAX 1.877 NOTE: If the bushing is not within specifications, replace the support.
Section 10 - Air Intake System - Group 10
Page 10-a

Section Contents
Page Aftercooler Assembly .................................................................................................................................... Assemble .................................................................................................................................................... Clean ......................................................................................................................................................... Disassemble ............................................................................................................................................... Exploded View............................................................................................................................................. Inspect for Reuse ....................................................................................................................................... 10-3 10-5 10-4 10-4 10-3 10-4
Aftercooler Coolant Tube ............................................................................................................................... 10-6 Clean ......................................................................................................................................................... 10-6 Inspect for Reuse ....................................................................................................................................... 10-6 Air Crossover ................................................................................................................................................. 10-7 Clean ......................................................................................................................................................... 10-7 Inspect for Reuse ....................................................................................................................................... 10-7 Air Intake System - General Information ....................................................................................................... 10-1 Preparatory ................................................................................................................................................. 10-1 Charge Air Cooler (CAC) ................................................................................................................................ Clean ......................................................................................................................................................... Inspect for Reuse ....................................................................................................................................... Leak Test .................................................................................................................................................... 10-8 10-8 10-8 10-9
Service Tools.................................................................................................................................................. 10-2 Air Intake System......................................................................................................................................... 10-2 Turbocharger Heat Shield............................................................................................................................. Clean ........................................................................................................................................................ Marine Applications ............................................................................................................................... Inspect for Reuse ...................................................................................................................................... Marine Applications ............................................................................................................................... Install ........................................................................................................................................................ Marine Applications ............................................................................................................................... Remove .................................................................................................................................................... Marine Applications ............................................................................................................................... 10-11 10-11 10-11 10-11 10-11 10-11 10-11 10-11 10-11
Turbocharger, Water-Cooled......................................................................................................................... 10-10 Clean ........................................................................................................................................................ 10-10 Inspect for Reuse ...................................................................................................................................... 10-10
Air Intake System - General Information Page 10-1
Air Intake System - General Information

Preparatory
The combustion air system consists of air intake system, turbocharger (A), air crossover (C), and aftercooler assembly (D). The aftercooler assembly (or intake manifold) to cylinder head mounting capscrews are covered by rubber sleeves. The rubber sleeves are located on the top mounting capscrews at the cylinder head. These sleeves prevent capscrew damage by keeping dirt and water off of the threads. These sleeves must be replaced during rebuild. All QSK19 engines have turbochargers. The turbochargers also have water cooled bearing housings. This gives the turbocharger increased working life by reducing the harm of hot shutdowns. The turbocharger uses exhaust gas energy to turn the turbine wheel. This turbine wheel drives a compressor impeller that provides pressurized air to the engine for combustion. QSK19 engines can have either JWAC (jacket water after cooled) air cooling systems, or LTA (low temperature aftercooling) air cooling systems. These systems use engine coolant to cool the inlet air between the turbocharger and the engine. Refer to the coolant flow diagrams. Rail Applications Because the QSK19 Rail engine uses an air-to-air aftercooler, there is no aftercooler element in the intake manifold that uses coolant to cool the intake air. The intake housing is a one-piece component that contains an inlet duct. This air-to-air aftercooler has a turbocharger outlet elbow which is unique to all QSK19 air-to-air cooled engines.
Service Tools
Air Intake System
Tool No. Manometer
Tool Description Used to measure air inlet restriction.
Tool Illustration
ST-1111-3
Dial depth gauge ST-537 Used to check for proper nozzle ring crush or end clearance checks on turbochargers.
Aftercooler Assembly (010-002) Page 10-3
Aftercooler Assembly (010-002)

Exploded View
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14.
Gasket, Intake Manifold Seal, Grommet Retainer, Seal Gasket, Connection Screw, Captive Washer Cap Seal, Rectangular Ring Screw, Captive Washer Cap Seal, O-ring Plug, Threaded Plug, Threaded Seal, O-ring Screw, Captive Washer Cap Screw, Captive Washer Cap Washer, Plain
15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. 21. 22. 23. 24. 25. 26. 27.
Screw, Captive Washer Cap Gasket, Exhaust Manifold Screw, Hex Flange Head Cap Spacer, Mounting Gasket, Aftercooler Housing Gasket, Aftercooler Cover Screw, hexagon Head Cap Manifold, Exhaust Connection, Air Crossover Cover, Aftercooler Manifold, Exhaust Core, Aftercooler Housing, Aftercooler
Clean
WARNING When using solvents, acids, or alkaline materials for cleaning, follow the manufacturers recommendations for use. Wear goggles and protective clothing to avoid personal injury. Use solvent to clean the exterior of the aftercooler assembly. NOTE: Use a solvent that will not harm copper. Use solvent to clean the elements.
Inspect for Reuse

Inspect the aftercooler for reuse. Look into the cylinder head ports and into the aftercooler for indications of coolant leakage.
Use a hose with a plugged with a pipe plug to plug one water tube as shown. Attach an air line and gauge to the remaining tube. Pressure check the element. Apply air pressure and check for leaks. kPa 415 Air Pressure MAX psi 60
NOTE: Heating the tank water to 50C (120F) will improve the test results.
Disassemble
Remove the capscrews, seal retainer (3), gaskets (4), and seals (5). Discard the seals and gaskets.
Section 10 - Air Intake System - Group 10 Remove the aftercooler cover capscrews and cover.
Remove the element and gaskets. Inspect the cover and intake manifold gasket surfaces for damage. Inspect the threaded holes for damage. Discard the gaskets.
Assemble
Install the element and two new gaskets.
Install the aftercooler cover and capscrews. Do not tighten the capscrews until after the seals are installed.
Aftercooler Coolant Tube (010-006) Page 10-6
Section 10 - Air Intake System - Group 10 Use engine oil to lubricate the seals. Install the seal on the retainer. Use clean engine oil to lubricate the O.D. of the water bosses on the aftercooer element. Slide the gasket on the water bosses. Slide the seal and retainer on the tube. Install the capscrews, and tighten. Torque Value: 35 Nm [25 ft-lb]
Install the 24 capscrews. Tighten using the following steps and values. Torque Value: Step 1 Step 2 35 Nm 50 Nm [25 ft-lb] [35 ft-lb]
Aftercooler Coolant Tube (010-006)

Clean
WARNING When using solvents, acids, or alkaline materials for cleaning, follow the manufacturers recommendations for use. Wear goggles and protective clothing to avoid personal injury. Use solvent to clean the aftercooler water inlet and outlet tubes. Dry with solvent. Use a wire brush to clean the hose sealing surfaces.
Inspect for Reuse

Inspect the aftercooler water tubes for damage.
Air Crossover (010-019) Page 10-7
Air Crossover (010-019)

Clean
WARNING When using solvents, acids, or alkaline materials for cleaning, follow the manufacturers recommendations for use. Wear goggles and protective clothing to avoid personal injury. Use solvent to clean the air crossover. Use compressed air to dry the air crossover.
Marine WARNING When using solvents, acids, or alkaline materials for cleaning, follow the manufacturers recommendations for use. Wear goggles and protective clothing to avoid personal injury. Use solvent to clean the parts. Use compressed air to dry the parts.
Inspect for Reuse

Inspect the air crossover for cracks, breaks, holes, and worn bolt holes.
Marine NOTE: The Marine air crossover hose (3) is a different material hose than the standard QSK19 hose. Inspect the crossover tube for cracks. Inspect the bore for any blockage. Inspect the o-ring grove on the mounting flange and the hose clamps (4) for any wear or damage.
Charge Air Cooler (CAC) (010-027) Page 10-8
Charge Air Cooler (CAC) (010-027)

Clean
If the engine experiences a turbocharger failure or any other occasion where oil or debris is put into the CAC, (charge air cooler) the CAC must be cleaned. Remove the CAC piping and CAC from the vehicle. Refer to the manufacturers instructions.
CAUTION Do not use caustic cleaners to clean the CAC. Damage to the CAC will result. Flush the CAC internally with solvent in the opposite direction of normal air flow. Shake the CAC and lightly tap on the end tanks with a rubber mallet to dislodge trapped debris. Continue flushing until all debris or oil is removed. NOTE: Be sure the tubes are in the vertical direction when flushing. If the debris cannot be totally removed from the CAC, the CAC must be replaced.
CAUTION The CAC must be rinsed, dried and free of solvent, oil and debris or engine damage will result. After the CAC has been thoroughly cleaned of all oil and debris with solvent, wash the CAC internally with hot soapy water to remove the remaining solvent. Rinse thoroughly with clean water. Blow compressed air through the inside of the CAC in the opposite direction of normal air flow until the CAC is dry internally.
Inspect for Reuse

Visually inspect the CAC for cracks, holes or damage. Inspect the tubes, the fins and the welds for tears, breaks or other damage. If any damage causes the CAC to fail the air leak check, the CAC must be replaced. NOTE: Always clean and inspect the CAC piping and hoses prior to installation.
Charge Air Cooler (CAC) (010-027) Page 10-9
Leak Test
WARNING To prevent possible injury if either plug blows off during the test, secure safety chains on the test plugs to any convenient capscrew on the radiator assembly. This test must not be performed without securely fastened safety chains. To check the CAC for cracked tubes or header, remove the inlet and outlet hoses from the cooler. The CAC does not have to be removed from the chassis. Install a plug or cap over the outlet side of the cooler. Install a pressure gauge and a regulated shop air supply line with a shutoff valve to the inlet side of the cooler. Apply air pressure to the cooler until the pressure gauge reads a steady 207 kPa [30 psi] of air pressure. Shut off the air flow to the cooler and start a stopwatch at the same time. Record the leakage at 15 seconds. If the pressure drop is 34 kPa [5 psi] or less in 15 seconds, the cooler is okay. If the pressure drop exceeds 34 kPa [5 psi] in 15 seconds, check all connections again.
Determine if the pressure drop is caused by a leak in the CAC or from a leaky connection. Use a spray bottle filled with soapy water applied to all hose connections, and watch for bubbles to appear at the location of the leak. If the pressure drop is caused by a leaky connection, repair the connection and repeat the test. If the leak is within the CAC, repeat the test to verify the accuracy of the pressure drop measurement. Similar pressure drop readings must be obtained at least three consecutive tests before the reading can be considered accurate. NOTE: If a CAC leaks more than 34 kPa [5 psi] in 15 seconds, it will appear as a major leak in a leak tank.
If the pressure drop is greater than 34 kPa [5 psi] in 15 seconds, the CAC must be replaced. Refer to the manufacturers repair manual for replacement instructions. NOTE: Charge air coolers are not designed to be 100% leak free. If the pressure drop is less than 34 kPa [5 psi] in 15 seconds, then the CAC does not need to be replaced.
Turbocharger, Water-Cooled (010-037) Page 10-10
Turbocharger, Water-Cooled (010-037)

Clean
WARNING When using solvents, acids, or alkaline materials for cleaning, follow the manufacturers recommendations for use. Wear goggles and protective clothing to avoid personal injury. CAUTION Tape or plug all openings to prevent solvent or steam from entering the oil cavities in the turbocharger. Use steam to clean the turbocharger.
Inspect for Reuse

Check the exterior of the turbocharger for damage. Check the wheel for fretting and broken vanes. Use a dial indicator to measure the turbocharger end clearance. Measure the end clearance. mm 0.05 0.13 Turbocharger End Clearance MIN MAX in 0.002 0.005
NOTE: If the end clearance exceeds the specifications, the turbocharger must be replaced or rebuilt. Refer to the Turbocharger Service Repair Manual, Bulletin No. 3580999, for rebuild instructions. Use your hand to push the impeller end of the shaft toward the housing. Use a wire type gauge to measure the clearance between the impeller and the housing at the minimum clearance point. Holset HX82 Turbocharger mm Compressor Impeller 0.15 MIN 0.45 MAX Turbine Wheel 0.20 MIN 0.55 MAX in 0.006 0.018 0.008 0.210
NOTE: If the clearance exceeds the specifications, the turbocharger must be replaced or rebuilt. Refer to the Turbocharger Service Repair Manual, Bulletin No. 3580999, for rebuild instructions.
Turbocharger Heat Shield (010-076) Page 10-11
Turbocharger Heat Shield (010-076)

Remove
Marine Applications CAUTION Do not remove insulation from inside of turbocharger heat shield. Insulation is permanently affixed to the heat shield. Remove the turbocharger heat shield mounting capscrews. Remove the turbocharger heat shield.
Clean
Marine Applications WARNING When using solvents, acids, or alkaline materials for cleaning, follow the manufacturers recommendations for use. Wear goggles and protective clothing to avoid personal injury. Use solvent to clean the turbocharger heat shield. NOTE: Take care not to damage the turbocharger heat shield insulation.
Inspect for Reuse

Marine Applications Inspect the turbocharger heat shield for cracks, holes, and damaged bolt holes.
Install
Marine Applications Install the turbocharger heat shield. Install and tighten the turbocharger heat shield mounting capscrews. Torque Value: 35 Nm [25 ft-lb]
Turbocharger Heat Shield (010-076) Page 10-12
NOTES
Section 11 - Exhaust System - Group 11
Page 11-a

Section Contents
Page Exhaust Manifold, Dry .................................................................................................................................... Assemble .................................................................................................................................................... Clean .......................................................................................................................................................... Marine Applications ................................................................................................................................ Disassemble ............................................................................................................................................... Inspect for Reuse ....................................................................................................................................... Marine Applications ................................................................................................................................ 11-1 11-3 11-1 11-2 11-2 11-2 11-3
Exhaust Manifold Heat Shield........................................................................................................................ 11-3 Clean .......................................................................................................................................................... 11-3 Inspect for Reuse ....................................................................................................................................... 11-4 Exhaust System - General Information .......................................................................................................... 11-1 General Information .................................................................................................................................... 11-1
Exhaust System - General Information Page 11-1
Exhaust System - General Information

General Information
This section covers ONLY those repairs to the exhaust manifold. Please refer muffler and exhaust pipe repairs to the original equipment manufacturer. The exhaust system consists of the exhaust manifold and exhaust piping. NOTE: There is no exploded view pertaining to this section.
Rail Applications The QSK19 Rail engine exhaust center section has been changed to accommodate the angle of the exhaust transfer connection. The exhaust transfer connection allows the turbocharger to be extended above and over the rocker covers to maintain a low profile design needed in a railcar application. The exhaust transfer connection has two supporting brackets that mount to the No. 2 and No. 3 rocker lever housings
Rail Applications The two capscrews and spacers for the upper inside capscrew locations on the exhaust center section of the exhaust manifold have been shortened to make it possible to get a wrench on the capscrew heads. During installation, apply an antiseize compound on the capscrews threads.
Exhaust Manifold, Dry (011-007)

Clean
WARNING When using solvents, acids, or alkaline material or steam for cleaning, follow the manufacturers recommendations for use. Wear goggles and protective clothing to avoid personal injury. Use solvent to clean the manifold. Use a wire brush to clean the sealing joints inside and outside diameters to remove any scale that has accumulated.
Exhaust Manifold, Dry (011-007) Page 11-2
Section 11 - Exhaust System - Group 11 Use a 240 grit emery cloth to clean all of the exhaust manifold gasket surfaces.
Marine Applications WARNING When using solvents, acids, or alkaline materials for cleaning, follow the manufacturers recommendations for use. Wear goggles and protective clothing. CAUTION Care must be taken to not destroy the exhaust manifold heat shield insulation while cleaning. Use solvent to clean the marine exhaust manifold.
Disassemble
Use a mallet to remove the end sections from the exhaust manifold center section.
Inspect for Reuse

Inspect for cracks in the areas shown.
Section 11 - Exhaust System - Group 11 Inspect the capscrew holes in the center section for damage. NOTE: The manifold has been subjected to high temperatures if the capscrew threads are visible on the side of the capscrew holes. High temperature can cause the manifold to shrink. Measure the center-to-center distance between the same position capscrew holes of the two flanges on the center section and both end sections to determine if the manifold is too short. mm 191.5 193.5 Exhaust Manifold Capscrew Holes MIN MAX in 7.54 7.62
Exhaust Manifold Heat Shield (011-015) Page 11-3
Marine Applications NOTE: Exhaust leaks will show as black soot on the insulation. Inspect the heat shield insulation for signs of exhaust leaks. If exhaust leaks in the manifold are found, the exhaust manifold must be replaced.
Assemble
Use an anti-seize compound to lubricate the O.D. of the end section in the area that slides into the center section. Use a mallet and drive the end section into the center section.
Exhaust Manifold Heat Shield (011-015)

Clean
WARNING When using solvents, acids, or alkaline material for cleaning, follow the manufacturers recommendations for use. Wear goggles and protective clothing to avoid personal injury. Use solvent to clean the exhaust manifold heat shield.
Exhaust Manifold Heat Shield (011-015) Page 11-4
Inspect for Reuse

Inspect the heat shield for any cracks or damage.
Section 12 - Compressed Air System - Group 12
Page 12-a

Section Contents
Page Compressed Air System - General Information ............................................................................................ 12-1 General Information .................................................................................................................................... 12-1
Compressed Air System - General Information Page 12-1
Compressed Air System - General Information

General Information
The compressed air system normally consists of a geardriven air compressor, an air governor, air tanks and all necessary plumbing. The Holset and Cummins single and two cylinder air compressors are engine-driven, piston-type compressors which supply compressed air to operate air activated devices. The compressor runs continuously, but has a loaded and unloaded operating mode.
E-Type Air Compressor Holset SS and ST model air compressors built with the E-Type unloader can be identified by the letter E (SS296E, SS338E, ST676E, and ST773E), and by the caution on the data plate. All QE (QE296 and QE338) model air compressors are equipped with the E-Type unloader.
E-Type System With Air Dryer Vehicles equipped with air dryers vented to the atmosphere during unloaded compressor operation, using the Holset E-Type air compressor, require the installation of an econ valve to prevent excessive oil consumption. NOTE: Some air dryers can have a built-in econ valve. Check with the manufacturer as to which type is installed.
E-Type System Without Air Dryer Air systems without air dryers, or with air dryers not vented to the atmosphere during unloaded compressor operation, can use the Holset E-Type unloader valve without modifying the air system.
Compressed Air System - General Information Page 12-2
Typical Schematic for Twin Cylinder Air Compressor
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8.
Engine air filter Engine Turbocharger Holset ST compressor Optional turbo inlet Center unloader valve (std) Compressor governor Exhaust line from compressor to receiver tank is a minimum 457.2 cm [15 ft] of 1 in. nominal 9. Line from governor RES port to receiver tank minimum 1/4 in. nominal ID
10. 2500 cubic inch receiver tank 11. Heated spitter valve 12. 1206.6 kPa [175 psig] safety valve 13. 2 CR Turbo 2000 air filters 14. Air dryer governor 15. Supply tank 16. Spitter valve 17. 18 scfm maximum system use 18. Governor RES port 19. Governor unload port 20. 3/4 in. nominal line
Section 13 - Electrical Equipment - Group 13
Page 13-a

Section Contents
Page Alternator Adjusting Link .............................................................................................................................. 13-4 Clean ......................................................................................................................................................... 13-4 Inspect for Reuse ....................................................................................................................................... 13-4 Alternator Bracket.......................................................................................................................................... 13-2 Clean ......................................................................................................................................................... 13-2 Inspect for Reuse ....................................................................................................................................... 13-2 Drive Belt, Alternator ..................................................................................................................................... 13-2 Adjust ......................................................................................................................................................... 13-2 Electrical Equipment - General Information .................................................................................................. 13-1 General Information .................................................................................................................................... 13-1 Starting Motor ................................................................................................................................................ 13-3 Clean ......................................................................................................................................................... 13-3 Inspect for Reuse ....................................................................................................................................... 13-4
Electrical Equipment - General Information Page 13-1
Electrical Equipment - General Information

General Information
The basic heavy-duty electrical system consists of: Batteries (1) (Usually two or four connected in parallel) Starting motor (2) Alternator (3) Magnetic switch (4) Ignition switch (5) Necessary wiring All components must be carefully matched. The accompanying illustrations show typical parallel and series battery connections. Parallel connection
Series connection
Alternator Bracket (013-003) Page 13-2
Alternator Bracket (013-003)

Clean
Inspect for Reuse

Check the threads for damage. Check for cracks. Check the bores for wear. NOTE: If any of the above conditions are found, the bracket must be replaced.
Drive Belt, Alternator (013-005)

Adjust
Use the belt tension gauge, Part No. ST-1138 to check the belt tension. Belt tension must be: Alternator Belt Tension 670 N [150 lbf]
Loosen the alternator and adjusting link mounting capscrews. NOTE: The lower jam nut has left-hand threads. Loosen the jam nuts on the adjusting screw.
Section 13 - Electrical Equipment - Group 13 Turn the adjusting screw clockwise to tighten the belt tension.
Starting Motor (013-020) Page 13-3
NOTE: The lower jam nut has left-hand threads. Tighten the jam nuts on the adjusting screw. Tighten the adjusting link and alternator mounting capscrews. Torque Value: Jam Nuts Alternator Mounting Capscrews 55 Nm 55 Nm [40 ft-lb] [40 ft-lb]
Check the belt tension again to be sure it is correct. The belt tension must be: Belt Tension 670 N [150 lbf]
Starting Motor (013-020)

Clean
WARNING When using steam or hot, high pressure water for cleaning, wear goggles and protective clothing to avoid personal injury. Use steam to clean the exterior of the starting motor.
Alternator Adjusting Link (013-022) Page 13-4
Inspect for Reuse

Inspect the gear, shaft, and the bushing for wear or damage. Lubricate the bushing with engine oil. NOTE: A pipe plug must be removed to lubricate the bushing on some starter motors.
Alternator Adjusting Link (013-022)

Clean
WARNING When using solvents, acids, or alkaline materials for cleaning, follow the manufacturers recommendations for use. Wear goggles and protective clothing to avoid personal injury. Use solvent to clean the alternator adjusting link. Dry with compressed air.
Inspect for Reuse

Check the threads for damage.
QSK19 Section 14 - Engine Testing - Group 14
Page 14-a
Section 14 - Engine Testing - Group 14

Section Contents
Page Dynamometer Worksheet............................................................................................................................. 14-10 Worksheet ................................................................................................................................................. 14-10 Engine Run-in (Chassis Dynamometer) ...................................................................................................... General Information .................................................................................................................................. Engine Throttle Control...................................................................................................................... Run-In Instructions ................................................................................................................................... 14-23 14-23 14-24 14-26
Engine Run-in (Engine Dynamometer) ........................................................................................................ 14-42 General Information .................................................................................................................................. 14-42 Run-In Instructions ................................................................................................................................... 14-44 Engine Run-in (Without Dynamometer) ...................................................................................................... Preparatory ............................................................................................................................................... General Engine Test Procedures ....................................................................................................... Run-In Instructions ................................................................................................................................... Generator Set.................................................................................................................................... Off-Highway....................................................................................................................................... Engine Testing - General Information............................................................................................................ Fuel Flow Measurement on Engine or Chassis Dynamometer .................................................................... Installation........................................................................................................................................... Operation ............................................................................................................................................ General Information .................................................................................................................................... 14-28 14-28 14-28 14-30 14-30 14-30 14-1 14-2 14-2 14-3 14-1
Engine Testing (Chassis Dynamometer) ...................................................................................................... 14-11 Setup ........................................................................................................................................................ 14-11 Test .......................................................................................................................................................... 14-14 Engine Testing (Engine Dynamometer) ....................................................................................................... 14-31 Install ....................................................................................................................................................... 14-31 Test .......................................................................................................................................................... 14-34 Engine Testing (In Chassis) ......................................................................................................................... 14-47 Stall Speed Check .................................................................................................................................... 14-47 Time Speed Check ................................................................................................................................... 14-50 Service Tools.................................................................................................................................................. 14-8 Engine Testing............................................................................................................................................. 14-8 Specifications ................................................................................................................................................ Cooling System .......................................................................................................................................... Engine Testing ........................................................................................................................................... Exhaust System ......................................................................................................................................... Lubricating Oil System ............................................................................................................................... 14-6 14-7 14-6 14-7 14-7
Engine Testing - General Information Page 14-1
Engine Testing - General Information

General Information
This section outlines engine testing and engine run-in recommendations for QSK19 engines. All engines must be run-in after a rebuild or a repair involving the replacement of one or more piston ring sets, cylinder liners or pistons. Incorrect or insufficient break-in of the piston rings will lead to early oil consumption or high blowby complaints. Adherence to these run-in guidelines will allow the full durability of new pistons, liners, and rings to be realized. Before running the engine, make sure the engine is filled with the proper coolant. Also, make sure the lubricating oil system is filled and primed. In-Service Run-In The following in-service run-in guidelines are recommended for QSK19 engines after a repair involving replacement of one or more of the piston ring sets, cylinder liners or pistons where engine or an engine dynamometer and/or chassis dynamometer run-in cannot be performed. The majority of heavy duty diesel applications will provide sufficient run-in under normal loaded operations. However, light load/high rpm operation must be avoided during the run-in period.
Engine Dynamometer Run-In This is the preferred method of run-in for engines that have been rebuilt out-of-chassis. It is not practical, nor recommended that an engine be removed from the application to conduct the run-in after a rebuild or cylinder repair has been performed in-chassis. There is no requirement, nor is it recommended for an engine that has been run-in and tested on an engine dynamometer to be run-in again after it has been installed in the vehicle or equipment.
Chassis Dynamometer, Portable Dynamometer or Load Bank Run-In When it is not possible to load an engine immediately after rebuild or repair, (example: on-highway tractor that must be bobtailed for delivery, a standby generator or fire pump that cannot be operated because of customer restrictions, a fire truck that cannot be loaded with the water pump, etc.), the engine must be run-in on a chassis dynamometer, portable dynamometer or load bank following the recommendations outlined in the attached procedures.
Fuel Flow Measurement on Engine or Chassis Dynamometer

Accurate fuel flow measurement is important for evaluation of engine performance and troubleshooting on an engine or chassis dynamometer. The only way accurate fuel flow measurement can be obtained is through proper use of available equipment. Below is a description of the fuel measuring device, available from Cummins Engine Company, along with installation and operation recommendations. The fuel measuring device, Part No. 3376375, can be used with either a chassis or engine dynamometer. Installation When installing the fuel measuring device, it is important to reduce the amount of air that can be introduced into the system when the device is not in use. Therefore, the plumbing used must include non-restrictive shutoff valves, such as ballcock valves, to contain fuel in the device after each use. Additional installation considerations are: The fuel measuring device, Part No. 3376375, must be mounted vertically to ensure accuracy and proper operation. A separate fuel supply for use on the dynamometer is recommended. All fuel used in the measuring device must be clean for consistent operation. Care must be taken to reduce fuel line restriction to and from the engine. Minimum recommended hose sizes are No. 10 for the engine fuel inlet, and No. 8 for the engine fuel drain. The length of either hose must not exceed 15 feet. For accurate fuel consumption or flow measurement while testing on a chassis dynamometer, it is recommended to use a fuel cooler to maintain inlet temperature to the fuel gear at 49C [120F] or below.
QSK19 Section 14 - Engine Testing - Group 14 Operation
This is a schematic of the fuel measuring device, Part No. 3376375. The device consists of the following components: Fuel Filter Flowmeter Float Tank Fuel Rail Pressure Gauge Fuel Cooler is not a part of fuel measuring device, Part No. 3376375, however it must be used when conducting test with the flow meter.
The fuel measuring device recirculates return fuel to the engine fuel inlet by routing the return fuel to the top side of the float tank. The fuel is deaerated as it passes through the baffling in the float tank. A ball float valve at the bottom of the float tank maintains an adequate volume in the tank for deaeration. The fuel is then returned to the engine fuel inlet. Refer to the sketch for fuel line connection points on the fuel measuring device. 1. Fuel Supply from Tank 2. Fuel Flow to Fuel Meter 3. Fuel Flow from Fuel Meter 4. Fuel Flow to Fuel Cooler 5. Injector Return Fuel 6. Fuel Rail Pressure NOTE: The fuel supply tank must be below the level of the fuel measuring device to prevent overflow of the float tank. If an overhead fuel supply tank is used, a float controlled reservoir must be installed between the fuel supply tank and the fuel measuring device, and below the level of the device.
The fuel measuring device is installed in series between the fuel supply tank and the engine fuel inlet. The quantity of fuel being drawn through the flowmeter is known as MAKE-UP fuel or the amount of fuel being burned by the engine. The flowmeter is graduated to read fuel flow in pounds per hour. The flowmeter contains two floats with respective scales on either side of the flowmeter, The small float is used to measure lower flows and must be read on the left scale, as shown. The larger float is for measuring higher flows and must be read on the right scale. To obtain an accurate fuel rate measurement, the flowmeter reading must be corrected based on the fuel temperature. There is a fuel temperature gauge on the front panel of the fuel measuring device. The gauge is graduated in percent of error by which the reading requires correction. An example is: The fuel of an engine reads 125 lbs/hr on the flowmeter, and the temperature gauge reads +2 percent; the corrected fuel flow rate will be 125 plus 2 percent, or 127.5 lbs/hr.
Specifications Page 14-6
Specifications
Engine Testing
Maintain the following limits during the engine test/run-in procedures: Due to variations in ratings of different engine models, refer to the specific Engine Data Sheet for the particular engine model being tested. Intake Restriction (Maximum at Advertised Horsepower) Clean Air Filter ......................................................................................................... 381 mm H20 [15 in. H2O] Dirty Air Filter .......................................................................................................... 635 mm H20 [25 in. H2O] Exhaust Back Pressure (Maximum at Advertised Horsepower) .............................................. 75 mm Hg [3 in. Hg] Blowby* (Maximum at Advertised Horsepower) New or rebuilt engines (Maximum) (Less than 160,000 km [100,000 miles] or 3600 hours) .................................................. See Tables Used Engines (Maximum) (Over 160,000 km [100,000 miles] or 3600 hours) .......................................................... See Tables Oil Pressure (With 15W-40 oil at 107C [225F]) Low Idle (Minimum Allowable) ............................................................................................... 138 kPa [20 psi] At 1200 RPM or Torque Peak (Minimum allowable) ................................................................ 207 kPa [30 psi] Fuel Inlet Restriction measured at fuel pump inlet (Maximum at Advertised Horsepower) Clean Fuel Filter ................................................................................................................. 102 mm [4 in Hg] Dirty Fuel Filter .................................................................................................................... 203 mm [8 in Hg] Maximum Allowable Fuel Inlet Temperature ................................................................................ 71C [160F] *Blowby checking tools, Part No. 3822566 - 0.302 inch orifice, Part No. 3823567 - 0.354 inch orifice, and Part No. 3822568 - 0.406 inch orifice, have a special orifice that must be used to be certain an accurate reading is obtained. QSK19 Blowby Limits (using 0.302 inch diameter orifice at rated load and speed) Engine HP (RPM Rating) New/Rebuilt Used Engine Limit 762 mm H2O 699 HP and Below 305 mm H2O [12 in H2O] [30 in H2O] (1500 - 1900) 889 mm H2O 699 HP and Below 355 mm H2O [14 in H2O] [35 in H2O] (2000 and above) 1270 mm H2O 700 HP and Above 508 mm H2O [20 in H2O] [50 in H2O]
QSK19 Blowby Limits (using 0.354 inch diameter orifice at rated load and speed) Engine HP (RPM Rating) New/Rebuilt Used Engine Limit 457 mm H2O 699 HP and Below 178 mm H2O [7 in H2O] [18 in H2O] (1500 - 1900) 508 mm H2O 699 HP and Below 203 H2O [8 in H2O] [20 in H2O] (2000 and above) 584 mm H2O 700 HP and Above 229 mm H2O [9 in H2O] [23 in H2O]
QSK19 Blowby Limits (using 0.406 inch diameter orifice at rated load and speed) Engine HP (RPM Rating) New/Rebuilt Used Engine Limit 330 mm H2O All Ratings 127 mm H2O [5 in H2O] [13 in H2O]
Specifications Page 14-7

Oil Pressure (With 15W-40 Oil at 107 C [225 F]) At Idle (Minimum Allowable) .................................................................................................... 138 kPa [20 psi] At No Load Governed Speed ............................................................................... 345 to 483 kPa [50 to 70 psi] Oil Temperature Maximum ................................................................................................................................. 120C [250 F] Oil Filter Capacity Bypass Filter (Spin-On)(LF777 Fleetguard) ............................................................ 2.3 Liters [0.6 U.S. Gallons] Full-Flow Filter (Spin-On)(LF670 Fleetguard) .......................................................... 2.7 Liters [0.7 U.S. Gallons] Combination Filter (Two LF3000 Fleetguard) .......................................................... 5.7 Liters [1.5 U.S. Gallons] Oil Pan Part No. 3096460 3086096 3086097 3331695 3331568 Oil Pan Capacity (Liters) High Low 72 64 61 49 61 49 61 49 114 102 High 19 16 16 16 30 [U.S. Gallons] Low 17 13 13 13 27
NOTE: When the rear gear train option is specified, add 7.6 liters [2 U.S. gallons] to the oil pan capacity listed above.
Cooling System
Coolant Capacity (Engine Only) ............................................................................................................. 32.2 liters [34 U.S. Quarts] Standard Modulating Thermostat Range .............................................................. 82C to 94C [180F to 202F] Standard LTA Thermostat Range .......................................................................... 69C to 78C [157F to 172F] Maximum Coolant Pressure (Exclusive of Pressure Cap) ............................................................. 241 kPa [35 psi] Maximum Allowable Top Tank Temperature ..................................................................................... 100C [212F] Minimum Recommended Top Tank Temperature .............................................................................. 70C [160F] Maximum Allowable Deaeration Time .................................................................................................. 25 Minutes Minimum Allowable Drawdown or 20% of System Capacity (whichever is greater) .......... 11 liters [12 U.S. Quarts] Minimum Allowable Pressure Cap ................................................................................................... 50 kPa [7 psi]
Exhaust System
Back Pressure - Maximum (at rated speed and load): ......................................................... 75 mm Hg [3.0 in Hg] Exhaust Pipe Size (Normally Acceptable Inside Diameter): All Ratings ............................................................................................................................ 152 mm [6.0 in]
Service Tools
Engine Testing
Tool No. Vacuum Gauge
Tool Description Used to check fuel filter or intake air restriction.
Tool Illustration
ST-434
Manometer Used with tool, Part No. 3375150, for measuring blowby. ST-1111-3
Lubricating Oil Sampling Filter Used to monitor oil contamination. ST-1135
Pressure Gauge [0-75 In-Hg] ST-1273 Used to measure intake manifold pressure and fuel drain line restriction.
Pressure Gauge [0-100 psi] Used to measure lubricating oil pressure. 3375275
Pressure Gauge [0-300 psi] 3375932 Used to measure fuel pressure. Includes necessary hoses and hardware to attach to a fuel pump. Part No. ST-435-1 is the hose and Part No. ST-435-6 is the pressure gauge.
QSK19 Section 14 - Engine Testing - Group 14 Tool No. Tool Description Fuel Measuring Device 3376375 Measure the rate of fuel consumption of a Cummins diesel engine.
Digital Optical Tachometer Used to measure engine speed (RPM). 3377462
Blowby Check Tool 3822566 0.302 inch orifice Used with manometer, Part No. ST-1111-3, to measure the engine crankcase pressure.
Engine Dynamometer Control Used on an engine dynamometer to control the QSK19 engine. 3162245
INSITE Software Kit Used to troubleshoot, program, and adjust the QSK Fuel System. 3824801
Dynamometer Worksheet (014-001) Page 14-10
Dynamometer Worksheet (014-001)

Worksheet
Date: ESN: Complaint: PARAMETER Fuel Pressure (psi @ rpm) Fuel Pressure (psi @ rpm) Fuel Pressure (psi @ rpm) Fuel Rate (lb/hr) Intake Mfd. Pressure (in.Hg) Intake Mfd. Temperature *Intake Air Restriction *Exhaust Air Restriction *Fuel Inlet Restriction *Fuel Drain Line Restriction Engine Blowby * Recorded at maximum horsepower speed Road Speed Limit Check Oil Level Engine Speed Low Fuel Temp High Turbo Inlet Air Temp OK CODE SPECIFICATIONS 150 to 180 psi at Idle 225 to 250 psi at 1800 rpm 250 to 300 psi at 2100 rpm See Fuel Pump Code 25 in. H2O, Maximum 3 in. Hg, Maximum 8 in. Hg (Dirty Filter), Maximum 3 psi, Maximum See Tables and full load Engine High Speed Limit Fuel Quality Coolant Temp/Press OK Engine Blowby Not OK Lube Oil Press HP or Torque Intake Manifold Temp/Press Repair Order No: CPL: Operator: Fuel Pump Code: SC Code: ACTUAL READING
Fuel *Rate/Press
* Be sure that the fuel rate is corrected for temperature.

Fuel Temperature Less than 7C[45F] 7 to 13C[45 to 55F] 13.0 to 20.0C[55 to 68F] 20.0 to 29C[68 to 85F] 29 to 42C[85 to 108F] 42 to 56C[108 to 132F] 56C above [132F] Correction for Flow Rate Flow meter not accurate Subtract 2% from flow rate reading Subtract 1% from flow rate reading No Correction Add 1% to flow rate reading Add 2% to flow rate reading Flow meter not accurate.
Pressure Conversions 1 in. H20 = 0.074 in. Hg = 0.036 psi 1 in. Hg = 13.514 in. H20 = 0.491 psi 1 psi = 2.036 in. Hg = 27.7 in. H20
This Page Can Be Copied For Your Convenience.
Engine Testing (Chassis Dynamometer) (014-002) Page 14-11
Engine Testing (Chassis Dynamometer) (014-002)

Setup
The performance of an engine installed in on-highway vehicles can be tested on a chassis dynamometer. NOTE: Due to driveline inefficiencies and engine-driven accessories, the rated horsepower will be reduced by approximately: 20 percent for single axle vehicles 25 percent for tandem axle vehicles The net horsepower available is called Wheel Horsepower (WHP). NOTE: Operate the vehicle in a gear that produces a road speed of 90 to 95 Km/H [55 to 60 MPH]. CAUTION Before installing or operating a vehicle on a chassis dynamometer, follow all the vehicle manufacturers safety precautions.
CAUTION Low profile radial tires are more sensitive to heat than bias ply tires. Excessive operating time at full load can damage tires due to overheating. Check the tire manufacturers recommendations for the maximum allowable chassis dynamometer operating time.
QSK19 Section 14 - Engine Testing - Group 14 Adjust the vehicle and dynamometer room exhaust system to be sure that all exhaust gases are removed from the room. Refer to the chassis dynamometer and vehicle manufacturers recommendations and specifications for testing procedures.
Be sure all instrumentation is removed before removing the vehicle from the dynamometer.
General Engine Test Procedures NOTE: The lubricating oil system must be primed before operating the engine after rebuild to avoid internal component damage. Do not prime the system from the bypass filter as the filter will be damaged. Remove the large plug from the oil cooler housing.
Use a pump capable of supplying 205 kPa [30 psi] continuous pressure. Connect the pump to the front of the engine oil cooler as shown. Use a supply of clean oil. Turn the pump to the ON position. Check the engine oil pressure gauge. When the gauge indicates oil pressure, begin monitoring the oil level in the oil pan.
QSK19 Section 14 - Engine Testing - Group 14 Check the engine lubricating oil level to be sure it is filled to the proper level.
WARNING Check the coolant level only when the engine is stopped. Wait until the coolant temperature is below 50C [120F] before removing the pressure cap. Failure to do so can cause personal injury from heated coolant spray. CAUTION Do not add cold coolant to a hot engine. This can cause engine casting damage. Allow the engine to cool to below 50C [120F] before adding coolant. Check the engine coolant level to be sure it is filled to the proper level. Refer to Procedure 008-018. NOTE: Use a known source of good quality No. 2 diesel fuel. This is very important since No. 1 diesel fuels, along with most other alternate fuels, are lighter (lower specific gravity, higher API gravity) than No. 2 diesel fuel. The lighter the fuel, the lower the energy content (BTU) per gallon (liter, etc.).
Engine operating specifications can be found in publications available from your local Cummins Authorized Repair Location.
Test
To properly monitor engine performance, record the following parameters. To limit dynamometer operating time, instrument the engine to perform as many checks as possible. Engine speed rpm with a verified tachometer Fuel pressure Fuel rate (Use Service Tool, Part No. 3376375) Fuel temperature (if needed to correct fuel rate) Fuel inlet restriction Fuel drain line restriction Intake manifold pressure Intake air restriction Exhaust air restriction Coolant temperature Engine blowby Lubricating oil pressure Coolant pressure Inlet manifold air temperature Turbocharger inlet air temperature
Engine Speed (rpm) With a Verified Tachometer Use digital optical tachometer, Part No. 3377462, to check and verify engine speed.
Fuel Supply Pressure Refer to Procedure 005-016-013.
QSK19 Section 14 - Engine Testing - Group 14 Fuel Rate Use fuel measuring device, Part No. 3376375, to measure the rate of fuel consumption. Refer to General Information located in the front of this section.
Fuel Inlet Restriction Measure the fuel inlet restriction. Install a vacuum gauge, Part No. ST-434, between the fuel filter and the gear pump inlet. NOTE: Do not measure fuel inlet restriction with the fuel measuring device installed. This will not measure the inlet restriction of the vehicles supply plumbing. Refer to Procedure No. 006-020.
Fuel Drain Line Restriction Use Pressure Gauge, Part No. ST-1273, to measure fuel drain line restriction. NOTE: Do not measure fuel drain line restriction with the fuel measuring device installed. This will not measure the drain line restriction of the vehicles return plumbing. Refer to Procedure No. 006-012.
Intake Manifold Pressure Measure the intake manifold or INSITE pressure (turbocharger boost). Install pressure gauge, Part No. ST-1273, in the intake manifold as shown. Observe the reading on the pressure gauge.
QSK19 Section 14 - Engine Testing - Group 14 Intake Air Temperature Control - Chassis Dynamometer Test When operating an engine on a chassis dynamometer, follow these steps for best results and safe operation. If the engine is equipped with automatic fan, lock the cooling fan in the ON mode. This can be done by installing a jumper across the temperature switch, or by supplying shop air to the control valve. Refer to the fan drive manufacturer for the recommended procedure.
Monitor the intake manifold air temperature using INSITE in the monitor mode, or install Fluke digital thermometer, Part No. 3822666, and thermocouple wire kit, Part No. 3822988, into the intake manifold. The intake manifold air temperature must not exceed 77C [170F]. Maintain intake manifold air temperature to 66C [150F] or below during chassis dynamometer operation.
If the intake manifold temperature exceeds 77C [170F], shut off the engine. Allow the engine to cool. Check the fan drive. Be sure the fan is locked in the ON mode. Remove any obstructions such as a winterfront or debris. Manually lock the shutters in the OPEN position if equipped. Inspect the dynamometer room for adequate supply of suitably cool or outside air. Make sure that dynamometer room recirculation is not an issue. Resume the test.
Intake Air Restriction Measure the inlet air restriction. Install the vacuum gauge, Part No. ST-434, or a manometer, Part No. ST-11113, in the intake air piping. NOTE: The gauge adapter must be installed at a 90 degree angle to the air flow in a straight section of pipe at a minimum of one pipe diameter before the turbocharger. Refer to Procedure No. 010-031-010.
QSK19 Section 14 - Engine Testing - Group 14 Exhaust Restriction Measure the exhaust air restriction. Install the pressure gauge, Part No. ST-1273, or a manometer in the exhaust air piping. The gauge adapter must be installed near the turbocharger in a straight section of pipe at the turbine outlet. Refer to Procedure No. 011-009.
Engine Blowby NOTE: Excessive blowby indicates an air compressor, a turbocharger, or an engine malfunction, allowing combustion gases or air to enter the crankcase and build a pressure higher than normal. This procedure describes how to measure crankcase pressure and how to determine the component that is malfunctioning. Use one of the three blowby service tools and a water manometer Part No. ST-1111-3. Maximum gauge capacity is 1270 mm-H20 [50 in-H20]. The engine blowby tools are similar in design. The difference between the tools is in the size of the orifice. Blowby Tool Part No. 3822566 3822567 3822568 Orifice Size [Inch] [0.302] [0.354] [0.406]
Use a length of hose (1) to attach the blowby tool to one of the crankcase breathers. Plug all of the other breathers. Attach a manometer to the location shown (2).
QSK19 Section 14 - Engine Testing - Group 14 Operate the engine at rated rpm and full load (wide open throttle) until a steady reading is obtained. Compare the blowby readings to previous readings on the engine. If previous readings for the engine are not available, compare the blowby reading to new engine specifications. NOTE: A sudden increase in blowby indicates a problem. A gradual increase over a period of time is normal (due to wear of internal engine components).
QSK19 Section 14 - Engine Testing - Group 14 Specifications Engine Blowby 7.67 mm [0.302 in] Orifice: RPM All ratings 2000 and above 1500 to 1900 Engine Blowby 9.0 mm [0.354 in] Orifice: RPM All ratings 2000 and above 1500 to 1900 Engine Blowby 10.3 mm [0.406 in] Orifice: RPM All ratings New/Rebuilt mm H20 508 355 305
Used mm H20 1270 889 762 Used mm H20 584 508 457 Used mm H20 330 [in H20] [13] [in H20] [23] [20] [18] [in H20] [50] [35] [30]
[in H20] [20] [14] [12]
New/Rebuilt mm H20 229 203 178 [in H20] [9] [8] [7]
New/Rebuilt mm H20 127 [in H20] [5]
If the blowby is higher than normal, check the crankcase breathers and breather tubes to see if they are plugged. 1. Wing Nut 2. Washer 3. Breather Cap 4. Screen Mesh 5. Breather Element 6. Breather Base
Check the engine oil level. If the level is too high, it can cause a higher than normal crankcase pressure.
QSK19 Section 14 - Engine Testing - Group 14 Isolate the turbocharger to determine if the high crankcase pressure is due to seal leakage in the turbocharger. WARNING Some state and federal agencies in the United States of America have determined that used engine oil can be carcinogenic and can cause reproductive toxicity. Avoid inhalation of vapors, ingestion, and prolonged contact with used engine oil. Always use the proper procedures to dispose of the oil. Disconnect the turbocharger drain line from the oil pan adaptor. Install a hose assembly with the two shutoff valves arranged as shown. Place the other hose in an 8 to 19 liter [2 to 5 gallon] bucket. NOTE: The valves must have a minimum inside diameter of 19 mm [0.75 in]. Close the valve (A) that allows the oil to drain to the bucket.
Open the valve (B) that allows the oil to drain into the engine.
QSK19 Section 14 - Engine Testing - Group 14 Operate the engine at rated speed. Record the blowby value. CAUTION Do not operate the engine with valve A open and valve B closed for more than 1 minute. Operation for more than 1 minute can result in severe engine damage. Continue operating at rated speed and load. Open valve A and close valve B. Record the blowby reading.
Compare the value to the original reading. If the blowby is now acceptable, replace the turbocharger.
Isolate the air compressor to determine if it is malfunctioning and causing the high blowby pressure. Relieve the air pressure on the first air tank in the system after the air compressor (wet tank). Disconnect the air inlet and outlet connections. Plug the intake manifold or air piping where the inlet connection was removed.
Operate the engine at rated speed and full load (wide open throttle) until a steady blowby reading is obtained. Compare the blowby readings to the previous value. If the blowby is now acceptable, replace the air compressor.
QSK19 Section 14 - Engine Testing - Group 14 A sudden increase in blowby or a high reading that is not steady indicates that there is internal damage in the engine.
Lubricating Oil Pressure Use Pressure Gauge, Part No. 3375275, to measure lubricating oil pressure. Install the pressure gauge to the main oil rifle (1) or oil filter head (2). Low Idle (minimum allowable) 138 kPa [20 psi] At 1200 rpm (minimum allowable) 207 kPa [30 psi]
Coolant Pressure Measure the coolant pressure at the water manifold (1). Maximum Coolant Pressure with Closed Thermostat and No Pressure Cap 241 kPa [35 psi]
Air Compressor NOTE: All air compressors manufactured by Cummins Engine Company, Inc. must be operating during the engine run-in. During the performance check, all air compressors must be in the unload or non-operating mode. Connect a source of compressed air capable of producing 665 kPa [95 psi] to the air compressor unloader (1). This air line must contain a valve between the source and the unloader. NOTE: The compressed air load in the accompanying illustration must be attached to the air compressor outlet (2).
QSK19 Section 14 - Engine Testing - Group 14 Use an air tank (2). Install an air regulator (3) capable of maintaining 345 to 517 kPa [50 to 75 psi] air pressure at both minimum and maximum engine rpm. Install a steel tube or high temperature hose (1). Hose Temperature (Minimum) 260 C [500 F] Connect the tube or hose (1) to the air compressor outlet.
Engine Run-in (Chassis Dynamometer) (014-003) Page 14-23
Starting Motor Inspect the voltage rating on the starting motor before installing the electrical wiring. Install the electrical wiring to the starting motor and batteries, if used. NOTE: If another method of starting the engine is used, follow the manufacturers instructions to make the necessary connections.
Engine Run-in (Chassis Dynamometer) (014-003)

General Information
NOTE: The lubricating oil system must be primed before operating the engine after rebuild to avoid internal component damage. Do not prime the system from the bypass filter as the filter will be damaged. Remove the large plug from the oil cooler housing.
Use a pump capable of supplying 205 kPa [30 psi] continuous pressure. Connect the pump to the front of the engine oil cooler as shown. Use a supply of clean oil. Turn the pump to the ON position. Check the engine oil pressure gauge. When the gauge indicates oil pressure, begin monitoring the oil level in the oil pan.
QSK19 Section 14 - Engine Testing - Group 14 Check the engine lubricating oil level to be sure it is filled to the proper level.
WARNING Check the coolant level only when the engine is stopped. Wait until the coolant temperature is below 50C [120F] before removing the pressure cap. Failure to do so can cause personal injury from heated coolant spray. CAUTION Do not add cold coolant to a hot engine. This can cause engine casting damage. Allow the engine to cool to below 50C [120F] before adding coolant. Check the engine coolant level to make sure it is filled to the proper level. . NOTE: Use a known source of good quality No. 2 diesel fuel. This is very important since No. 1 diesel fuels, along with most other alternate fuels, are lighter (lower specific gravity, higher API gravity) than No. 2 diesel fuel. The lighter the fuel, the lower the energy content (BTU) per gallon (liter, etc.).
Engine Throttle Control Engines that are run on an engine dynamometer require that the engine harness be installed, and connected to the engine. Additionally, a special engine dynamometer version of the OEM wiring harness and throttle control must be installed. A special wiring harness and throttle control has been developed to enable engine operation out of the chassis. Engine Dynamometer Kit, Part No. 3162245.
QSK19 Section 14 - Engine Testing - Group 14 Engine operating specifications can be found in publications available from your local Cummins Authorized Repair Location.
Run-In Instructions
Refer to Chassis Dynamometer - Operation, Procedure No. 014-002, for general operating procedures and safety precautions.
Use this chart to determine the test load. Example: The test load for a 475 HP engine rated at 2000 rpm with a 15 percent torque rise is 225 ft-lb. NOTE: This chart assumes the dynamometer constant is 5252. If the dynamometer constant is not 5252, use the following formula to determine the correct test load: Correct test load = (Dynamometer constant) x (Test load) /d 5252. Example: The dynamometer constant for testing the engine in the above example is 4000. Correct test load = (4000 x 225) /d 5252 = 171 ft-lb. NOTE: This chart assumes vehicle run-in on a chassis dynamometer. Rated RPM 1200 1500 1800 1800 1900 1900 2000 2000 2000 2100 2100 2100 2100 2100 2100 Rated Horsepower All All 0 to 499 500 and ABOVE 0 to 474 475 and ABOVE 0 to 499 0 to 499 500 and ABOVE 0 to 474 0 to 474 475 to 530 475 to 530 531 to 649 650 and ABOVE Torque Rise All All All All All All 0 to 24% 25% and ABOVE All 0 to 32% 33% Plus 0 to 15% 16% and ABOVE All All Test Load 305 Nm [225 ft-lb] 305 Nm [225 ft-lb] 305 Nm [225 ft-lb] 380 Nm [280 ft-lb] 305 Nm [225 ft-lb] 380 Nm [280 ft-lb] 305 Nm [225 ft-lb] 380 Nm [280 ft-lb] 380 Nm [280 ft-lb] 305 Nm [225 ft-lb] 305 Nm [225 ft-lb] 305 Nm [225 ft-lb] 380 Nm [280 ft-lb] 380 Nm [280 ft-lb] 405 Nm [300 ft-lb]
QSK19 Section 14 - Engine Testing - Group 14 Adjust the engine rpm to 1200 rpm. Adjust the dynamometer load to the test load as previously determined. Operate the engine at this setting until the coolant temperature indicates 70C [160F]. Check for leaks. Fix all leaks. Check all of the gauges and record the readings. Do not proceed to the next step until the blowby becomes stable within specifications.
Adjust the engine rpm to the torque peak rpm. Adjust the dynamometer load to equal two times the test load. Operate the engine for 2 minutes. Check all the gauges and record the readings. Do not proceed to the next step until the blowby becomes stable within specifications.
Maintain the engine rpm at torque peak rpm. Increase the dynamometer load to equal three times the test load. Operate the engine at this load for 2 minutes. Check all the gauges and record the readings. Do not proceed to the next step until the blowby becomes stable within specifications.
Move the throttle lever to the FULL OPEN position. Increase the load until the engine rpm is at torque peak rpm. Operate the engine at this setting for 10 minutes or until the blowby becomes stable within specifications. Check all the gauges and record the readings.
Engine Run-in (Without Dynamometer) (014-004) Page 14-28
QSK19 Section 14 - Engine Testing - Group 14 Decrease the dynamometer load until the engine rpm increases to the rated RPM. Operate the engine at this load for 5 minutes. Check all the gauges and record the readings.
Decrease the dynamometer load completely. CAUTION Do not turn the engine OFF immediately. The engine must be allowed to cool or damage to the turbocharger may result. Move the throttle lever to the LOW IDLE position. Operate the engine at this setting for 3 to 5 minutes. This will allow the turbocharger and the other engine components to cool. CAUTION Do not operate the engine at IDLE longer than specified. Excessive carbon formation can cause engine damage. Turn the engine OFF.
Engine Run-in (Without Dynamometer) (014-004)

Preparatory
General Engine Test Procedures NOTE: The lubricating oil system must be primed before operating the engine after rebuild to avoid internal component damage. Do not prime the system from the bypass filter as the filter will be damaged. Remove the large plug from the oil cooler housing.
QSK19 Section 14 - Engine Testing - Group 14 Use a pump capable of supplying 205 kPa [30 psi] continuous pressure. Connect the pump to the front of the engine oil cooler as shown. Use a supply of clean oil. Turn the pump to the ON position. Check the engine oil pressure gauge. When the gauge indicates oil pressure, begin monitoring the oil level in the oil pan.
Check the engine lubricating oil level to be sure it is filled to the proper level.
WARNING Check the coolant level only when the engine is stopped. Wait until the coolant temperature is below 50C [120F] before removing the pressure cap. Failure to do so can cause personal injury from heated coolant spray. CAUTION Do not add cold coolant to a hot engine. This can cause engine casting damage. Allow the engine to cool to below 50C [120F] before adding coolant. Check the engine coolant level to make sure it is filled to the proper level. NOTE: Use a known source of good quality No. 2 diesel fuel. This is very important since No. 1 diesel fuels, along with most other alternate fuels, are lighter (lower specific gravity, higher API gravity) than No. 2 diesel fuel. The lighter the fuel, the lower the energy content (BTU) per gallon (liter, etc.).
QSK19 Section 14 - Engine Testing - Group 14 Engine operating specifications can be found in publications available from your local Cummins Authorized Repair Location.
Run-In Instructions
Engines that are run on an engine dynamometer require that the engine harness be installed, and connected to the engine. Additionally, a special engine dynamometer version of the OEM wiring harness and throttle control must be installed. A special wiring harness and throttle control has been developed to enable engine operation out of the chassis. Engine Dynamometer Kit, Part No. 3162245.
Generator Set Operate the engine in steps, varying the load from 25 to 100 percent, until blowby remains constant.
Off-Highway Operate the equipment in the normal duty cycle at part load during the first 3 hours after rebuild.
QSK19 Section 14 - Engine Testing - Group 14 Do not idle the engine for more than 5 minutes at any one time. Do not operate the engine at rated rpm. Operate at 75 percent of rated RPM or lower. Rated RPM 2100 2000 1900 1800 Max RPM for First 3 Hours 1575 1500 1425 1350
Engine Testing (Engine Dynamometer) (014-005) Page 14-31
Do not operate the engine at full load for more than 5 minutes at any one time.
Engine Testing (Engine Dynamometer) (014-005)

Install
NOTE: Be sure the dynamometer capacity is sufficient to permit testing at 100 percent of the engine rated horsepower. If the capacity is not enough, the testing procedure must be modified to the restrictions of the dynamometer. Use engine lifting fixture, Part No. 3822512, to install the engine to the test stand. Align and connect the dynamometer. Refer to the manufacturers instructions for aligning and testing the engine. Refer to Service Bulletin No. 3666005, Dynamometer and Road Engine Testing, for detailed instructions on auxiliary aftercooling system attachment. NOTE: Some engines are equipped with fittings used for Compuchek testing sensors. The sensor probes used for Compuchek and dynamometer testing are not compatible. If the same location is used, remove the Compuchek fitting and install adapters for the dynamometer sensor. Install the coolant pressure sensor (1). Install the coolant temperature sensor (2).
QSK19 Section 14 - Engine Testing - Group 14 Coolant Plumbing Connect the coolant supply to the water inlet connection. Connect the coolant return to the water outlet connection. Install the drain plugs and close all of the water drain cocks. NOTE: LTA engines require connecting the LTA water lines to a remote heat exchanger.
Intake Air Temperature Control The use of a remote heat exchanger is mandatory whenever a Cummins LTA engine is attached to an engine dynamometer for the purpose of engine run-in, performance testing and engine diagnostics. Do not attempt to run a Cummins LTA engine without any means of controlling the intake manifold air temperature. A = Aftercooler water OUT B = Aftercooler water IN C = Water OUT to drain D = Cool water IN LTA (Low Temperature Aftercooling) All QSK19 ratings of 601 HP and above require Low Temperature Aftercooling (LTA) and, therefore, have unique radiator requirements. The ratings of 600 HP and below do not require LTA. The LTA is a one-pump, two-loop cooling system. NOTE: The heat exchanger must be sized to maintain 70C [160F] maximum intake air temperature at full power. A = Water IN B = Thermostat housing C = LTA OUT D = Water OUT E = LTA return General Engine Test Procedures NOTE: The lubricating oil system must be primed before operating the engine after rebuild to avoid internal component damage. Do not prime the system from the bypass filter as the filter will be damaged. Remove the large plug from the oil cooler housing.
QSK19 Section 14 - Engine Testing - Group 14 Use a pump capable of supplying 205 kPa [30 psi] continuous pressure. Connect the pump to the front of the engine oil cooler as shown. Use a supply of clean oil. Turn the pump to the ON position. Check the engine oil pressure gauge. When the gauge indicates oil pressure, begin monitoring the oil level in the oil pan.
WARNING Check the coolant level only when the engine is stopped. Wait until the coolant temperature is below 50C [120F] before removing the pressure cap. Failure to do so can cause personal injury from heated coolant spray. CAUTION Do not add cold coolant to a hot engine. This can cause engine casting damage. Allow the engine to cool to below 50C [120F] before adding coolant. Check the engine coolant level to be sure it is filled to the proper level. Check the engine lubricating oil level to be sure it is filled to the proper level.
NOTE: Use a known source of good quality No. 2 diesel fuel. This is very important since No. 1 diesel fuels, along with most other alternate fuels, are lighter (lower specific gravity, higher API gravity) than No. 2 diesel fuel. The lighter the fuel, the lower the energy content (BTU) per gallon (liter, etc.).
QSK19 Section 14 - Engine Testing - Group 14 Engine Throttle Control Engines that are run on an engine dynamometer require that the engine harness be installed and connected to the engine. Additionally, a special engine dynamometer version of the OEM wiring harness and throttle control must be installed. A special wiring harness and throttle control has been developed to enable engine operation out of the chassis. Engine Dynamometer Kit Part No. 3162245.
Engine operating specifications are available from your local Cummins Authorized Repair Location.
Test
To properly monitor engine performance, record the following parameters. To limit dynamometer operating time, instrument the engine to make as many checks as possible. Engine speed rpm with a verified tachometer Fuel pressure Fuel rate (Use Service Tool, Part No. 3376375) Fuel temperature (if needed to correct fuel rate) Fuel inlet restriction Fuel drain line restriction Intake manifold pressure Intake air restriction Exhaust air restriction Coolant temperature Engine blowby Lubricating oil pressure Coolant pressure Inlet manifold air temperature Turbocharger inlet air temperature
QSK19 Section 14 - Engine Testing - Group 14 Engine Speed (RPM) With a Verified Tachometer Use digital optical tachometer, Part No. 3377462, to check and verify engine speed.
Fuel Supply Pressure Refer to Procedure 005-016.
Fuel Rate Use fuel measuring device, Part No. 3376375, to measure the rate of fuel consumption. Refer to General Information in the front of this section.
Fuel Inlet Restriction Measure the fuel inlet restriction. Install a vacuum gauge, Part No. ST-434, between the fuel filter and the gear pump inlet. NOTE: Do not measure fuel inlet restriction with the fuel measuring device installed. This will not measure the inlet restriction of the vehicles supply plumbing.
QSK19 Section 14 - Engine Testing - Group 14 Fuel Drain Line Restriction Use Pressure Gauge, Part No. ST-1273, to measure fuel drain line restriction. NOTE: Do not measure fuel drain line restriction with the fuel measuring device installed. This will not measure the drain line restriction of the vehicles return plumbing.
Intake Manifold Pressure Measure the intake manifold pressure (turbocharger boost). Install pressure gauge, Part No. ST-1273, in the intake manifold as shown. Observe the reading on the pressure gauge.
Intake Air Restriction Measure the inlet air restriction. Install the vacuum gauge, Part No. ST-434, or a manometer in the intake air piping. NOTE: The gauge adapter must be installed at a 90 degree angle to the air flow in a straight section of pipe at a minimum of one pipe diameter before the turbocharger.
Exhaust Restriction Measure the exhaust air restriction. Install the pressure gauge, Part No. ST-1273, or a manometer in the exhaust air piping. The gauge adapter must be installed near the turbocharger in a straight section of pipe at the turbine outlet.
QSK19 Section 14 - Engine Testing - Group 14 Engine Blowby NOTE: Excessive blowby indicates an air compressor, a turbocharger, or an engine malfunction, allowing combustion gases or air to enter the crankcase and build a pressure higher than normal. This procedure describes how to measure crankcase pressure and how to determine the component that is malfunctioning. Use one of the three blowby service tools and a water manometer, Part No. ST-1111-3. Maximum gauge capacity is 1270 mm-H20 [50 in-H 20]. The engine blowby tools are similar in design. The difference between the tools is in the size of the orifice. Blowby Tool Part No. 3822566 3823567 3822568 Orifice Size [inch] [0.302] [0.354] [0.406]
Use a length of hose (1) to attach the blowby tool to one of the crankcase breathers. Plug all of the other breathers. Attach a manometer to the location shown (2).
Operate the engine at rated rpm and full load (wide open throttle) until a steady reading is obtained. Compare the blowby readings to previous readings on the engine. If previous readings for the engine are not available, compare the blowby reading to new engine specifications. NOTE: A sudden increase in blowby indicates a problem. A gradual increase over a period of time is normal (due to wear of internal engine components).
QSK19 Blowby Limits (using 0.302 inch diameter orifice at rated load and speed) Engine HP (RPM Rating) New/Rebuilt Used Engine Limit 762 mm H2O 699 HP and Below 305 mm H2O (1500 - 1900) [12 in H2O] [30 in H2O] 889 mm H2O 699 HP and Below 355 mm H2O (2000 and above) [14 in H2O] [35 in H2O] 700 HP and Above 508 mm H2O 1270 mm H2O [20 in H2O] [50 in H2O]
QSK19 Blowby Limits (using 0.354 inch diameter orifice at rated load and speed) Engine HP (RPM Rating) New/Rebuilt Used Engine Limit 457 mm H2O 699 HP and Below 178 mm H2O [7 in H2O] [18 in H2O] (1500 - 1900) 508 mm H2O 699 HP and Below 203 mm H2O [8 in H2O] [20 in H2O] (2000 and above) 584 mm H2O 700 HP and Above 229 mm H2O [9 in H2O] [23 in H2O]
QSK19 Blowby Limits (using 0.406 inch diameter orifice at rated load and speed) Engine HP (RPM Rating) New/Rebuilt Used Engine Limit 330 mm H2O All Ratings 127 mm H2O [5 in H2O] [13 in H2O] If the blowby is higher than normal, check the crankcase breathers and breather tubes to see if they are plugged. 1. Wing Nut 2. Washer 3. Breather 4. Screen Mesh 5. Breather Element 6. Breather Base
Check the engine oil level. If the level is too high it can cause a higher than normal crankcase pressure.
QSK19 Section 14 - Engine Testing - Group 14 Isolate the turbocharger to determine if the high crankcase pressure is due to seal leakage in the turbocharger. Disconnect the turbocharger drain line from the oil pan adaptor. Install a hose assembly with the two shutoff valves arranged as shown. Place the other hose in an 8 to 19 liter [2 to 5 gallon] bucket. NOTE: The valves must have a minimum inside diameter of 19 mm [0.75 inch].
Close the valve (A) that allows the oil to drain to the bucket.
Open the valve (B) that allows the oil to drain into the engine.
Operate the engine at rated speed. CAUTION Do not operate the engine with valve A open and valve B closed for more than 1 minute. Operation for more than 1 minute can result in severe engine damage. Continue operating at rated speed and load. Open valve A and close valve B. Record the blowby reading.
QSK19 Section 14 - Engine Testing - Group 14 Compare the value to the original reading. If the blowby is now acceptable, replace the turbocharger.
Isolate the air compressor to determine if it is malfunctioning and causing the high blowby pressure. Relieve the air pressure on the first air tank in the system after the air compressor (wet tank). Disconnect the air inlet and outlet connections. Plug the intake manifold or air piping where the inlet connection was removed.
Operate the engine at rated speed and full load (wide open throttle) until a steady blowby reading is obtained. Compare the blowby readings to the previous value. If the blowby is now acceptable, replace the air compressor.
A sudden increase in blowby or a high reading that is not steady indicates that there is internal damage in the engine.
QSK19 Section 14 - Engine Testing - Group 14 Lubricating Oil Pressure Use Pressure Gauge, Part No. 3375275, to measure lubricating oil pressure. Install the pressure gauge to the main oil rifle (1) or air filter head (2). kPa 138 207 Lubricating Oil Pressure MIN NOMINAL psi 20 30
Coolant Pressure Measure the coolant pressure at the water manifold (1). kPa 241 Coolant Pressure NOMINAL psi 35
Air Compressor NOTE: All air compressors manufactured by Cummins Engine Company, Inc. must be operating during the engine run-in. During the performance check, all air compressors must be in the unload or non-operating mode. Connect a source of compressed air capable of producing 665 kPa [95 psi] to the air compressor unloader (1). This air line must contain a valve between the source and the unloader. NOTE: The compressed air load in the accompanying illustration must be attached to the air compressor outlet (2).
Use an air tank (2). Install an air regulator (3) capable of maintaining 345 to 517 kPa [50 to 75 psi] air pressure at both minimum and maximum engine rpm. Install a steel tube or high temperature hose (1). 260C [500F]. Connect the tube or hose (1) to the air compressor outlet.
Engine Run-in (Engine Dynamometer) (014-006) Page 14-42 Starting Motor
Inspect the voltage rating on the starting motor before installing the electrical wiring. Install the electrical wiring to the starting motor and batteries, if used. NOTE: If another method of starting the engine is used, follow the manufacturers instructions to make the necessary connections.
Engine Run-in (Engine Dynamometer) (014-006)

General Information
This section outlines engine testing and engine run-in recommendations for QSK19 engines. All engines must be run-in after a rebuild or a repair involving the replacement of one or more piston ring sets, cylinder liners or pistons. Incorrect or insufficient break-in of the piston rings will lead to early oil consumption or high blowby complaints. Adherence to these run-in guidelines will allow the full durability of new pistons, liners, and rings to be realized. Before running the engine, make sure the engine is filled with the proper coolant. Also, make sure the lubricating oil system is filled and primed. In-Service Run-In The following in-service run-in guidelines are recommended for QSK19 engines after a repair involving replacement of one or more of the piston ring sets, cylinder liners or pistons where engine or an engine dynamometer and/or chassis dynamometer run-in cannot be performed. The majority of heavy duty diesel applications will provide sufficient run-in under normal loaded operations. However, light load/high rpm operation must be avoided during the run-in period.
QSK19 Section 14 - Engine Testing - Group 14 Engine Dynamometer Run-In This is the preferred method of run-in for engines that have been rebuilt out-of-chassis. It is not practical, nor recommended that an engine be removed from the application to conduct the run-in after a rebuild or cylinder repair has been performed in-chassis. There is no requirement, nor is it recommended for an engine that has been run-in and tested on an engine dynamometer to be run-in again after it has been reinstalled in the vehicle or equipment. Chassis Dynamometer, Portable Dynamometer or Load Bank Run-In When it is not possible to load an engine immediately after rebuild or repair, (example: on-highway tractor that must be bobtailed for delivery, a standby generator or fire pump that cannot be operated because of customer restrictions, a fire truck that cannot be loaded with the water pump, etc.), the engine must be run-in on a chassis dynamometer, portable dynamometer or load bank following the recommendations outlined in the attached procedures.
Engine Run-in (Engine Dynamometer) (014-006) Page 14-43
Run-In Instructions
Refer to Engine Testing-Engine Dynamometer, Procedure No. 014-005, for general operating procedures and safety precautions.
Use this chart to determine the test load. The run-in test must be performed with the engine operating at torque peak rpm. Operate a generator set engine at rated rpm. Example: The test load for a 475 HP engine rated at 2000 rpm with a 15 percent torque rise is [300 ft-lb]. NOTE: This chart assumes the dynamometer constant is 5252. If the dynamometer constant is not 5252, use the following formula to determine the correct test load: Correct test load = (Dynamometer constant) x (Test load) /d 5252. Example: The dynamometer constant for testing the engine in the above example is 4000. Correct test load = (4000 x 300) /d 5252 = [228 ft-lb]. NOTE: This chart assumes vehicle run-in on a chassis dynamometer. Rated RPM 1200 1500 1800 1800 1900 1900 2000 2000 2000 2100 2100 2100 2100 2100 2100 Rated Horsepower All All 0 to 499 500 and ABOVE 0 to 474 475 and ABOVE 0 to 499 0 to 499 500 and ABOVE 0 to 474 0 to 474 475 to 530 475 to 530 531 to 649 650 and ABOVE Torque Rise All All All All All All 0 to 24% 25% and ABOVE All 0 to 32% 33% Plus 0 to 15% 16% and ABOVE All All Test Load 405 Nm [300 ft-lb] 405 Nm [300 ft-lb] 405 Nm [300 ft-lb] 510 Nm [375 ft-lb] 405 Nm [300 ft-lb] 510 Nm [375 ft-lb] 405 Nm [300 ft-lb] 510 Nm [375 ft-lb] 510 Nm [375 ft-lb] 405 Nm [300 ft-lb] 405 Nm [300 ft-lb] 405 Nm [300 ft-lb] 510 Nm [375 ft-lb] 510 Nm [375 ft-lb] 540 Nm [400 ft-lb]
QSK19 Section 14 - Engine Testing - Group 14 CAUTION Do not crank the starting motor for more than 30 seconds. Excessive heat will damage the starter. START the engine. If the engine does not begin operating after 30 seconds, allow two minutes for the starting motor to cool. CAUTION If the oil pressure is not within specifications, STOP the engine immediately. Both low and high oil pressure will cause engine damage. kPa 138 483 Main Oil Rifle Pressure (At Idle) MIN MAX psi 20 70
Operate the engine at the IDLE position. Check for leaks. CAUTION Do not operate the engine at IDLE longer than specified. Excessive carbon formation will cause engine damage.
Adjust the engine rpm to 1200 rpm. Adjust the dynamometer load to the test load as previously determined. Operate the engine at this setting until the coolant temperature indicates 70C [160F]. Check for leaks. Fix all leaks. Check all of the gauges and record the readings. Do not proceed to the next step until the blowby becomes stable within specifications.
QSK19 Section 14 - Engine Testing - Group 14 Adjust the engine rpm to the torque peak rpm. Adjust the dynamometer load to equal two times the test load. Operate the engine for two minutes. Check all the gauges and record the readings. Do not proceed to the next step until the blowby becomes stable within specifications.
Maintain the engine rpm at torque peak rpm. Increase the dynamometer load to equal three times the test load. Operate the engine at this load for 2 minutes. Check all the gauges and record the readings. Do not proceed to the next step until the blowby becomes stable within specifications.
Move the throttle lever to the FULL OPEN position. Increase the load until the engine rpm is at torque peak rpm. Operate the engine at this setting for 10 minutes or until the blowby becomes stable within specifications. Check all the gauges and record the readings.
Decrease the dynamometer load until the engine rpm increases to the rated rpm. Operate the engine at this load for 5 minutes. Check all the gauges and record the readings.
QSK19 Section 14 - Engine Testing - Group 14 Decrease the dynamometer load completely. CAUTION Do not turn the engine OFF immediately. The engine must be allowed to cool. Move the throttle lever to the LOW IDLE position. Operate the engine at this setting for 3 to 5 minutes. This will allow the turbocharger and the other engine components to cool. CAUTION Do not operate the engine at IDLE longer than specified. Excessive carbon formation can cause engine damage. Turn the engine OFF.
Engine Testing (In Chassis) (014-008) Page 14-47
Engine Testing (In Chassis) (014-008)

Stall Speed Check
The stall speed is the engine speed (rpm) obtained at full throttle when the converter output shaft is locked. The vehicle brakes do not always hold an electronically controlled transmission.
CAUTION Do not exceed 120C [250F] converter oil temperature. If the oil temperature exceeds 120C [250F], put the transmission in neutral and operate the engine until the oil temperature is below 120C [250F]. Check the converter oil level.
QSK19 Section 14 - Engine Testing - Group 14 The following equipment is needed for this check: Stop watch Digital tachometer, Part No. 3375631. or a hand held optical tachometer, Part No. ST-3377462. Equipment manufacturers stall speed and time to stall specifications.
Install the tachometer on the fuel pump.
Put the gear selector in the highest gear or full forward. In some types of equipment it is also necessary to engage the hydraulics.
Be sure the vehicle has good brakes and air pressure in the brake system. The brakes must prevent the vehicle from moving when the engine is at full throttle. Engage the vehicle brakes or keep the vehicle from moving.
QSK19 Section 14 - Engine Testing - Group 14 Operate the engine until the coolant temperature is up to 70C [160F] and the converter temperature is 80C [180F] or above. Alternately, shift from neutral to the highest speed gear possible and operate at part throttle. This will warm the entire system uniformly.
Bring the engine speed back to low idle.
NOTE: Do not exceed 120C [250F] converter oil temperature. Move the throttle to the full open position. Do not perform this test for more than 15 seconds. If the engine speed continues to slowly increase, the torque converter fluid is being overheated.
Check the engine speed (rpm) at the point of stall. Always hold the speed until it is stable. Take several readings. Be sure the reading is accurate.
QSK19 Section 14 - Engine Testing - Group 14 Check the stall speed (rpm) against the specifications that are for the equipment, converter, or automatic transmission. NOTE: The stall speed for the engine and converter/ transmission can vary plus/minus 8 percent (8%) from the manufacturers specifications.
If the stall speed is not within the specifications, refer to the Stall Speed Check List at the end of this section. Check the equipment manufacturers troubleshooting procedures for other reasons for stall speed problems.
If the cause for the stall speed being too low is low engine power output, refer to the Engine Power Output Low Troubleshooting Chart. Make the correct repair based on the fuel rate, fuel pressure, and intake manifold pressure readings.
Time Speed Check

After performing the Stall Speed Check through the torque converter fluid being overheated, calculate the engine stall speed. Example: Stall speed 2089 (2089 x .90 = 1880 rpm).
QSK19 Section 14 - Engine Testing - Group 14 Quickly move the throttle to the full open position and start the stop watch at the same time.
When the engine speed is 90 percent (90%) of the stall speed rpm, stop the stop watch. NOTE: The type of unit and the stall speed rpm will be different for different types of equipment. Most types have a stall speed between 8 and 12 seconds.
Check the equipment manufacturers specifications for the time to stall or the acceleration time. If the time is excessive, refer to Troubleshooting Symptoms Charts, Engine Acceleration/Response Poor.
Engine Testing (In Chassis) (014-008) Page 14-52 Stall Speed Check List If The Stall Speed Is Too Low, Check The Following: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. _____ _____ _____ _____ _____ _____ _____ _____ _____ _____ _____ _____ _____ _____
8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18.
_____ _____ _____ _____ _____ _____ _____ _____ _____ _____ _____
_____ _____ _____ _____ _____ _____ _____ _____ _____ _____ _____
The tachometer is in error. The engine is up to or above 70C [160F]. The converter oil is up to temperature 80C [180F]. The stall has been held long enough for the engine to accelerate to full power. The match curve stall speed was recorded correctly. The converter oil is to the converter manufacturers recommendation. Society of Automotive Engineers (Example: SAE 30 instead of SAE 10). The engine driven accessory power requirements exceed 10 percent of the gross engine power. Check for abnormal accessory horsepower losses such as hydraulic pumps, large fans, oversize, compressors, etc. Either remove the accessory or accurately determine the power requirement and adjust accordingly. The unit is operating at an altitude high enough to affect the engine power. The converter charging pressure is correct. The tailshaft governor is interfering with and preventing a full throttle opening. (Disconnect the tailshaft governor.) The converter blading is interfering or in a stage of failure. Check the sump or filter for metal particles. The converter stators are free-wheeling instead of locking. The engine is set for power other than that specified on the power curve. The converter is wrong, due to improper build or rebuild of unit. The converter is performing to the published absorption curve. The engine and converter match is correct. Check the engine and converter models for the proper match. The engine is matched to an oversized converter. (If this condition is believed to exist, please report the engine-converteraccessory information to the factory.) The engine power is down. (The engine torque rise could be less than shown on the standard engine curve.) See the fuel setting adjustments and the turbocharger air manifold pressure check.
It is sometimes easier to change the engine fuel rate than to determine the true cause for low stall speed, but the customer ends up with an over-fueled engine that will also negatively affect durability. Do not increase the fuel rate as a CURE-ALL.
QSK19 Section 14 - Engine Testing - Group 14 If The Stall Speed Is Too High, Check The Following: 1. 2. 3. 4. Yes _____ _____ _____ _____ No _____ _____ _____ _____
5.
_____
_____
6. 7. 8. 9. 10.
_____ _____ _____ _____ _____
_____ _____ _____ _____ _____
The engine is high in power. The tachometer is in error. The accessory power requirements are less than 10 percent of the gross engine power. The converter oil is aerating (foaming) - check for low oil level, air leaks in suction line, oil does not contain a foam inhibitor, or suction screen or filter. (Should be accompanied by a noticeable loss of machine performance.) The converter is being held at full stall. Check for a slipping front disconnect clutch or a rotating output shaft. On the converter-transmission package, this can be impossible to check. The converter turbine element is beginning to fail and losing blades or the converter was originally built with the wrong size element. The engine and converter match is correct (due to a revision in the engine rating or the converter performance). On the transmission-converter units with oil sump in the transmission, if the oil level is too high, it can cause severe aeration due to parts dipping in the oil. The converter is performing to the published absorption curve. The converter charging pressure is correct.
The reasons for abnormal stall speeds listed above are some which have been encountered by Cummins representatives and probably do not include all possible causes. The correction of the problem is either covered in the vehicle service manual, the converter service manual, or is self-explanatory.
NOTES
Section 16 - Mounting Adaptations - Group 16
Page 16-a

Section Contents
Page Engine Support Bracket, Front...................................................................................................................... 16-4 Clean ......................................................................................................................................................... 16-4 Inspect for Reuse ....................................................................................................................................... 16-4 Flywheel ......................................................................................................................................................... 16-4 Clean ......................................................................................................................................................... 16-4 Inspect for Reuse ....................................................................................................................................... 16-5 Flywheel Housing .......................................................................................................................................... Clean ......................................................................................................................................................... Inspect for Reuse ....................................................................................................................................... Redowel ..................................................................................................................................................... 16-6 16-6 16-6 16-7
Flywheel Ring Gear ...................................................................................................................................... 16-10 Assemble .................................................................................................................................................. 16-11 Disassemble ............................................................................................................................................. 16-10 Mounting Adaptations - General Information ................................................................................................ 16-1 General Information .................................................................................................................................... 16-1 Service Tools.................................................................................................................................................. 16-3 Mounting Adaptations .................................................................................................................................. 16-3
Mounting Adaptations - General Information Page 16-1
Mounting Adaptations - General Information

General Information
The Mounting Adaptations group consists of the flywheel housing, flywheel, and the front engine support. Flywheel Housing For various applications, the flywheel housings are available in different styles, sizes, and materials. Check the appropriate parts book and the engine parts listing for the correct part number for the engine application being serviced. Flywheel and Ring Gear The flywheel is available only as an assembly. The assembly includes the flywheel and the ring gear. The ring gear is available for service. Flywheel Housing Redowel To The Cylinder Block Procedure No. 016-006 Flywheel Housing Redowel to Cylinder Block, will describe how to install the oversize locating dowel pins in a flywheel housing and a cylinder block. There are two dowel pins in the cylinder block. The pins protrude into holes in the flywheel housing. The pins are used to align the housing properly to the cylinder block when it is installed. The flywheel housing must be in proper alignment. If the housing is not in proper alignment, the holes in the flywheel housing and the block must be reamed for a bigger dowel. The dowel holes on QSK19 engine blocks and flywheel housings are precision doweled. The holes are machined to 12.7 mm [0.500 in] separately. The parts are assembled and the alignment is checked. If the alignment is not within specifications, oversize dowels are installed at the factory. Replacing the block or the flywheel housing does not necessarily mean that the flywheel housing and the cylinder block have to be redoweled. Rail Applications The rail engine front gear cover is manufactured out of cast iron and has been machined to allow the front engine mount to be installed on the cover.
Mounting Adaptations - General Information Page 16-2
Section 16 - Mounting Adaptations - Group 16 Rail Applications The flywheel housing has been modified to allow the engine to be mounted horizontally (intake side down). The intake side starter option in mandatory to keep a low profile design for the railcar applications. CAUTION The flywheel housing, and the flywheel have metric threads in the capscrew holes where the OEM hardware will mount. The external mounting pads on the flywheel housing have metric threads. Using the wrong capscrews will damage the threads. NOTE: A 75 degree mounting angle is available by using the front mounting support and flywheel housing. If a 78 degree angle is desired, the OEM will be responsible for modifying their engine supports to achieve a 78 degree tilt. The QSK19 Rail Engine has two rock shields to protect the intake side of the engine. The rock shields are mounted to T shaped brackets. The brackets are mounted to the front gear cover and lubricating oil pan adapter on the front of the engine and the flywheel housing on the rear of the engine. The rock shields extend the entire length of the engine. NOTE: The rock shields must be removed prior to working on the intake side of the engine. Make certain they are reinstalled after work is completed.
Service Tools
Mounting Adaptations
Tool No.
Tool Description Dowel Pin Extractor Remove dowel pins.
Tool Illustration
ST-1134
Engine Support Bracket 3375272 Attaches to the each side of the cylinder block and supports the front of the engine.
Engine Lifting Fixture 3822512 Used to remove and install the engine. Designed to lift 1816 kg [4000 lb].
Engine Support Bracket, Front (016-002) Page 16-4
Engine Support Bracket, Front (016-002)

Clean
WARNING When using steam or hot, high pressure water for cleaning, wear goggles and protective clothing to avoid personal injury. WARNING When using solvents, acids, or alkaline materials for cleaning, follow the manufacturers recommendations for use. Wear goggles and protective clothing to avoid personal injury. Use solvent or steam to clean the engine support bracket. Dry with compressed air.
Inspect for Reuse

CAUTION This component weighs 23 kg [50 lb] or more. To avoid personal injury, use a hoist or get assistance to lift the component. Clean and inspect the mounts for reuse. Check all rubbercushioned mounts for cracks or damage. Inspect all mounting brackets for cracks or damaged bolt holes. NOTE: Damaged engine mounts and brackets can cause the engine to move out of alignment, damage the driveline components in the equipment, and result in vibration complaints.
Flywheel (016-005)
Clean
WARNING When using steam or hot, high pressure water for cleaning, wear goggles and protective clothing to avoid personal injury. WARNING When using solvents, acids, or alkaline materials for cleaning, follow the manufacturers recommendations for use. Wear goggles and protective clothing to avoid personal injury. WARNING Use solvent or steam to clean the flywheel. Use a wire brush to clean the crankshaft pilot bore. Dry with compressed air.
Flywheel (016-005) Page 16-5
Inspect for Reuse

Visually inspect for nicks or burrs. Use a crocus cloth to remove small nicks and burrs.
WARNING Do not use a cracked flywheel. A cracked flywheel can break or cause serious personal injury. Visually inspect the flywheel for cracks.
Visually inspect the flywheel ring gear teeth for cracks and chips. NOTE: If the ring gear teeth are cracked or broken, the ring gear must be replaced.
Flywheel Housing (016-006) Page 16-6
Flywheel Housing (016-006)

Clean
WARNING When using solvents, acids, or alkaline materials for cleaning, follow the manufacturers recommendations for use. Wear goggles and protective clothing to avoid personal injury. WARNING When using steam or hot, high pressure water for cleaning, wear goggles and protective clothing to avoid personal injury. Use solvent or steam to clean the flywheel housing. Dry with compressed air.
Inspect for Reuse

Visually inspect all surfaces for nicks, burrs, or cracks. Use a fine crocus cloth to remove small nicks and burrs.
Visually inspect all threaded capscrew holes for damage. Repair or replace the housing if the capscrew holes are damaged.
Redowel
The tools needed to perform this procedure are: Drill Ream Fixture, Part No. ST-1232, that contains: 1. Plate, Part No. ST-1232-1 2. Locator Pin, Part No. 3375052 3. Spacer Washer, Part No. ST-1232-2 4. Drill/Ream Bushing Set (Actual sizes depend on the dowel size as listed in this Procedure.) 5. Drill Adapter (Locally obtained; use to adapt open (1) shank reamers to drill-chuck) 6. Reamer (Locally obtained) 7. Drill Bit (Locally obtained) Use a dowel pin extractor, Part No. ST-1134, or equivalent. Remove the two dowels (9) from the block. Measure a dowel pin that is removed so that an oversize dowel pin can be determined.
NOTE: Do not torque the capscrews. The flywheel housing must be aligned first. Install the new rectangular seals (8) in the flywheel housing.
Align the flywheel housing to the crankshaft. for the procedure to measure the housing alignment. Move the housing with a mallet until the bore is within specification. Check to be sure that the face of the housing is in alignment. When the housing is in alignment, tighten the capscrews. for the capscrew torque. After the capscrews are tightened, check the alignment again.
Section 16 - Mounting Adaptations - Group 16 Use the appropriate size capscrews. Attach the plate, Part No. ST-1232-1, that is contained in Drill Ream Fixture, Part No. ST-1232. Hand-tighten the capscrews so the plate can be moved.
Use the locator pin to align the plate with the hole for the dowel pin. Tighten the capscrews. The taper on the pin must engage the dowel pin hole. The locator pin must rotate easily after the capscrews are tightened. CAUTION Be sure the crankshaft is in the LOCKED position during reaming to prevent damage. Lock the crankshaft in position. Check to be sure the locator pin is still in alignment and that the locator pin can be rotated easily. Measure the dowel pins to be installed. Obtain a reamer (5) that is 0.13 mm to 0.02 mm [0.005 in to 0.001 in] smaller than the dowel. The dowel must be long enough to protrude from the block one-half of the flywheel housing wall thickness. NOTE: There are three oversize dowel pins available from Cummins Engine Company, Inc. Oversize Dowel Pin O.D. Overall Dimension Oversize 13.08 mm [0.515 in] 0.38 mm [0.015 in] 13.46 mm [0.530 in] 0.76 mm [0.030 in] 13.84 mm [0.545 in] 1.14 mm [0.045 in]
Section 16 - Mounting Adaptations - Group 16 Install the appropriate drill bushings (4). The table shows the bushings available from Cummins Engine Company, Inc. Drill/Ream Bushing Sets 25.4 mm [1 Inch] O.D. Oversize Bushing Size mm Inch mm Inch 3376495 Special 12.304 [0.4844] Standard 12.700 [0.5000] 0.38 [0.015] 13.096 [0.5156] 0.76 [0.30] 13.494 [0.5312] 1.14 [0.045] 13.879 [0.5464] ST-1234 0.38 0.76 1.14 ST-1235 0.38 0.76 1.14 ST-1236 0.38 0.76 1.14 ST-1237 0.38 0.76 ST-1238 Standard [0.015] [0.030] [0.045] Standard [0.015] [0.030] [0.045] Standard [0.015] [0.030] [0.045] Standard [0.015] [0.030] 14.288 14.684 15.081 15.478 15.875 16.272 16.669 17.066 17.463 17.859 18.256 18.653 19.050 19.447 19.844 22.621 23.813 [0.5625] [0.5781] [0.5937] [0.6094] [0.6250] [0.6406] [0.6562] [0.6719] [0.6875] [0.7031] [0.7187] [0.7344] [0.7500] [0.7656] [0.7812] [0.8906] [0.9375]
The drill bushing that is used must be the same size as the reamer (or the drill) that is used. If the new dowel pins are more than 0.38 mm [0.015 in] larger than the old dowels, drill the hole to a size that is slightly smaller than the reamer. Then the reamer will not have to remove an excess amount of material. CAUTION Do not allow metal chips to enter the engine. Damage to the engine will result. Ream the hole until the reamer touches the bottom of the hole in the block. Remove the reamer. Clean the hole and run the reamer through the hold again. The reamer must touch the bottom of the hole in the block. After reaming one hole, turn the plate and align it with the second dowel hole. Repeat the procedure in the second hole.
Flywheel Ring Gear (016-008) Page 16-10
Section 16 - Mounting Adaptations - Group 16 Remove the plate from the crankshaft. CAUTION Be sure the dowel hole does not contain any metal chips. Engine damage will result. Use a square nose drift. Drive each dowel in until it touches the bottom of the hole in the block.
After the dowels are installed, measure the bore and the face alignment again.
Flywheel Ring Gear (016-008)

Disassemble
CAUTION Wear protective clothing to prevent personal injury from burns. CAUTION Adjust the torch to a good heating flame. Do not use a cutting flame (a blue flame) to heat the ring gear. Damage to the flywheel can result. Heat the ring gear. Use a brass drift and a hammer to remove the hot ring gear. If a heating torch is not available, the ring gear can be removed with a brass drift and a hammer. NOTE: If this method is used to remove the ring gear from a flexplate assembly, be sure a wooden block is used to support the ring gear adapter.
Assemble
CAUTION Wear protective clothing to prevent personal injury from burns. CAUTION Do not exceed the specified time or temperature. Damage to the gear and to the gear teeth will result. CAUTION Do not attempt to install the gear without using heat. Damage or breakage will result. Use an oven. Adjust the temperature to 232C [450F]. Heat the gear in the oven for a minimum of 1 hour, and a maximum of 6 hours. The I.D. of the gear will become larger and simplify the installation of the gear on the flywheel. CAUTION Wear protective clothing to prevent personal injury from burns. Use a heating flame to heat the gear if an oven is not available. Use a Tempilstik crayon or equivalent, to check the temperature of the gear. Heat the gear to 232C [450F]. CAUTION Do not exceed 316C [600F]. Damage to the ring gear will result from the hardness of the metal being reduced. CAUTION Wear protective clothing to prevent personal injury from burns. Remove the gear from the oven. Position the gear so the bevel is positioned toward the crankshaft edge of the flywheel as shown. The part number is on the same side as the bevel. CAUTION Allow the air to cool the gear. Do NOT use water or oil to reduce the cooling time. Damage to the gear can result. Install the gear.
NOTES
Section 19 - Electronic Engine Controls - Group 19
Page 19-a

Section Contents
Page Electronic Engine Controls - General Information ........................................................................................ General Information .................................................................................................................................... Connector Pins Checking ............................................................................................................... Continuity Check ................................................................................................................................. How To Find The Internal Resistance of The Meter ............................................................................. How To Measure Current ..................................................................................................................... How To Measure Resistance ............................................................................................................... How To Measure Voltage ..................................................................................................................... How To Test For Continuity .................................................................................................................. How To Use A Digital Volt/Ohm Meter ................................................................................................. Polarity Check ..................................................................................................................................... Resistance Check Coil.................................................................................................................... Short Circuit From Pin To Pin Check............................................................................................... Short Circuit To Ground Check ....................................................................................................... Use of Special Test Leads ................................................................................................................... Voltage Checking ................................................................................................................................ 19-1 19-1 19-3 19-7 19-2 19-1 19-2 19-2 19-2 19-1 19-6 19-8 19-5 19-4 19-1 19-5
Engine Wiring Harness .................................................................................................................................. 19-8 Inspect for Reuse ....................................................................................................................................... 19-8 OEM Interface Harness .................................................................................................................................. 19-9 General Information .................................................................................................................................... 19-9 OEM Wiring Harness...................................................................................................................................... 19-9 General Information .................................................................................................................................... 19-9
Electronic Engine Controls - General Information Page 19-1
Electronic Engine Controls - General Information

General Information
How To Use A Digital Volt/Ohm Meter On most meters, the negative (black) meter lead must be plugged in the COM position and the positive (red) meter lead must be plugged into one of the positions marked for current, resistance, or voltage. Refer to the manufacturers instructions for more detail. NOTE: When measuring to a block ground, use a clean unpainted metal surface to ensure a good measurement. NOTE: If more information is needed refer to the QSK19 Troubleshooting and Repair Manual, Bulletin No. 3666098. Use of Special Test Leads CAUTION To avoid pin and harness damage, use the following test leads when taking a measurement: Male Cannon, Metri-Pack and Deutsch test lead, Part No. 3822758 Female Amp, Metri-Pack and Deutsch test lead, Part No. 3822917 Male Deutsch test lead, Part No. 3823993 Female Deutsch test lead, Part No. 3823994 Male Weather-Pack test lead, Part No. 3823995 Female Weather-Pack test lead, Part No. 3823996 How To Measure Current Make an open circuit at the place where the current needs to be measured. Select the AC current (Az) or DC current (A) function on the meter. Turn on the power in the circuit being measured. Put the leads of the meter across the open circuit to measure the current. Read the displayed measurement.
Section 19 - Electronic Engine Controls - Group 19 How To Measure Voltage Select the AC voltage (Vz) or DC voltage (V) function on the meter. Turn on the power in the circuit being measured. Put the leads of the meter in parallel with the component to measure the voltage potential difference between the two points of the component.
How To Measure Resistance Select the resistance function on the meter. Verify that there is no power to the components being tested. Put the leads of the meter in parallel with the component to measure resistance.
How To Find The Internal Resistance of The Meter It is important to know the internal resistance of the meter when measuring small resistances. To accurately measure small resistances, the internal resistance of the meter must be subtracted from the measured resistance. Turn the meter ON. Set the meter to the lowest ohm scale. Measure the resistance across the meter test leads (including special test leads if they are being used). ZERO the meter or subtract this value when taking measurements. How To Test For Continuity Select the continuity function on the meter (usually marked with a diode symbol). Make sure there is no power to the component being measured. Put the leads of the meter in parallel with the component to test continuity. The meter will beep if the resistance is less than about 150 Ohms. If there is an open circuit, the meter will not beep.
Section 19 - Electronic Engine Controls - Group 19 Connector Pins Checking When disconnecting connectors during troubleshooting, the pins must always be inspected to make sure they are not the cause of a bad connection. The three things to look for are bent, corroded, and pushed back pins.
Bent Pins Inspect the male terminals of the connector. If any of the terminals are bent so that they will not easily mate with the other side of the connector, then the pin must be replaced. Refer to the connector repair section for the specific connector in question.
Corroded Pins Inspect both the male and female terminals for corrosion which can cause a poor electrical connection within the connector. If any corrosion is evident on the pins then the corroded pins must be replaced. Refer to the connector repair section for the specific connector in question.
Pushed Back Pins Inspect both the male and female terminals for pins that cannot be making contact because they are pushed back in the connector. To repair, push the pin into the connector body from the back of the connector. Make sure the terminal locks into place. If the terminal will not lock into place then replace it. Refer to the connector repair section for the specific connector in question.
Section 19 - Electronic Engine Controls - Group 19 Short Circuit To Ground Check Short circuit to ground is a condition where a connection from a wire to ground exists when it is not suppose to. The procedure for checking for a short circuit to ground is as follows: Turn the key switch to the OFF position. Disconnect the connectors that need to be tested. When testing a sensor, the sensor connection only need be disconnected. When testing a harness, the harness connector at the ECM and the connector at the sensor or multiple sensors will need to be disconnected.
Identify the pins that need to be tested. Turn the dial on the digital VOM to measure resistance.
Use the appropriate test leads from the wiring harness repair kit, Part No. 3822926, to avoid damage to the connector pins. Touch one of the VOM leads to the correct pin to be tested. Touch the other lead of the VOM to the engine block. Read the value on the VOM display.
The VOM must show greater than 100 K ohms which is an open circuit. If the circuit is not open, the wire being checked has a short to ground or the engine block. Repair or replace the component or wire.
Section 19 - Electronic Engine Controls - Group 19 Short Circuit From Pin To Pin Check Short circuit from pin to pin is a condition where an electrical path exists between two pins where it is not suppose to exist. The procedure for checking short circuit from pin to pin is as follows: Turn the key switch to the OFF position. Disconnect the connector that needs to be tested. Identify the pins that need to be tested. Turn the dial on the digital VOM to measure resistance.
Use the appropriate test leads from the wiring harness repair kit, Part No. 3822926, to avoid damage to the connector pins. Touch one of the digital VOM leads to the correct pin to be tested on the harness side of the connector. Touch the other lead of the digital VOM to all other pins on the harness side of this connector.
Read the value on the VOM display. With the wiring harness disconnected from the ECM, theVOM must show greater than 100 K which is an open circuit. If the circuit is not open, the pins being checked are electrically connected. Inspect the harness connectors for water which can cause an electrical connection. Repair or replace the harness.
Voltage Checking Voltage check is a procedure to measure the difference in voltage potential between two points. To check voltage, turn the key switch to the ON position. Disconnect the connectors that need to be tested. Identify the pins that need to be tested. Turn the dial on the digital VOM to AC voltage (Vz) or DC voltage (V-).
Section 19 - Electronic Engine Controls - Group 19 Use the appropriate test leads from the wiring harness repair kit, Part No. 3822926, to avoid damage to the connector pins. Touch one of the VOM test leads to the correct lead to be tested. Touch the other lead of the digital VOM to a clean unpainted surface on the engine block.
Read the value on the VOM display. Compare the measured value to the range of voltage given in the specifications. If the measured value falls outside of the specified range, check the QSK Troubleshooting and Repair Manual, Bulletin No. 3666098, for the electrical system that is being checked for the appropriate action.
Polarity Check A battery will be used as an example to check polarity of a circuit. The terminals of a battery are marked for polarity. The digital VOM displays the voltage difference of the positive lead (red) to the negative lead (black).
The polarity is correct when the positive (red) lead of the VOM is on the positive terminal of the battery and the negative (black) lead of the VOM is on the negative terminal of the battery. The VOM will display positive voltage if the polarity is correct. If the VOM leads are reversed, the VOM will display negative voltage.
Section 19 - Electronic Engine Controls - Group 19 Continuity Check Continuity is an electrical connection between two pins that is less than a certain resistance value. For harness wires, the specification is less than 10 ohms.
Turn the key switch to the OFF position. Disconnect the harness connectors to be tested. Turn the dial of the digital VOM to measure resistance.
CAUTION Use the appropriate test leads from the wiring harness repair kit, Part No. 3822926, to avoid damage to the connector pins. Touch one of the VOM test leads to the pin of the wire being tested. Touch the other lead of the VOM to the pin at the other end of the wire being tested. Read the value on the VOM display.
The VOM must display less than 10 ohms for wire continuity. If the VOM displays greater than 10 ohms, the wire must be repaired or the harness replaced.
Engine Wiring Harness (019-043) Page 19-8
Section 19 - Electronic Engine Controls - Group 19 Resistance Check Coil Disconnect the harness from the coil. Turn the dial of the VOM to measure resistance. Turn the key switch to the OFF position.
CAUTION Use the appropriate test leads from the wiring harness repair kit, Part No. 3822926, to avoid damage to the connector pins. Touch one of the VOM leads to the coil connector pin. Touch the other test lead to the other coil connector pin. NOTE: For internally grounded coils, touch one VOM lead to the coil terminal and the other VOM lead to the engine block. Read the measured resistance on the VOM display.
Check the measured resistance against the resistance specification for the coil. NOTE: The internal resistance of the VOM is significant in some coil resistance checks.
Engine Wiring Harness (019-043)

Inspect for Reuse
Inspect the Engine Wiring Harness. Check for any open or short circiuts in the wiring harness. If any open or short circuits are found, the wiring harness must be repaired or replaced.
OEM Wiring Harness (019-071) Page 19-9
OEM Wiring Harness (019-071)

General Information
The OEM harness is supplied and installed by the vehicle manufacturer. Follow the vehicle manufacturers instructions, if replacement is necessary. Refer to the vehicle manufacturers troubleshooting and repair manual.
OEM Interface Harness (019-072)

General Information
The QSK equipped engines use three separate wiring harness to control the engine and some of the vehicle operations. 1. Engine Harness 2. OEM Interface Harness 3. OEM Harness
Replace a harness if there is an open circuit or a short circuit found under the protective covering of the harness body.
OEM Interface Harness (019-072) Page 19-10
NOTES
QSK19 Section L - Service Literature
Page L-a
Section L - Service Literature

Section Contents
Page Additional Service Literature........................................................................................................................... L-1 Literature Order Form...................................................................................................................................... L-3 Service Literature Ordering Location.............................................................................................................. L-2
Additional Service Literature Page L-1
Additional Service Literature

The following publications can be purchased by filling in and mailing the Literature Order Form: Bulletin No. 366609801 3885786 3666120 3666133 3666163 3666148 3666113 3672094 3666121 3898170 3898180 Title of Publication Troubleshooting and Repair Manual QSK19 Series Engines Users Guide Electronic Software and Database Network Version 3.1 Operation and Maintenance Manual QSK Fuel System/QSK19 Engine Series QSK Fuel System Wiring/Fault Code Diagram QSK Fuel System Echek 1.0 Cartridge Manual INSITE For QSK Fuel System QUANTUM Users Manual Troubleshooting and Repair Manual QSK Fuel System/QSK19 Engine Series QSK19 Parts Catalog - Construction Holset Air Compressor Master Repair Manual QUANTUM QSK19 Engine Familiarization QUANTUM QSK19 Fuel System Familiarization
Service Literature Ordering Location Page L-2
Service Literature Ordering Location

Region United States and Canada Ordering Location Cummins Distributors or Contact 1-800-DIESELS (1-800-343-7357) Cummins Engine Co., Ltd. Royal Oak Way South Daventry Northants, NN11 5NU, England Cummins Americas, Inc. 16085 N.W. 52nd Avenue Hialeah, FL 33104 Cummins Engine Co., Inc. International Parts Order Dept., MC 40931 Box 3005 Columbus, IN 47202-3005 Cummins Diesel Sales Corp. Literature Center 8 Tanjong Penjuru Jurong Industrial Estate Singapore Cummins Diesel Australia Maroondah Highway, P .O.B. 139 Ringwood 3134 Victoria, Australia
U.K., Europe, Mid-East, Africa, and Eastern European Countries South and Central America (excluding Brazil and Mexico) Brazil and Mexico
Far East (excluding Australia and New Zealand)
Australia and New Zealand
Obtain current price information from your local Cummins Distributor.
g-01 (loc)
Literature Order Form Page L-3
Literature Order Form

Use this form for prompt handling of your literature order. Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 Order Total Contact your Cummins distributor for prices and availability. For problems with literature orders (for U.S.A. and Canada), contact 1-800-DIESELS (1-800-343-7357). locations contact your local Distributor. Prices subject to change without notice. Please cut on dotted line All other $ Bulletin Number Title of Publication Quantity $ U.S. Price Each $ Amount
Literature Order Form

Use this form for prompt handling of your literature order. Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 Order Total Contact your Cummins distributor for prices and availability. For problems with literature orders (for U.S.A. and Canada), contact 1-800-DIESELS (1-800-343-7357). locations contact your local Distributor. Prices subject to change without notice.
g-01 (f-order)
Bulletin Number
Title of Publication
Quantity $
U.S. Price Each $
Amount
All other
Literature Order Form Page L-4
Mail the Literature Order Form along with your ship-to address to your nearest Cummins distributor.
FROM:
Name: Street Address: City: Country: State/Province: Zip/Postal Code:
SHIP TO: (Name and address where literature is to be shipped)
Please cut on dotted line
Mail the Literature Order Form along with your ship-to address to your nearest Cummins distributor.
FROM:
SHIP TO: (Name and address where literature is to be shipped)
g-01 (f-mail)
QSK19 Section M - Component Manufacturers
Page M-a
Section M - Component Manufacturers

Section Contents
Page Component Manufacturers Addresses .......................................................................................................... Air Compressors........................................................................................................................................... Air Cylinders ................................................................................................................................................ Air Heaters ................................................................................................................................................... Air Starting Motors ....................................................................................................................................... Alternators.................................................................................................................................................... Auxiliary Brakes ........................................................................................................................................... Belts............................................................................................................................................................. Catalytic Convertors ..................................................................................................................................... Clutches....................................................................................................................................................... Coolant Heaters ........................................................................................................................................... Coolant Level Switches ................................................................................................................................ Drive Plates.................................................................................................................................................. Electric Starting Motors ................................................................................................................................ Electronic Switches ...................................................................................................................................... Engine Protection Controls ........................................................................................................................... Fan Clutches ................................................................................................................................................ Fans............................................................................................................................................................. Fault Lamps ................................................................................................................................................. Filters........................................................................................................................................................... Flexplates..................................................................................................................................................... Fuel Coolers................................................................................................................................................. Fuel Warmers............................................................................................................................................... Gauges ........................................................................................................................................................ Governors .................................................................................................................................................... Heat Sleeves ................................................................................................................................................ Hydraulic and Power Steering Pumps........................................................................................................... In-Line Connectors ....................................................................................................................................... Oil Heaters ................................................................................................................................................... Prelubrication Systems ................................................................................................................................. Radiators...................................................................................................................................................... Throttle Assemblies ...................................................................................................................................... Torque Converters ........................................................................................................................................ M-1 M-1 M-1 M-1 M-1 M-1 M-1 M-1 M-1 M-1 M-2 M-1 M-2 M-2 M-2 M-2 M-2 M-2 M-2 M-2 M-2 M-2 M-2 M-2 M-3 M-3 M-3 M-3 M-3 M-3 M-3 M-3 M-3
Component Manufacturers Addresses Page M-1
Component Manufacturers Addresses

NOTE: The following list contains addresses and telephone numbers of suppliers of accessories used on Cummins engines. Suppliers can be contacted directly for any specifications not covered in this manual.
Air Compressors
Bendix Heavy Vehicles Systems Div. of Allied Automotive 901 Cleveland Street Elyria, OH 44036 Telephone: (216) 329-9000 Holset Engineering Co., Inc. 1320 Kemper Meadow Drive Suite 500 Cincinnati, OH 45240 Telephone: (513) 825-9600 Midland-Grau Heavy Duty Systems Heavy Duty Group Headquarters 10930 N. Pamona Avenue Kansas City, MO 64153 Telephone: (816) 891-2470
StartMaster Air Starting Systems A Division of Sycon Corporation 9595 Cheney Avenue P O. Box 491 . Marion, OH 43302 Telephone: (614) 382-5771
Belts
Dayco Rubber U.K. Sheffield Street Stockport Cheshire SK4 1RV England Telephone: 061-432-5163 T.B.A. Belting Ltd. P Box 77 .O. Wigan Lancashire WN2 4XQ England Telephone: 01942-59221 Dayco Mfg. Belt Technical Center 1955 Enterprize Rochester Hills, MI 48309 Telephone: (810) 853-8300 Gates Rubber Company 900 S. Broadway Denver, CO 80217 Goodyear Tire and Rubber Company Industrial Products Div. 2601 Fortune Circle East Indianapolis, IN 46241 Telephone: (317) 898-4170
Alternators
Robert Bosch Ltd. P Box 98 .O. Broadwater Park North Orbital Road Denham Uxbridge Middlesex UD9 5HG England Telephone: 01895-833633 Butec Electrics Cleveland Road Leyland PR5 1XB England Telephone: 01744-21663 C.A.V. Electrical Equipment P Box 36 .O. Warple Way London W3 7SS England Telephone: 01-743-3111 A.C. Delco Components Group Civic Offices Central Milton Keynes MK9 3EL England Telephone: 01908-66001 C. E. Niehoff & Co. 2021 Lee Street Evanston, IL 60202 Telephone: (708) 866-6030 Delco-Remy America 2401 Columbus Avenue P Box 2439 .O. Anderson, IN 46018 Telephone: (317) 646-3528 Leece-Neville Corp. 400 Main Street Arcade, NY 14009 Telephone: (716) 492-1700
Air Cylinders
Bendix Ltd. Douglas Road Kingswood Bristol England Telephone: 0117-671881 Catching Engineering 1733 North 25th Avenue Melrose Park, IL 60160 Telephone: (708) 344-2334 TEC - Hackett Inc. 8909 Rawles Avenue Indianapolis, IN 46219 Telephone: (317) 895-3670
Catalytic Convertors
Donaldson Company, Inc. 1400 West 94th Street P Box 1299 .O. Minneapolis, MN 55440 Telephone: (612) 887-3835 Nelson Division Exhaust and Filtration Systems 1801 U.S. Highway 51 P Box 428 .O. Stoughton, WI 53589 Telephone: (608) 873-4200 Walker Manufacturing 3901 Willis Road P Box 157 .O. Grass Lake, MI 49240 Telephone: (517) 522-5500
Air Heaters
Fleetguard, Inc. 1200 Fleetguard Road Cookeville, TN 38502 Telephone: (615) 526-9551 Kim Hotstart Co. P Box 11245 .O. Spokane, WA 99211-0245 Telephone: (509) 534-6171
Air Starting Motors

Ingersoll Rand Chorley New Road Horwich Bolton Lancashire England BL6 6JN Telephone: 01204-65544 Ingersoll-Rand Engine Starting Systems 888 Industrial Drive Elmhurst, IL 60126 Telephone: (708) 530-3875
Coolant Level Switches

Robertshaw Controls Company P Box 400 .O. Knoxville, TN 37901 Telephone: (216) 8851773
Auxiliary Brakes
The Jacobs Manufacturing Company Vehicle Equipment Division 22 East Dudley Town Road Bloomfield, CT 06002 Telephone: (203) 243-1441
Clutches
Twin Disc International S.A. Chaussee de Namur Nivelles Belguim Telephone: 067-224941
g-01 (cmp-add)

Twin Disc Incorporated 1328 Racine Street Racine, WI 53403 Telephone: (414) 634-1981 The Nason Company 2810 Blue Ridge Blvd. West Union, SC 29696 Telephone: (803) 638-9521 Teddington Industrial Equipment Windmill Road Sunburn on Thames Middlesex TW16 7HF England Telephone: 09327-85500
Fault Lamps
Cutler-Hammer Products Eaton Corporation 4201 N. 27th Street Milwaukee, WI 53216 Telephone: (414) 4496600
Coolant Heaters
Fleetguard, Inc. 1200 Fleetguard Road Cookeville, TN 38502 Telephone: (615) 526-9551
Filters
Fleetguard International Corp. Cavalry Hill Industrial Park Weedon Northampton NN7 4TD England Telephone: 01327-41313 Fleetguard, Inc. 1200 Fleetguard Road Cookeville, TN 38502 Telephone: (615) 526-9551
Drive Plates
Detroit Diesel Allison Division of General Motors Corporation P Box 894 .O. Indianapolis, IN 46206-0894 Telephone: (317) 242-5000
Fan Clutches
Holset Engineering Co. Ltd. P Box A9 .O. Turnbridge Huddersfield, West Yorkshire England HD6 7RD Telephone: 01484-22244 Horton Industries, Inc. P Box 9455 .O. Minneapolis, MN 55440 Telephone: (612) 378-6410 Rockford Clutch Company 1200 Windsor Road P Box 2908 .O. Rockford, IL 61132-2908 Telephone: (815) 633-7460
Electric Starting Motors

Butec Electrics Cleveland Road Leyland PR5 1XB England Telephone: 01744-21663 C.A.V. Electrical Equipment P Box 36 .O. Warple Way London W3 7SS England Telephone: 01-743-3111 A.C. Delco Components Group Civic Offices Central Milton Keynes MK9 3EL England Telephone: 0908-66001 Delco-Remy America 2401 Columbus Avenue P Box 2439 .O. Anderson, IN 46018 Telephone: (317) 646-3528 Leece-Neville Corp. 400 Main Street Arcade, NY 14009 Telephone: (716) 492-1700 Nippondenso Inc. 2477 Denso Drive P Box 5133 .O. Southfield, MI 48086 Telephone: (313) 350-7500
Flexplates
Corrugated Packing and Sheet Metal Hamsterley Newcastle Upon Tyne England Telephone: 01207-560-505 Allison Transmission Division of General Motors Corporation P Box 894 .O. Indianapolis, IN 46206-0894 Telephone: (317) 242-5000 Midwest Mfg. Co. 29500 Southfield Road, Suite 122 Southfield, MI 48076 Telephone: (313) 642-5355 Wohlert Corporation 708 East Grand River Avenue P Box 20217 .O. Lansing, MI 48901 Telephone: (517) 485-3750
Fans
Truflo Ltd. Westwood Road Birmingham B6 7JF England Telephone: 021-557-4101 Hayes-Albion Corporation Jackson Manufacturing Plant 1999 Wildwood Avenue Jackson, MI 49202 Telephone: (517) 782-9421 Engineered Cooling Systems, Inc. 201 W. Carmel Drive Carmel, IN 46032 Telephone: (317) 846-3438 Brookside Corporation P Box 30 .O. McCordsville, IN 46055 Telephone: (317) 335-2014 TCF Aerovent Company 9100 Purdue Rd., Suite 101 Indianapolis, IN 46268-1190 Telephone: (317) 872-0030 Kysor-Cadillac 1100 Wright Street Cadillac, MI 49601 Telephone: (616) 775-4681 Schwitzer 6040 West 62nd Street P Box 80-B .O. Indianapolis, IN 46206 Telephone: (317) 328-3010
Fuel Coolers
Hayden, Inc. 1531 Pomona Road P Box 848 .O. Corona, CA 917180848 Telephone: (909) 7362665
Fuel Warmers
Electronic Switches
Cutler-Hammer Products Eaton Corporation 4201 N. 27th Street Milwaukee, WI 53216 Telephone: (414) 4496600
Gauges
A.I.S. Dyffon Industrial Estate Ystrad Mynach Hengoed Mid Glamorgan CF8 7XD England Telephone: 01443-812791
Engine Protection Controls

Flight Systems Headquarters Hempt Road P Box 25 .O. Mechanicsburg, PA 17055 Telephone: (717) 6970333

Grasslin U.K. Ltd. Vale Rise Tonbridge Kent TN9 1TB England Telephone: 01732-359888 Icknield Instruments Ltd. Jubilee Road Letchworth Herts England Telephone: 04626-5551 Superb Tool and Gauge Co. 21 Princip Street Birmingham B4 61E England Telephone: 021-359-4876 Kabi Electrical and Plastics Cranborne Road Potters Bar Herts EN6 3JP England Telephone: 01707-53444 Datcon Instruments P Box 128 .O. East Petersburg, PA 17520 Telephone: (717) 569-5713 Rochester Gauges, Inc. 11616 Harry Hines Blvd. P Box 29242 .O. Dallas, TX 75229 Telephone: (214) 241-2161

Kim Hotstart Co. P Box 11245 .O. Spokane, WA 99211-0245 Telephone: (509) 534-6171
Heat Sleeves
Bentley Harris Manufacturing Co. 100 Bentley Harris Way Gordonville, TN 38563 Telephone: (313) 348-5779
Prelubrication Systems
RPM Industries, Inc. Suite 109 55 Hickory Street Washington, PA 15301 Telephone: (412) 2285130
Hydraulic and Power Steering Pumps

Hobourn Automotive Temple Farm Works Priory Road Strood Rochester Kent, England ME2 2BD Telephone: 01634-71773 Honeywell Control Systems Ltd. Honeywell House Charles Square Bracknell Berks RG12 1EB Telephone: 01344-4245 Sundstrand Hydratec Ltd. Cheney Manor Trading Estate Swindon Wiltshire SN2 2PZ England Telephone: 01793-30101 Sperry Vickers P Box 302 .O. Troy, MI 48084 Telephone: (313) 280-3000 Z.F. P Box 1340 .O. Grafvonsoden Strasse 5-9 D7070 Schwaebisch Gmuend Germany Telephone: 7070-7171-31510
Radiators
JB Radiator Specialties, Inc. P Box 292087 .O. Sacramento, CA 958292087 Telephone: (916) 3814791 The G&O Manufacturing Company 100 Gando Drive P Box 1204 .O. New Haven, CT 065051204 Telephone: (203) 5625121 Young Radiator Company 2825 Four Mile Road Racine, WI 53404 Telephone: (910) 2712397 L and M Radiator, Inc. 1414 East 37th Street Hibbing, MN 55746 Telephone: (218) 2638993
Throttle Assemblies
Williams Controls, Inc. 14100 SW 72nd Avenue Portland, OR 97224 Telephone: (503) 6848600
Governors
Woodward Governors Ltd. P Box 15 .O. 663/664 Ajax Avenue Slough Bucks SL1 4DD England Telephone: 01753-26835 Woodward Governor Co. P Box 1519 .O. Fort Collins, CO 80522 Telephone: (303) 482-5811 (800) 523-2831 Barber Colman Co. 1354 Clifford Avenue Loves Park, IL 61132 Telephone: (815) 637-3000 United Technologies Diesel Systems 1000 Jorie Blvd. Suite 111 Oak Brook, IL 69521 Telephone: (312) 325-2020
Torque Converters
Twin Disc International S.A. Chaussee de Namur Nivelles Belgium Telephone: 067-224941 Twin Disc Incorporated 1328 Racine Street Racine, WI 53403-1758 Telephone: (414) 634-1981 Rockford Powertrain, Inc. Off-Highway Systems 1200 Windsor Road P Box 2908 .O. Rockford, IL 61132-2908 Telephone: (815) 633-7460 Modine Mfg. Co. 1500 DeKoven Avenue Racine, WI 53401 Telephone: (414) 636-1640
In-Line Connectors
Pioneer-Standard Electronics, Inc. 5440 Neiman Parkway Solon, OH 44139 Telephone: (216) 3491300 Deutsch Industrial Products Division 37140 Industrial Avenue Hemet, CA 92343 Telephone: (714) 9291200
Oil Heaters
NOTES
QSK Section V - Specifications
Page V-a
Section V - Specifications
Section Contents
Page Air Intake System - Specifications ................................................................................................................ V-42 Aftercooler Assembly .................................................................................................................................. V-42 Turbocharger, Water-Cooled ........................................................................................................................ V-42 Air Intake System - Torque Values ................................................................................................................ V-43 Aftercooler Assembly .................................................................................................................................. V-43 Turbocharger Heat Shield............................................................................................................................ V-43 Cam Followers/Tappets - Specifications ....................................................................................................... V-24 Cam Follower Assembly .............................................................................................................................. V-24 Capscrew Markings and Torque Values ........................................................................................................ V-48 Capscrew Markings and Torque Values - Metric ......................................................................................... V-49 Capscrew Markings and Torque Values - U.S. Customary .......................................................................... V-50 Complete Engine - Specifications .................................................................................................................. V-1 Engine Assembly .......................................................................................................................................... V-1 Complete Engine - Torque Values................................................................................................................... V-3 Engine Assembly .......................................................................................................................................... V-3 Engine Disassembly ..................................................................................................................................... V-3 Cooling System - Specifications ................................................................................................................... Fan Drive Idler Pulley Assembly .................................................................................................................. Fan Hub, Belt Driven ................................................................................................................................... Torque Converter Cooler ............................................................................................................................. Water Pump ................................................................................................................................................ Water Pump Bearings ................................................................................................................................. Cooling System - Torque Values ................................................................................................................... Coolant Thermostat..................................................................................................................................... Fan Hub, Belt Driven................................................................................................................................... Torque Converter Cooler ............................................................................................................................. Water Pump ................................................................................................................................................ Cylinder Block - Specifications..................................................................................................................... Bearings, Main............................................................................................................................................ Camshaft .................................................................................................................................................... Camshaft Bushings..................................................................................................................................... Camshaft Gear (Camshaft Removed) .......................................................................................................... Connecting Rod .......................................................................................................................................... Crankshaft .................................................................................................................................................. Crankshaft Gear, Front (Crankshaft Installed) .............................................................................................. Crankshaft Pulley ........................................................................................................................................ Cylinder Block............................................................................................................................................. Cylinder Block and Liner Seats ................................................................................................................... Cylinder Block Counterbore ........................................................................................................................ Cylinder Liner ............................................................................................................................................. Gear Cover Accessory Drive Bushing.......................................................................................................... Gear Cover, Front........................................................................................................................................ Gear Cover Spacer Plate ............................................................................................................................ Idler Gear, Camshaft ................................................................................................................................... Measure the Connecting Rod Bend (Bore Alignment).................................................................................. Measure the Connecting Rod Twist ............................................................................................................. Piston ......................................................................................................................................................... Cylinder Block - Torque Values ..................................................................................................................... Connecting Rod .......................................................................................................................................... Crankshaft Pulley ........................................................................................................................................ Cylinder Block............................................................................................................................................. Cylinder Block Counterbore ........................................................................................................................ Cylinder Head - Specifications...................................................................................................................... Cylinder Head ............................................................................................................................................. Cylinder Head Injector Bore ........................................................................................................................ Valve, Cylinder Head ................................................................................................................................... Valve Guide, Cylinder Head ........................................................................................................................ V-31 V-31 V-31 V-31 V-31 V-32 V-33 V-33 V-33 V-34 V-34 V-13 V-13 V-13 V-13 V-13 V-14 V-15 V-15 V-15 V-15 V-15 V-18 V-16 V-18 V-17 V-17 V-17 V-14 V-15 V-17 V-19 V-19 V-19 V-19 V-19 V-20 V-20 V-20 V-21 V-20
Page V-b
QSK Section V - Specifications Page
Valve Seat Bore........................................................................................................................................... V-21 Valve Seat Insert, Cylinder Head ................................................................................................................. V-21 Drive Belt Tension ......................................................................................................................................... V-47 Drive Units - Specifications........................................................................................................................... Fuel Pump Drive ......................................................................................................................................... Fuel Pump Drive Gear and Shaft ................................................................................................................ Hydraulic Pump Drive ................................................................................................................................. Hydraulic Pump Support Bushing ............................................................................................................... Outer Hydraulic Pump Support Drive .......................................................................................................... Rear Gear Drive (Lower Assembly).............................................................................................................. Rear Gear Drive (Upper Assembly) ............................................................................................................. Water Pump Drive....................................................................................................................................... Drive Units - Torque Values ........................................................................................................................... Outer Hydraulic Pump Support Drive .......................................................................................................... Rear Gear Drive (Lower Assembly).............................................................................................................. Rear Gear Drive (Upper Assembly) ............................................................................................................. V-35 V-35 V-36 V-36 V-39 V-38 V-36 V-37 V-38 V-40 V-41 V-40 V-40
Electrical Equipment - Specifications........................................................................................................... V-45 Drive Belt, Alternator................................................................................................................................... V-45 Engine Testing - Specifications..................................................................................................................... V-46 Engine Testing (Chassis Dynamometer) ...................................................................................................... V-46 Engine Testing (Engine Dynamometer)........................................................................................................ V-46 Exhaust System - Specifications .................................................................................................................. V-44 Exhaust Manifold, Dry................................................................................................................................. V-44 Fraction, Decimal, Millimeter Conversions ................................................................................................... V-51 Fuel System - Torque Values......................................................................................................................... V-25 Fuel Shutoff Valve (FSOV) ........................................................................................................................... V-25 Injectors and Fuel Lines - Torque Values...................................................................................................... V-26 Fuel Manifold (Supply) ................................................................................................................................ V-26 Lubricating Oil System - Specifications........................................................................................................ Lubricating Oil Filter Head .......................................................................................................................... Lubricating Oil Filter Head (LF670).............................................................................................................. Lubricating Oil Filter Head (Remote-Mounted) ............................................................................................. Lubricating Oil Pan ..................................................................................................................................... Lubricating Oil Pump .................................................................................................................................. Oil Transfer Connection............................................................................................................................... Lubricating Oil System - Torque Values ........................................................................................................ Lubricating Oil Cooler ................................................................................................................................. Lubricating Oil Filter Head .......................................................................................................................... Lubricating Oil Filter Head (Remote-Mounted) ............................................................................................. Lubricating Oil Pump .................................................................................................................................. Oil Transfer Connection............................................................................................................................... V-27 V-27 V-27 V-27 V-27 V-27 V-28 V-29 V-29 V-29 V-29 V-29 V-30
Newton-Meter to Foot-Pound Conversion Chart ........................................................................................... V-52 Pipe Plug Torque Values................................................................................................................................ V-53 Rocker Levers - Specifications...................................................................................................................... Rocker Lever............................................................................................................................................... Rocker Lever Assembly............................................................................................................................... Rocker Lever Bushings ............................................................................................................................... V-23 V-23 V-23 V-23
Tap-Drill Chart - U.S. Customary and Metric ................................................................................................ V-54 Weights and Measures - Conversion Factors ............................................................................................... V-55

Component or Assembly (Procedure) Ref.No./Steps Metric
Complete Engine - Specifications Page V-1

U.S.
Complete Engine - Specifications

Cylinder Liner I.D. (New) 158.737 mm 158.775 mm MIN MAX 6.2495 in 6.2510 in
Cylinder Liner Protrusion
0.13 mm 0.18 mm
MIN MAX
0.003 in 0.007 in
Crankshaft End Clearance
0.10 mm 0.41 mm
MIN MAX
0.004 in 0.016 in
Connecting Rod and Crankshaft Side Clearance New or Remanufactured Parts
0.20 mm 0.35 mm
MIN MAX
0.008 in 0.014 in
Camshaft End Clearance
0.15 mm 0.33 mm
MIN MAX
0.006 in 0.013 in
Hydraulic Pump Idler Gear End Clearance
0.10 mm 0.36 mm
MIN MAX
0.004 in 0.014 in
Water Pump Idler Gear End Clearance
0.10 mm 0.36 mm
MIN MAX
0.004 in 0.014 in
Complete Engine - Specifications Page V-2

Component or Assembly (Procedure) Camshaft Idler Gear End Clearance Ref.No./Steps

Metric 0.29 mm 0.51 mm MIN MAX U.S. 0.012 in 0.020 in
Lower Housing-To-Cylinder Block Gear Backlash
0.05 mm 0.51 mm
MIN MAX
0.002 in 0.015 in
Idler Gear Backlash
0.05 mm 0.51 mm
MIN MAX
0.002 in 0.020 in
Piston Cooling Nozzle Mounting Capscrew Torque Value
45 Nm
35 ft-lb
Valve Adjustment (Initial Set)
Reference Point A B
Valve Adjustment (Initial Set) mm 0.81 0.36 Exhaust Intake

6 Nm
in 0.032 0.014
50 in-lb
Aftercooler Hose Clamp Torque Value
Alternator Belt Tension
670 N
150 lbf

Complete Engine - Torque Values Page V-3

U.S.
Complete Engine - Torque Values

Engine Disassembly (009-029)
Engine Stand Mounting Capscrews 45 Nm 35 ft-lb

Main Bearing Cap Bolts 1 2 3 4 5 265 Nm 605 Nm Loosen 265 Nm 605 Nm 195 ft-lb 445 ft-lb Loosen 195 ft-lb 445 ft-lb
Connecting Rod Capscrews
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
100 Nm 205 Nm 339 Nm Loosen 100 Nm 205 Nm 339 Nm
75 ft-lb 150 ft-lb 250 ft-lb Loosen 75 ft-lb 150 ft-lb 250 ft-lb
Oil Suction Tube Mounting Capscrews
60 Nm 35 Nm
25 ft-lb 25 ft-lb
Gear Cover Spacer Plate Capscrews
45 Nm
35 ft-lb
Idler Gear
245 Nm
180 ft-lb
Lube Oil Pump Idler Gear
245 Nm
180 ft-lb

Component or Assembly (Procedure) Camshaft Idler Gear Install Camshaft Idler Gear Mountig Capscrew Ref.No./Steps 1 2 3

Metric 45 Nm 95 Nm 150 Nm U.S. 35 ft-lb 70 ft-lb 110 ft-lb
Flywheel Housing Mounting Capscrews
1 2
100 Nm 205 Nm
75 ft-lb 150 ft-lb
Lube Oil Pan Adapter Mounting Capscrews 3/8-16 inch 7/16-14 inch
45 Nm 65 Nm
35 ft-lb 50 ft-lb
Rear Main Seal Mounting Capscrews
11 Nm
95 in-lb
Oil Pan Adapter Capscrews Capscrews 1 23 Oil Pan Adapter Capscrews Capscrews 24 28
60 Nm 45 Nm
45 ft-lb 35 ft-lb
Front Engine Mount
195 Nm
145 ft-lb
Lube Oil Pan Mounting Capscrews
45 Nm
35 ft-lb

Component or Assembly (Procedure) Air Compressor Mounting Capscrews Capscrew 5 Capscrew 4 Capscrew 2 Ref.No./Steps Metric 60 Nm 45 Nm 45 Nm

U.S. 45 ft-lb 35 ft-lb 35 ft-lb
Cylinder Head Capscrews
Step 1 Step 2 3 4
68 Nm 205 Nm 300 Nm Rotate 90 Degrees
50 ft-lb 150 ft-lb 220 ft-lb
Rocker Lever Housing Sequence Torque
95 Nm
70 ft-lb
Valve Adjusting Screw
1 Nm
6 in-lb
Valve Set-Feel Method With Torque Wrench Adapter, Part No. ST-669 (1) Without Adapter
45 Nm 60 Nm
35 ft-lb 45 ft-lb
Valve Adjusting Screw Locknut Valve Adjusting Screw
20 Nm 19 Nm
250 in-lb 165 in-lb
Rocker Lever Cover Capscrews
45 Nm
35 ft-lb

Component or Assembly (Procedure) Thermostat Housing Support Capscrews Ref.No./Steps

Metric 45 Nm U.S. 35 ft-lb
Capscrew Hose Clamp
20 Nm 6 Nm
15 ft-lb 50 in-lb
Aftercooler Coolant Return Tube Capscrews
6 Nm
50 in-lb
Capscrew Hose Clamp
45 Nm 6 Nm
35 ft-lb 50 in-lb
Capscrew Hose Clamp
45 Nm 6 Nm
35 ft-lb 50 in-lb
Capscrew Hose Clamp
20 Nm 6 Nm
15 ft-lb 50 in-lb
Capscrew Hose Clamp
20 Nm 6 Nm
15 ft-lb 50 in-lb

Component or Assembly (Procedure) Cam Follower Mounting Capscrews Ref.No./Steps 1 2 3 Metric 55 Nm 110 Nm 165 Nm

U.S. 40 ft-lb 80 ft-lb 120 ft-lb
Cam Follower Cover Capscrews
27 Nm
20 ft-lb
Filter Head Capscrews
45 Nm
35 ft-lb
Accessory Drive Capscrews
45 Nm
35 ft-lb
O-Ring Plugs
25 Nm
20 ft-lb
Fuel Pump Capscrews
45 Nm
35 ft-lb
Fuel Pump Inlet Hose Fuel Supply Hose
88 Nm 60 Nm
65 ft-lb 45 ft-lb

Component or Assembly (Procedure) Fuel Control Valve Body Assembly Capscrew Ref.No./Steps

Electrical Connection Post
3 Nm
25 in-lb
Electrical Connection Nut
2 Nm
15 in-lb
Control Valve Body Hoses Fuel Supply Hose (1) Timing and Rail Pressure Lines (2 and 3)
61 Nm 27 Nm
45 ft-lb 20 ft-lb
Front Fuel Manifold Capscrews
9.6 Nm
85 in-lb
Fuel Tube Nut
27 Nm
20 ft-lb
Air Inlet Connection Hose Flange Capscrew: Clamp:
4 Nm 6 Nm
35 in-lb 50 in-lb

Component or Assembly (Procedure) Aftercooler Capscrews Ref.No./Steps Step 1 2 Metric 25 Nm 45 Nm

U.S. 20 ft-lb 35 ft-lb
Turbocharger Oil Return Line
45 Nm
35 ft-lb
Rail Applications, Air Crossover Clamp
8 Nm
75 in-lb
Oil Cooler Element Capscrews
45 Nm
35 ft-lb
Torque Converter Cooler Cover Capscrews
45 Nm
35 ft-lb
Aftercooler Supply Hose Clamp
5.6 Nm
50 in-lb
Torque Converter Cooler Bypass Tube Capscrew Clamp
45 Nm 5.6 Nm
35 ft-lb 50 in-lb

Component or Assembly (Procedure) Oil Cooler Cover Capscrews Ref.No./Steps

Water Pump Outlet Connection Capscrews
45 Nm
35 ft-lb
Water Pump Outlet Connection Hose Clamps
6 Nm
50 in-lb
Exhaust Manifold Capscrews
45 Nm
35 ft-lb
Turbocharger Capscrews
40 Nm
30 ft-lb
Bearing Housing Capscrews
20 Nm
180 in-lb
Oil Supply Hose Fitting
31 Nm
23 ft-lb

Component or Assembly (Procedure) Turbocharger Inlet Piping Clamp Ref.No./Steps Metric 8 Nm

U.S. 75 in-lb
Turbocharger Exhaust Piping Clamp
8 Nm
75 in-lb
Belt Tensioner Capscrews
201 Nm
75 ft-lb
Idler Arm Assembly Capscrews
45 Nm
35 ft-lb
Fan Hub Nuts
34 Nm
25 ft-lb
Water Pump Inlet Connection Capscrews
40 Nm
30 ft-lb
Warer Pump Mounting Capscrews and Nut
45 Nm
35 ft-lb

Component or Assembly (Procedure) Water Pump Support Bracket Capscrew Ref.No./Steps

Alternator Pulley Nut
100 Nm
75 ft-lb
Belt Tensioning Jam Nuts Alternator Mounting Capscrews
55 Nm 55 Nm
40 ft-lb 40 ft-lb
Starting Motor Mounting Capscrews W/Cast Iron Flywheel Housing W/Aluminum Flywheel Housing
215 Nm 195 Nm
160 ft-lb 145 ft-lb

Cylinder Block - Specifications Page V-13

U.S.
Cylinder Block - Specifications

Bearings, Main (001-006)
Thrust Bearing Thickness Standard or Oversize (OS) Standard 0.010 (OS) 0.020 (OS) 3.82 3.90 4.08 4.15 4.33 4.41 mm mm mm mm mm mm MIN MAX MIN MAX MIN MAX MIN MAX 0.1505 0.1535 0.1605 0.1635 0.1705 0.1735 in in in in in in
Camshaft (001-008)
Camshaft Bushing Journal O.D. 76.07 mm 76.12 mm 2.995 in 2.997 in
Camshaft Bushing I.D.
82.550 mm 82.640 mm
MIN MAX
3.2500 in 2.2535 in
Camshaft Gear (Camshaft Removed) (001-013)

Camshaft O.D. (Gear Location) 57.200 mm 57.210 mm MIN MAX 2.2520 in 2.2525 in
Camshaft Gear I.D.
57.200 mm 57.210 mm
MIN MAX
2.2520 in 2.2525 in
Camshaft to Camshaft Gear Clearance
0.15 mm 0.33 mm
MIN MAX
0.006 in 0.013 in
Camshaft Bushings (001-010)

Camshaft Bushing Bore I.D. 88.989 mm 89.015 mm MIN MAX 3.5035 in 3.5045 in

Component or Assembly (Procedure) Camshaft Bushing I.D. Ref.No./Steps


Capscrew Length (1) Capscrew O.D. (2) Capscrew O.D. (3) 117.09 mm 117.86 mm 15.26 mm 15.37 mm 17.35 mm 17.45 mm 60.99 mm 61.02 mm MIN MAX MIN MAX MIN MAX MIN MAX 4.610 4.640 0.601 0.605 0.683 0.687 in in in in in in
Connecting Rod Wrist Pin Bearing I.D.
2.4010 in 2.4025 in
Connecting Rod Bearing Bore I.D.
107.995 mm 108.005 mm
MIN MAX
4.2518 in 4.2522 in
Connecting Rod Length
289.69 mm 289.74 mm
MIN MAX
11.405 in 11.407 in
Measure the Connecting Rod Bend (Bore Alignment)

Connecting Rod Bend 0.010 mm 0.195 mm MAX MAX 0.004 in 0.008 in


U.S.
Measure the Connecting Rod Twist

Maximum Connecting Rod Twist Bushing Installed Bushing Removed 0.25 mm 0.51 mm MAX MAX 0.010 in 0.020 in
Crankshaft (001-016)
Crankshaft O.D. Location (1) Location (2) Location (3) Rod Bearing Journal O.D. (4) Main Bearing Journal O.D. (5) Thrust Distance (6) 152.35 mm 152.40 mm 111.07 mm 111.13 mm 110.74 mm 110.77 mm 101.524 mm 101.600 mm 139.637 mm 139.700 mm 60.30 mm 60.33 mm MIN MAX MIN MAX MIN MAX MIN MAX MIN MAX MIN MAX 5.998 6.000 4.373 4.375 4.360 4.361 3.997 4.000 5.4975 5.5000 2.374 2.375 in in in in in in in in in in in in
Crankshaft Gear, Front (Crankshaft Installed) (001-018)

Crankshaft O.D. (Gear Location) 111.25 mm 111.28 mm MIN MAX 4.380 in 4.381 in

Pully O.D. Pully I.D. 134.78 mm 135.04 mm 110.780 mm 110.806 mm MIN MAX MIN MAX 5.3105 5.3115 4.3610 4.3620 in in in in

(13) Cylinder Block Height (14) Cylinder Block Height- Main bearing Saddle 481.91 mm 482.76 mm 407.70 mm 408.53 mm MIN MAX MIN MAX 18.9735 in 19.0065 in 16.051 in 16.084 in
Cylinder Block and Liner Seats (001-027)

Counterbore Depth 13.755 mm 13.805 mm MIN MAX 0.5415 in 0.5435 in

Component or Assembly (Procedure) Counterbore Diameter - UPPER Press Fit Diameter Ref.No./Steps

Counterbore Diameter - LOWER Press Fit Diameter
180.09 mm 180.14 mm
MIN MAX
7.090 in 7.092 in
(4) Packing Ring Bore
177.34 mm 177.40 mm
MIN MAX
6.982 in 6.984 in
Cylinder Liner (001-028)

Cylinder Liner I.D. 158.737 mm 158.877 mm MIN MAX 6.2495 in 6.2550 in
Upper Press Fit Liner Flange Diameter Standard Oversize 20/20
188.19 188.24 188.70 188.75
mm mm mm mm
MIN MAX MIN MAX
7.409 7.411 7.429 7.431
in in in in
Lower Press Fit Area O.D. Standard Oversize 20/20
180.16 180.21 180.67 180.72
mm mm mm mm
MIN MAX MIN MAX
7.093 7.095 7.113 7.115
in in in in
Liner Flange Thickness
13.398 mm 13.424 mm
MIN MAX
0.5275 in 0.5285 in


U.S.
Gear Cover Spacer Plate (001-029)

Accessory Drive Stud (1)- Installed Height Water Pump Drive Stud (2) Installed Height Gear Spacer Plate and Gear Housing 31.88 mm 33.15 mm 62.99 mm 63.75 mm MIN MAX MIN MAX 1.255 in 1.305 in 2.480 in 2.510 in
Gear Cover, Front (001-031)

Accessory Drive & Water Pump Drive Bushing I.D. Hydraulic Pump Drive (2) Bushing I.D. 39.75 39.90 38.13 38.25 mm mm mm mm MIN MAX MIN MAX 1.565 1.571 1.501 1.506 in in in in
Barring Mechanism Bushing Bore
18.215 mm 18.265 mm
MIN MAX
0.717 in 0.719 in
Idler Gear, Camshaft (001-036)

Idler Gear Bushing I.D. 47.638 mm 47.714 mm MIN MAX 1.8755 in 1.8785 in
Piston (001-043)
Ring Groove Wear Limits (Diameter Over Pins) Top Ring Second Ring 159.100 mm 159.413 mm MIN MIN 6.2638 in 6.2761 in
Piston Oil Ring Groove Width
4.788 mm 4.851 mm
MIN MAX
0.1885 in 0.1910 in
Articulated Piston Pin Bore I.D. (Crown) Articulated Piston Pin Bore I.D. (Skirt)
60.960 61.059 60.949 60.961
mm mm mm mm
MIN MAX MIN MAX
2.4000 2.4039 2.3996 2.4000
in in in in

Component or Assembly (Procedure) Piston Pin O.D. Piston Pin Length Ref.No./Steps

Metric 60.929 60.935 132.59 132.85 mm mm mm mm MIN MAX MIN MAX U.S. 2.3988 2.3990 5.220 5.230 in in in in

Cylinder Liner Protrusion 0.13 mm 0.18 mm MIN MAX 0.003 in 0.007 in
Liner Bore Run Out
0.130 mm
MAX
0.005 in
Gear Cover Accessory Drive Bushing (001-066)

Front Cover Bushing Bore I.D. Accessory and Water Pump Drive Hydraulic Pump Drive 43.078 43.104 41.275 41.301 mm mm mm mm MIN MAX MIN MAX 1.696 1.697 1.625 1.626 in in in in

Cylinder Block - Torque Values Page V-19

U.S.
Cylinder Block - Torque Values

Vibration Damper 140 Nm 105 ft-lb

Step 1 Step 2 270 Nm 610 Nm 200 ft-lb 450 ft-lb

Cylinder Block Counter Bore Mechining Tool 40 Nm 40 Nm 30 ft-lb 30 ft-lb

Connecting Rod Capscrew 1 2 3 100 Nm 200 Nm 290 Nm 75 ft-lb 150 ft-lb 214 ft-lb
Loosen Connecting Rod Capscrew 5 6 7 100 Nm 200 Nm 290 Nm 75 ft-lb 150 ft-lb 214 ft-lb
Cylinder Head - Specifications Page V-20

Component or Assembly (Procedure) Ref.No./Steps

Metric U.S.
Cylinder Head - Specifications

Cylinder Head (002-004)
Allowable Crack Length 6 mm MAX 0.25 in
Allowable Valve Depth from the Combustion Face
0.00 mm 0.51 mm
MIN MAX
0.000 in 0.020 in
Minimum Head Thickness (1)
150.114 mm
MIN
5.910 in
Cylinder Head Capscrew Free Length
207.3 mm
MAX
8.160 in
Cylilnder Head Pressure TestAir Pressure
552 kPa
MAX
80 psi
Cylinder Head Injector Bore (002-011)

Injector Protrusion 2.42 mm 2.92 mm MIN MAX 0.095 in 0.115 in
Valve Guide, Cylinder Head (002-017)

Valve Guide I.D. (Installed) 10.551 mm 10.589 mm MIN MAX 0.4154 in 0.4169 in

Component or Assembly (Procedure) Valve Guide Bore I.D. Ref.No./Steps Metric 21.438 mm 21.463 mm MIN MAX

U.S. 0.8440 in 0.8450 in
Valve Guide Height (to Spring Pocket) Valve Guide Height (to Top of Head)
37.97 38.48 13.97 14.47
mm mm mm mm
MIN MAX MIN MAX
1.495 1.515 0.550 0.570
in in in in
Valve Seat Bore (002-018)

Valve Seat Bore Measurements Intake Diameter Intake Depth Exhaust Diameter Exhaust Depth 60.37 60.40 13.00 13.13 60.37 60.40 12.50 12.62 mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm MIN MAX MIN MAX MIN MAX MIN MIN 2.377 2.378 0.492 0.497 2.377 3.378 0.492 0.497 in in in in in in in in
Valve Seat Insert, Cylinder Head (002-019)

Valve Seat Width Intake Exhaust 3.05 3.55 1.52 2.54 mm mm mm mm MIN MAX MIN MAX 0.120 0.140 0.060 0.100 in in in in
Valve Seat to Guide Concentricity
0.05 mm
MAX
0.002 in
Valve, Cylinder Head (002-020)

Valve Stem O.D. 10.490 mm 10.510 mm MIN MAX 0.4130 in 0.4138 in
Valve Head Thickness (at the O.D.)
3.94 mm
MIN
0.155 in

Component or Assembly (Procedure) Coil Shot Amperage Ref.No./Steps

Metric U.S.
Coil Shot Amperage (Ampere Turns) MIN 400 D.C. or rectified A.C. MAX 800 D.C. or rectified A.C.
Head Shot Amperage
Head Shot Amperage MIN MAX
(Ampere) 500 D.C. or rectified A.C. 700 D.C. or rectified A.C.

Rocker Levers - Specifications Page V-23

U.S.
Rocker Levers - Specifications

Rocker Lever (003-008)
Amperage (Ampere Turns)
Amperage (Ampere Turns) 1200 D.C. or rectified A.C. 2000 D.C. or rectified A.C.
Rocker Lever Assembly (003-009)

Rocker Arm Shaft O.D. 47.592 mm 47.634 mm MIN MAX 1.8737 in 1.8753 in
Bushing Bore I.D.
47.66 mm 47.73 mm
MIN MAX
1.876 in 1.879 in
Rocker Lever Bushings (003-010)

Lever Bore I.D. 49.25 mm 49.27 mm MIN MAX 1.939 in 1.940 in
Cam Followers/Tappets - Specifications Page V-24


Metric U.S.
Cam Followers/Tappets - Specifications

Cam Follower Assembly (004-001)
Cam Follower Shaft O.D. 28.538 mm 28.575 mm MIN MAX 1.1235 in 1.125 in
Cam Follower Roller Clearance
Reference Point (1) (2)

Cam Follower Lever I.D.
Cam Follower Roller Clearance mm 0.230 MIN 0.610 MAX 0.076 0.114 MIN MAX
28.611 mm 28.661 mm
in 0.009 0.024 0.003 0.0045

MIN MAX 1.1264 in 1.1284 in

Fuel System - Torque Values Page V-25

U.S.
Fuel System - Torque Values
Fuel Shutoff Valve (FSOV) (005-043)

3 Nm 25 in-lb
8 Nm
72 in-lb
2 Nm
15 in-lb
Injectors and Fuel Lines - Torque Values Page V-26


Metric U.S.
Injectors and Fuel Lines - Torque Values

Fuel Manifold (Supply) (006-022)
Manifold Plugs Plug (1): Plug (2): 20 Nm 7 Nm 180 in-lb 60 in-lb
Fuel Connection Block
10 Nm
90 in-lb

Lubricating Oil System - Specifications Page V-27

U.S.
Lubricating Oil System - Specifications

Bypass Plunger Spring Free Length Working Height (6) Spring Force (7) 88.98 mm 50.80 mm 26 Nm 29 Nm MIN MAX MIN MAX 3.500 in 2.000 in 19.3 ft-lb 21.3 ft-lb
Lubricating Oil Filter Head (LF670) (007-015)

LF670 Filter Head Adapter 65 ft-lb 88 Nm

Bypass Plunger Spring Free Length Working Height (6) Spring Force (7) 88.98 mm 50.80 mm 26 Nm 29 mm MAX MAX MIN MAX 3.500 in 2.000 in 19.3 ft-lb 21.3 in
Lubricating Oil Pan (007-025)

Oil Pan Capacities Shallow full length PN 3086097 Long (1/3) deep PN 3086096 Short (1/3) deep PN 3331695 Marine, deep rear PN 3096460 Power Generator PN 3331568 49 61 49 61 49 61 64 72 102 114 liters liters liters liters liters liters liters liters liters liters MIN MAX MIN MAX MIN MAX MIN MAX MIN MAX MIN MAX 13 16 13 16 13 16 17 19 27 30 U.S.gal U.S.gal U.S.gal U.S.gal U.S.gal U.S.gal U.S.gal U.S.gal U.S.gal U.S.gal 0.004 in 0.010 in

Oil Pump End Clearance 0.1016 mm 0.2540 mm
Bushing I.D.
22.263 mm 22.324 mm
MIN MAX
0.8765 in 0.8785 in
Lubricating Oil System - Specifications Page V-28


Metric 95 mm 322 N 344 N Nominal MIN MAX U.S. 3.75 in 72 lb 77 lb
Pressure Regulator Spring Free Length Spring Force @ 63.88 mm [2.5 in] Working Height
Shaft O.D.
22.212 mm 22.225 mm
MIN MAX
0.8745 in 0.8750 in
Gear I.D. Shaft O.D.
22.169 22.195 22.212 22.225
mm mm mm mm
MIN MAX MIN MAX
0.8728 0.8738 0.8745 0.8750
in in in in
Gear Location on Shaft Idler Drive
26.162 mm 26.67 mm 26.162 mm 26.416 mm
MIN MAX MIN MAX
1.03 1.051 1.03 1.040
in in in in

Piston Cooling Nozzle Spring Free Length Working Height (6) Spring Force (7) 88.98 mm 50.80 mm 26 Nm 29 Nm MAX MAX MIN MAX 3.500 in 2.000 in 19.3 ft-lb 21.3 ft-lb

Lubricating Oil System - Torque Values Page V-29

U.S.
Lubricating Oil System - Torque Values

Lubricating Oil Cooler (007-003)
Lube Oil Cooler Element Pressure Test 415 kPa 60 psi

Bypass Plunger and Spring 54 Nm 40 ft-lb
Piston Cooling Nozzle Plunger and Spring
54 Nm
40 ft-lb
Oil Filter Head Pipe Plugs 1-5/16 9/16
61 Nm 14 Nm
45 ft-lb 10 ft-lb
Lube Oil Filter Head Adapter
23 Nm
17 ft-lb

9/16 Plug 1-3/16 Plug 1-7/8 Plug 14 Nm 54 Nm 95 Nm 10 ft-lb 40 ft-lb 70 ft-lb

Lube Oil Pump Rear Cover 45 Nm 35 ft-lb
Lubricating Oil System - Torque Values Page V-30


Metric U.S.

9/16 Plug 1 3/16 Plug 1 7/8 Plug 14 Nm 54 Nm 95 Nm 10 ft-lb 40 ft-lb 70 ft-lb

Cooling System - Specifications Page V-31

U.S.
Cooling System - Specifications

Bearing End Clearance
Fan Drive Idler Pulley Assembly (008-030)

0.08 mm 0.25 mm MIN MAX 0.003 in 0.010 in

Bearing End Clearance 0.025 mm 0.102 mm MIN MAX 0.001 in 0.004 in

Impeller Vane-To-Body Clearance 0.58 mm 0.86 mm MIN MAX 0.023 in 0.034 in
Impeller to Shaft Press Fit
0.03 mm 0.07 mm
MIN MAX
0.001 in 0.003 in
Housing Bore I.D. (13) Water Seal (14) Oil Seal (15) Rear Bearing (16) Front Bearing Seat Dimension
36.45 mm 36.47 mm 44.43 mm 44.48 mm 51.996 mm 52.215 mm 71.996 mm 72.215 mm 10.52 mm 10.57 mm
1.435 1.436 1.749 1.751 2.0471 2.0557 2.8345 2.8431
in in in in in in in in
0.414 in 0.416 in

Air Pressure 415 kPa MAX 60 psi
Cooling System - Specifications Page V-32


Metric U.S.
Water Pump Bearings (008-071)

Bearing to Shaft Differences Clearance Interference 0.003 mm 0.018 mm MAX MAX 0.0001 in 0.0007 in

Cooling System - Torque Values Page V-33

U.S.
Cooling System - Torque Values

Coolant Thermostat (008-013)
Thermostat Housing Capscrews 45 Nm 35 ft-lb
Thermostat Housing Capscrews
45 Nm
35 ft-lb
Hose Clamp
6 Nm
50 in-lb
Hose Clamp
6 Nm
50 in-lb

Fan Hub Grease Fittings 15 Nm 135 in-lb
Fan Hub Lock Nut
610 Nm
450 ft-lb
Fan Hub Pilot Capscrews
20 Nm
15 ft-lb
Cooling System - Torque Values Page V-34


Metric U.S.

Water Pump Shut Off Valve Capscrew 20 Nm 15 ft-lb
45 Nm
35 ft-lb
Water Pump Inlet Connection Capscrews
40 Nm
30 ft-lb

Torque Converter Cooler Housing Capscrews 130 Nm 95 ft-lb
Torque Converter Cooler Cover
45 Nm
35 ft-lb
Torque Converter Cooler Heater Plug
75 Nm
55 ft-lb

Component or Assembly (Procedure) Ref.No./Steps Metric U.S.
Drive Units - Specifications Page V-35
Drive Units - Specifications

Fuel Pump Drive (009-011)
Fuel Pump/Compressor Drive End Clearance 0.05 mm 0.30 mm MIN MAX 0.002 in 0.012 in
Bushing I.D.
33.43 mm 33.50 mm
MIN MAX
1.316 in 1.319 in
Thrust Bearing Thickness
2.36 mm 2.41 mm
MIN MAX
0.093 in 0.095 in
Shaft O.D. (5) (6) (7) (8) Pully I.D.
34.963 mm 34.976 mm 34.662 mm 39.674 mm 33.30 mm 33.33 mm 25.476 mm 25.489 mm 34.912 mm 34.938 mm
1.3765 1.3770 1.5616 1.5620 1.300 1.312 1.0030 1.0035
in in in in in in in in
1.3745 in 1.3755 in
Lovejoy Coupling I.D. Spline Coupling I.D.
25.425 25.438 25.400 25.425
mm mm mm mm
MIN MAX MIN MAX
1.0010 1.0015 1.0000 1.0010
in in in in
End Clearance
0.05 mm 0.30 mm
MIN MAX
0.002 in 0.012 in


Metric U.S.
Fuel Pump Drive Gear and Shaft (009-013)

Gear I.D. 39.73 mm 39.75 mm MIN MAX 1.564 in 1.565 in
Shaft O.D.
39.789 mm 39.802 mm
MIN MAX
1.5665 in 1.5670 in
Fuel Pump Drive Gear to Shaft
0.05 mm
MAX
0.002 in
Hydraulic Pump Drive (009-016)

End Clearance 0.13 mm 0.48 mm MIN MAX 0.005 in 0.019 in
End Clearance
0.13 mm 0.48 mm
MIN MAX
0.005 in 0.019 in

Idler Gear End Clearance 0.10 mm 0.51 mm MIN MAX 0.004 in 0.020 in
Lower Housing-To-Cylinder Block Gear Backlash
0.05 mm 0.51 mm
MIN MAX
0.002 in 0.015 in

Component or Assembly (Procedure) Idler Gear Backlash Ref.No./Steps Metric 0.05 mm 0.51 mm MIN MAX U.S. 0.002 in 0.020 in

Upper to Lower Housing Gasket Thickness-Nominal (New*) Part No. 205723 Part No. 3077231 Part No. 3201852 0.38 mm 0.51 mm 0.76 mm Nominal Nominal Nominal 0.015 in 0.020 in 0.030 in
Center Drive Shaft Bushing I.D.
47.536 mm 47.549 mm
MIN MAX
1.8715 in 1.8720 in
Upper Housing Thrust Bearing Thickness
2.27 mm 2.31 mm
MIN MAX
0.085 in 0.091 in
Hydraulic Drive Housing Bushing I.D.
47.60 mm 47.68 mm
MIN MAX
1.874 in 1.877 in
Hydraulic Pump Support Bushing I.D.
47.60 mm 47.68 mm
MIN MAX
1.874 in 1.877 in
Center Drive End Clearance
0.10 mm 0.51 mm
MIN MAX
0.004 in 0.020 in

Component or Assembly (Procedure) Center Drive Gear to Outer Drive Gear Backlash Ref.No./Steps

Center Drive Gear to Outer Drive Gear Backlash
0.10 mm 0.51 mm
MIN MAX
0.004 in 0.020 in
Water Pump Drive (009-029)

Water Pump Drive End Clearance 0.23 mm 0.33 mm MIN MAX 0.009 in 0.013 in
Water Pump Drive End Clearance
0.23 mm 0.33 mm
MIN MAX
0.009 in 0.013 in

Drive Shaft Bushing Diameters 47.536 mm 47.549 mm MIN MAX 1.8715 in 1.8720 in
Thrust Bearing Thickness
2.27 mm 2.31 mm
MIN MAX
0.085 in 0.091 in
Hydraulic Pump Support Bushing I.D.
47.60 mm 47.68 mm
MIN MAX
1.874 in 1.877 in

Component or Assembly (Procedure) Hydraulic Drive Gear End Clearance Ref.No./Steps Metric 0.10 mm 0.51 mm MIN MAX U.S. 0.004 in 0.020 in
Hydraulic Pump Support Bushing (009-037)

Hydraulic Pump Support Bore I.D. 53.86 mm 53.92 mm MIN MAX 2.121 in 2.123 in
Hydraulic Pump Support Bushing Bore I.D.
47.60 mm 47.68 mm
MIN MAX
1.874 in 1.877 in
Drive Units - Torque Values Page V-40


Metric U.S.
Drive Units - Torque Values

Drain Plugs

100 Nm 75 ft-lb
11 Nm
8 in-lb
20 Nm
15 ft-lb
Rear Gear Drive Capscrews
Step 1 2
100 Nm 205 Nm
75 ft-lb 150 ft-lb
Rear Gear Drive Capscrews 3/8-16 inch 7/16-14 inch
45 Nm 65 Nm
35 ft-lb 50 ft-lb
Mounting Capscrews Step 1 Step 2
70 Nm 150 Nm
50 ft-lb 110 ft-lb

20 Nm 15 ft-lb

Component or Assembly (Procedure) Adapter Cover Plate SAE C/SAE B Drive Cover Plate SAE A Drive Ref.No./Steps Metric 95 Nm 95 Nm 40 Nm U.S. 70 ft-lb 70 ft-lb 35 ft-lb
Drive Units - Torque Values Page V-41
40 Nm
30 ft-lb
70 Nm
50 ft-lb
70 Nm
50 ft-lb

Adapter Cover Plate SAE A drive SAE C/SAE B drive 40 Nm 95 Nm 70 ft-lb
95 Nm
35 ft-lb
70 ft-lb
Air Intake System - Specifications Page V-42


Metric U.S.
Air Intake System - Specifications

Air Pressure 415 kPa MAX 60 psi
Turbocharger, Water-Cooled (010-037)

Turbocharger End Clearance 0.05 mm 0.13 mm MIN MAX 0.002 in 0.005 in
Holset HX82 Turbocharger Compressor Impeller Turbine Wheel
0.15 0.45 0.20 0.55
mm mm mm mm
MIN MAX MIN MAX
0.006 0.018 0.008 0.210
in in in in

Air Intake System - Torque Values Page V-43

U.S.
Air Intake System - Torque Values

35 Nm 25 ft-lb
Step 1 Step 2
35 Nm 50 Nm
25 ft-lb 35 ft-lb
Turbocharger Heat Shield (010-076)

35 Nm 25 ft-lb
Exhaust System - Specifications Page V-44


Metric U.S.
Exhaust System - Specifications

Exhaust Manifold, Dry (011-007)
Exhaust Manifold Capscrew Holes 191.5 mm 193.5 mm MIN MAX 7.54 in 7.62 in

Electrical Equipment - Specifications Page V-45

U.S.
Electrical Equipment - Specifications

Drive Belt, Alternator (013-005)
Alternator Belt Tension 670 N 150 lbf
Engine Testing - Specifications Page V-46


Metric U.S.
Engine Testing - Specifications

Maximum Coolant Pressure with Closed Thermostat and No Pressure Cap
Engine Testing (Chassis Dynamometer) (014-005)

241 kPa 35 psi
Hose Temperature (Minimum)
260 C
500 F
Engine Testing (Engine Dynamometer) (014-005)

Lubricating Oil Pressure 138 kPa 207 kPa MIN Nominal 20 psi 30 psi
Drive Belt Tension Page V-47
Drive Belt Tension

SAE Belt Size 0.380 in 0.440 in 1/2 in 11/16 in 3/4 in 7/8 in 4 rib 5 rib 6 rib 8 rib 10 rib 12 rib 12 rib K section Belt Tension Gauge Part No. Click-type 3822524 3822524 3822524 3822524 3822524 3822524 3822524 3822524 3822525 3822525 3822525 3822525 3822525 ST-1138 ST-1138 ST-1138 ST-1138 ST-1138 ST-1138 ST-1293 ST-1293 3823138 3823138 3823138 Burroughs Belt Tension New N 620 620 620 620 620 620 620 670 710 890 1110 1330 1330 lbf 140 140 140 140 140 140 140 150 160 200 250 300 300 Belt Tension Range Used* N 270 to 490 270 to 490 270 to 490 270 to 490 270 to 490 270 to 490 270 to 490 270 to 530 290 to 580 360 to 710 440 to 890 530 to 1070 890 to 1070 lbf 60 to 110 60 to 110 60 to 110 60 to 110 60 to 110 60 to 110 60 to 110 60 to 120 65 to 130 80 to 160 100 to 200 120 to 240 200 to 240
Note: This chart does not apply to automatic belt tensioners. * A belt is considered used if it has been in service for ten minutes or longer. * If used belt tension is less than the minimum value, tighten the belt to the maximum used belt value.
g-01 (belt)
Capscrew Markings and Torque Values Page V-48
Capscrew Markings and Torque Values

CAUTION
When replacing capscrews, always use a capscrew of the same measurement and strength as the capscrew being replaced. Using the wrong capscrews can result in engine damage. Metric capscrews and nuts are identified by the grade number stamped on the head of the capscrew or on the surface of the nuts. U.S. Customary capscrews are identified by radial lines stamped on the head of the capscrew. The following examples indicate how capscrews are identified:
NOTES: 1. 2. 3. 4. Always use the torque values listed in the following tables when specific torque values are not available. Do not use the torque values in place of those specified in other sections of this manual. The torque values in the table are based on the use of lubricated threads. When the ft-lb value is less than 10, convert the ft-lb value to in-lb to obtain a better torque with an in-lb torque wrench. Example: 6 ft-lb equals 72 in-lb.
g-01 (nom)
Capscrew Markings and Torque Values - Metric
Body Size Diam. mm 6 7 8 10 12 14 16 18
Torque Cast Iron Aluminum Nm ft-lb Nm ft-lb 9 5 7 4 14 9 11 7 25 18 18 14 45 33 30 25 80 60 55 40 125 90 90 65 180 130 140 100 230 170 180 135
g-01 (cap-m)
Capscrew Markings and Torque Values - U.S. Customary
Capscrew Body Size 1/4 5/16 3/8 7/16 1/2 9/16 5/8 3/4 7/8 1 20 28 18 24 16 24 14 20 13 20 12 18 11 18 10 16 9 14 8 14
Cast Iron Nm ft-lb 9 7 12 9 20 15 23 17 40 30 40 30 60 45 65 50 95 70 100 75 135 100 150 110 180 135 210 155 325 240 365 270 490 360 530 390 720 530 800 590
Aluminum Nm ft-lb 8 6 9 7 16 12 19 14 25 20 35 25 45 35 55 40 75 55 80 60 110 80 115 85 150 110 160 120 255 190 285 210 380 280 420 310 570 420 650 480
Cast Iron Nm ft-lb 15 11 18 13 30 22 33 24 55 40 60 45 90 65 95 70 130 95 150 110 190 140 210 155 255 190 290 215 460 340 515 380 745 550 825 610 1100 820 1200 890
Aluminum Nm ft-lb 8 6 9 7 16 12 19 14 25 20 35 25 45 35 55 40 75 55 80 60 110 80 115 85 150 110 160 120 255 190 285 210 380 280 420 310 570 420 650 480
g-02 (cap-i)
Fraction, Decimal, Millimeter Conversions Page V-51
Fraction, Decimal, Millimeter Conversions

Fraction 1/64 1/32 3/64 1/16 5/64 3/32 7/64 1/8 9/64 5/32 11/64 3/16 13/64 7/32 15/64 1/4 17/64 9/32 19/64 5/16 21/64 11/32 23/64 3/8 25/64 13/32 27/64 7/16 29/64 15/32 31/64 1/2 inch 0.0156 0.0313 0.0469 0.0625 0.0781 0.0938 0.1094 0.1250 0.1406 0.1563 0.1719 0.1875 0.2031 0.2188 0.2344 0.2500 0.2656 0.2813 0.2969 0.3125 0.3281 0.3438 0.3594 0.3750 0.3906 0.4063 0.4219 0.4375 0.4531 0.4688 0.4844 0.5000 mm 0.397 0.794 1.191 1.588 1.984 2.381 2.778 3.175 3.572 3.969 4.366 4.763 5.159 5.556 5.953 6.350 6.747 7.144 7.541 7.938 8.334 8.731 9.128 9.525 9.922 10.319 10.716 11.113 11.509 11.906 12.303 12.700 Fraction 33/64 17/32 35/64 9/16 37/64 19/32 39/64 5/8 41/64 21/32 43/64 11/16 45/64 23/32 47/64 3/4 49/64 25/32 51/64 13/16 53/64 27/32 55/64 7/8 57/64 29/32 59/64 15/16 61/64 31/32 63/64 1 inch 0.5156 0.5313 0.5469 0.5625 0.5781 0.5938 0.6094 0.6250 0.6406 0.6563 0.6719 0.6875 0.7031 0.7188 0.7344 0.7500 0.7656 0.7813 0.7969 0.8125 0.8281 0.8438 0.8594 0.8750 0.8906 0.9063 0.9219 0.9375 0.9531 0.9688 0.9844 1.0000 mm 13.097 13.494 13.891 14.288 14.684 15.081 15.478 15.875 16.272 16.669 17.066 17.463 17.859 18.256 18.653 19.050 19.447 19.844 20.241 20.638 21.034 21.431 21.828 22.225 22.622 23.019 23.416 23.813 24.209 24.606 25.003 25.400
Conversion Factor: 1 inch = 25.4 mm
g-01 (convert)
Newton-Meter to Foot-Pound Conversion Chart Page V-52
Newton-Meter to Foot-Pound Conversion Chart

Nm 1 5 6 7 8 9 10 1 12 14 15 16 18 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 ft-lb 8.850756 in-lb 44 in-lb 53 in-lb 62 in-lb 71 in-lb 80 in-lb 89 in-lb 0.737562 ft-lb 9 10 11 12 13 15 18 22 26 30 33 37 Nm 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 95 100 105 110 115 120 125 130 135 140 145 150 ft-lb 41 44 48 52 55 59 63 66 70 74 77 81 85 89 92 96 100 103 107 111 Nm 155 160 165 170 175 180 185 190 195 200 205 210 215 220 225 230 235 240 245 250 ft-lb 114 118 122 125 129 133 136 140 144 148 151 155 159 162 165 170 173 177 180 184
NOTE: To convert from Newton-Meters to Kilogram-Meters divide Newton-Meters by 9.803.
g-01 (newton)
Pipe Plug Torque Values Page V-53
Pipe Plug Torque Values

Size Thread in 1/16 1/8 1/4 3/8 1/2 3/4 1 1-1/4 1-1/2 Actual Thread O.D. in 0.32 0.41 0.54 0.68 0.85 1.05 1.32 1.66 1.90 Torque In Aluminum Components Nm 5 15 20 25 35 45 60 75 85 ft-lb 45 in-lb 10 15 20 25 35 45 55 65 Torque In Cast Iron or Steel Components Nm 15 20 25 35 55 75 95 115 135 ft-lb 10 15 20 25 40 55 70 85 100
g-01 (plug)
Tap-Drill Chart - U.S. Customary and Metric Page V-54
Tap-Drill Chart - U.S. Customary and Metric
g-01 (tap)
Weights and Measures - Conversion Factors Page V-55
Weights and Measures - Conversion Factors

Quantity U.S. Customary Metric From U.S. Customary To Metric Multiply By Abbr. mm2 cm2 m
2
From Metric To U.S. Customary Multiply By
Unit Name Area sq. inch
Abbr. in2
2
Unit Name sq. millimeters sq. centimeters
645.16 6.452 0.0929 608.277 0.4251 2.352 4.4482 25.40 304.801 0.746 6.8948 3.3769 0.2488 25.40
0.001550 0.155 10.764 0.001645 2.352 0.4251 0.224809 0.039370 0.00328 1.341 0.145037 0.29613 4.019299 0.039370 0.039370 0.00999 0.001333 (1.8 x C) +32 0.737562 8.850756 0.6214 0.264179 0.219976 61.02545 0.06102 2.204623 0.000948 3414 1.341
sq. foot Fuel Consumption Fuel Performance Force Length pounds per horsepower hour miles per gallon gallons per mile pounds force inch foot Power Pressure horsepower pounds force per sq. inch inches of mercury inches of water inches of mercury inches of water bars bars Temperature Torque fahrenheit pound force per foot
ft
sq. meter grams per kilowatt hour kilometers per liter liters per kilometer Newton millimeters millimeters kilowatt kilopascal kilopascal kilopascal millimeters of mercury millimeters of water kilopascals millimeters of mercury centigrade Newton-meter Newton-meter kilometers/hour liter liter liter cubic centimeter kilograms joules kilowatt-hour kilowatt-hour
lb/hp-hr mpg gpm lbf in ft hp psi in Hg in H2O in Hg in H2O bars bars F ft-lb
g/kW-hr km/l l/km N mm mm kW kPa kPa kPa mm Hg
mm H2O 25.40 kPa mm Hg C Nm Nm kph l l l cm3 kg J kW-hr kW-hr 100.001 750.06 (F-32) 1.8 1.35582 0.113 1.6093 3.7853 4.546 0.01639 16.387 0.4536 1054.5 0.000293 0.746
pound force per inch in-lb Velocity Volume: liquid displacement miles/hour gallon (U.S.) gallon (Imp*) cubic inch cubic inch Weight (mass) pounds (avoir.) Work British Thermal Unit British Thermal Unit horsepower hours mph gal. gal. in
3
in3 lb BTU BTU hp-hr
g-01 (weight)
Weights and Measures - Conversion Factors Page V-56
NOTES
Index Page 1
About the Manual...................................................................... i-1 Accessory Drive Pulley ............................................................ 9-3 Inspect for Reuse ................................................................... 9-3 Install ..................................................................................... 9-3 Remove ................................................................................. 9-3 Additional Service Literature ................................................... L-1 Aftercooler Assembly............................................................. 10-3 Assemble ............................................................................. 10-5 Clean ................................................................................... 10-4 Disassemble ......................................................................... 10-4 Exploded View ...................................................................... 10-3 Inspect for Reuse ................................................................. 10-4 Aftercooler Coolant Tube ....................................................... 10-6 Clean ................................................................................... 10-6 Inspect for Reuse ................................................................. 10-6 Air Crossover.......................................................................... 10-7 Clean ................................................................................... 10-7 Inspect for Reuse ................................................................. 10-7 Air Intake System - General Information ............................... 10-1 Preparatory .......................................................................... 10-1 Air Intake System - Specifications ........................................ V-42 Aftercooler Assembly ............................................................ V-42 Turbocharger, Water-Cooled .................................................. V-42 Air Intake System - Torque Values ........................................ V-43 Aftercooler Assembly ............................................................ V-43 Turbocharger Heat Shield ..................................................... V-43 Alternator Adjusting Link....................................................... 13-4 Clean ................................................................................... 13-4 Inspect for Reuse ................................................................. 13-4 Alternator Bracket .................................................................. 13-2 Clean ................................................................................... 13-2 Inspect for Reuse ................................................................. 13-2 Bearings, Connecting Rod....................................................... 1-5 Clean ..................................................................................... 1-5 Inspect for Reuse ................................................................... 1-5 Bearings, Main ......................................................................... 1-5 Clean ..................................................................................... 1-5 Inspect for Reuse ................................................................... 1-6 Measure ................................................................................ 1-6 Bearings, Thrust ...................................................................... 1-6 Assemble ................................................................................ 1-7 Inspect for Reuse ................................................................... 1-6 Cam Follower Assembly........................................................... 4-2 Assemble ............................................................................... 4-5 Clean ..................................................................................... 4-3 Disassemble .......................................................................... 4-3 Exploded View ........................................................................ 4-2 Inspect for Reuse ................................................................... 4-4 Cam Follower Cover ................................................................. 4-6 Clean ..................................................................................... 4-6 General Information ............................................................... 4-6 Inspect for Reuse ................................................................... 4-6 Cam Followers/Tappets - General Information ........................ 4-1 Cam Followers/Tappets - Specifications ............................... V-24 Cam Follower Assembly........................................................ V-24 Camshaft .................................................................................. 1-7 Clean ..................................................................................... 1-7 Inspect for Reuse ................................................................... 1-7 Magnetic Crack Inspect ......................................................... 1-8 Camshaft Bushings................................................................ 1-15 Inspect for Reuse ................................................................. 1-16 Install ................................................................................... 1-16 Remove ............................................................................... 1-15 Camshaft Gear (Camshaft Removed)..................................... 1-10 Inspect for Reuse ................................................................. 1-11 Install ................................................................................... 1-14 Magnetic Crack Inspect ........................................................ 1-12 Remove ................................................................................ 1-10 Capscrew Markings and Torque Values................................. V-48 Capscrew Markings and Torque Values - Metric ................... V-49 Capscrew Markings and Torque Values - U.S. Customary .... V-50 Charge Air Cooler (CAC) ........................................................ 10-8 Clean ................................................................................... 10-8 Inspect for Reuse ................................................................. 10-8 Leak Test .............................................................................. 10-9 Complete Engine - Specifications........................................... V-1 Engine Assembly .................................................................... V-1 Complete Engine - Torque Values ........................................... V-3 Engine Assembly .................................................................... V-3 Engine Disassembly ............................................................... V-3 Component Manufacturers Addresses .................................. M-1 Air Compressors .................................................................... M-1 Air Cylinders .......................................................................... M-1 Air Heaters............................................................................. M-1 Air Starting Motors ................................................................. M-1 Alternators ............................................................................. M-1 Auxiliary Brakes ..................................................................... M-1 Belts ...................................................................................... M-1 Catalytic Convertors ............................................................... M-1 Clutches ................................................................................ M-1 Coolant Heaters ..................................................................... M-2 Coolant Level Switches .......................................................... M-1 Drive Plates ........................................................................... M-2 Electric Starting Motors .......................................................... M-2 Electronic Switches ................................................................ M-2 Engine Protection Controls..................................................... M-2 Fan Clutches.......................................................................... M-2 Fans....................................................................................... M-2 Fault Lamps ........................................................................... M-2 Filters..................................................................................... M-2 Flexplates .............................................................................. M-2 Fuel Coolers .......................................................................... M-2 Fuel Warmers ........................................................................ M-2 Gauges .................................................................................. M-2 Governors .............................................................................. M-3 Heat Sleeves.......................................................................... M-3 Hydraulic and Power Steering Pumps .................................... M-3 In-Line Connectors ................................................................. M-3 Oil Heaters............................................................................. M-3 Prelubrication Systems........................................................... M-3 Radiators ............................................................................... M-3 Throttle Assemblies................................................................ M-3 Torque Converters .................................................................. M-3 Compressed Air System - General Information..................... 12-1 General Information ............................................................. 12-1 Connecting Rod ..................................................................... 1-18 Clean ................................................................................... 1-18 Inspect for Reuse ................................................................. 1-18 Magnetic Crack Inspect ........................................................ 1-24 Coolant Thermostat ................................................................. 8-4 Install ..................................................................................... 8-6 Conventional Aftercooling................................................... 8-6 Low Temperature Aftercooling ............................................ 8-7 Remove ................................................................................. 8-4 Test ........................................................................................ 8-8 Engine Thermostats ........................................................... 8-8 Low Temperature Aftercooling Thermostat .......................... 8-9 Coolant Thermostat Housing Support................................... 8-10 General Information .............................................................. 8-10 LTA Cooling System.......................................................... 8-10 Thermostat ....................................................................... 8-10 Thermostat Seal ............................................................... 8-10 Thermostat Support.......................................................... 8-10 Cooling System - General Information .................................... 8-1 General Information ............................................................... 8-1 Cooling System - Specifications ........................................... V-31 Fan Drive Idler Pulley Assembly ............................................ V-31 Fan Hub, Belt Driven............................................................. V-31 Torque Converter Cooler ....................................................... V-31 Water Pump.......................................................................... V-31 Water Pump Bearings ........................................................... V-32 Cooling System - Torque Values ........................................... V-33 Coolant Thermostat .............................................................. V-33 Fan Hub, Belt Driven ............................................................ V-33 Torque Converter Cooler ....................................................... V-34 Water Pump.......................................................................... V-34 Crankcase Breather (External)................................................. 3-4 Clean ..................................................................................... 3-5 Install ..................................................................................... 3-6 Remove ................................................................................. 3-4 Crankshaft .............................................................................. 1-25 Bend and Twist Inspect ........................................................ 1-29 Clean ................................................................................... 1-25 Inspect for Reuse ................................................................. 1-26
Index Page 2
Magnetic Crack Inspect ........................................................ 1-27 Crankshaft Gear, Front (Crankshaft Installed) ....................... 1-34 Inspect for Reuse ................................................................. 1-35 Install ................................................................................... 1-35 Remove ............................................................................... 1-34 Crankshaft Gear, Rear (Crankshaft Installed) ........................ 1-36 Install .................................................................................... 1-36 Crankshaft Pulley ................................................................... 1-36 Clean ................................................................................... 1-36 Inspect for Reuse ................................................................. 1-37 Crosshead ................................................................................ 2-4 Clean ..................................................................................... 2-4 Inspect for Reuse ................................................................... 2-4 Cylinder Block........................................................................ 1-38 Clean ................................................................................... 1-39 Inspect for Reuse ................................................................. 1-41 Magnetic Crack Inspect ........................................................ 1-45 Worksheet ............................................................................ 1-38 Cylinder Block - General Information ...................................... 1-1 General Information ............................................................... 1-1 Cylinder Block - Specifications ............................................. V-13 Bearings, Main ..................................................................... V-13 Camshaft .............................................................................. V-13 Camshaft Bushings............................................................... V-13 Camshaft Gear (Camshaft Removed).................................... V-13 Connecting Rod.................................................................... V-14 Crankshaft ............................................................................ V-15 Crankshaft Gear, Front (Crankshaft Installed) ........................ V-15 Crankshaft Pulley.................................................................. V-15 Cylinder Block ...................................................................... V-15 Cylinder Block and Liner Seats............................................. V-15 Cylinder Block Counterbore .................................................. V-18 Cylinder Liner ....................................................................... V-16 Gear Cover Accessory Drive Bushing ................................... V-18 Gear Cover, Front ................................................................. V-17 Gear Cover Spacer Plate ...................................................... V-17 Idler Gear, Camshaft............................................................. V-17 Measure the Connecting Rod Bend (Bore Alignment) ........... V-14 Measure the Connecting Rod Twist....................................... V-15 Piston ................................................................................... V-17 Cylinder Block - Torque Values ............................................. V-19 Connecting Rod.................................................................... V-19 Crankshaft Pulley.................................................................. V-19 Cylinder Block ...................................................................... V-19 Cylinder Block Counterbore .................................................. V-19 Cylinder Block and Liner Seats ............................................. 1-47 General Information ............................................................. 1-47 Inspect for Reuse ................................................................. 1-47 Leak Test............................................................................... 1-51 Measure ............................................................................... 1-49 Cylinder Block Counterbore .................................................. 1-65 Machine ............................................................................... 1-65 Cylinder Head .......................................................................... 2-5 Assemble ............................................................................. 2-14 Clean ..................................................................................... 2-6 Disassemble ........................................................................ 2-13 Exploded View ........................................................................ 2-5 Inspect for Reuse ................................................................... 2-6 Pressure Test ......................................................................... 2-8 Vacuum Test ......................................................................... 2-10 Cylinder Head - General Information....................................... 2-1 General Information ............................................................... 2-1 Cylinder Head - Specifications.............................................. V-20 Cylinder Head....................................................................... V-20 Cylinder Head Injector Bore.................................................. V-20 Valve, Cylinder Head............................................................. V-21 Valve Guide, Cylinder Head .................................................. V-20 Valve Seat Bore .................................................................... V-21 Valve Seat Insert, Cylinder Head........................................... V-21 Cylinder Head Injector Bore .................................................. 2-15 Adjust .................................................................................. 2-17 Inspect for Reuse ................................................................. 2-15 Cylinder Liner......................................................................... 1-51 Clean ................................................................................... 1-51 Inspect for Reuse ................................................................. 1-52 Cylinder Liner Protrusion ...................................................... 1-79 Adjust .................................................................................. 1-79 Drive Belt, Alternator ............................................................. 13-2 Adjust .................................................................................. 13-2 Drive Belt Tension.................................................................. V-47 Drive Units - General Information............................................ 9-1 General Information ............................................................... 9-1 Drive Units - Specifications ................................................... V-35 Fuel Pump Drive................................................................... V-35 Fuel Pump Drive Gear and Shaft .......................................... V-36 Hydraulic Pump Drive ........................................................... V-36 Hydraulic Pump Support Bushing ......................................... V-39 Outer Hydraulic Pump Support Drive .................................... V-38 Rear Gear Drive (Lower Assembly) ....................................... V-36 Rear Gear Drive (Upper Assembly) ....................................... V-37 Water Pump Drive................................................................. V-38 Drive Units - Torque Values ................................................... V-40 Outer Hydraulic Pump Support Drive .................................... V-41 Rear Gear Drive (Lower Assembly) ....................................... V-40 Rear Gear Drive (Upper Assembly) ....................................... V-40 Dynamometer Worksheet ..................................................... 14-10 Worksheet .......................................................................... 14-10 Electrical Equipment - General Information .......................... 13-1 General Information ............................................................. 13-1 Electrical Equipment - Specifications ................................... V-45 Drive Belt, Alternator............................................................. V-45 Electronic Engine Controls - General Information ................ 19-1 General Information ............................................................. 19-1 Connector Pins Checking ............................................ 19-3 Continuity Check.............................................................. 19-7 How To Find The Internal Resistance of The Meter .......... 19-2 How To Measure Current.................................................. 19-1 How To Measure Resistance ............................................ 19-2 How To Measure Voltage .................................................. 19-2 How To Test For Continuity ............................................... 19-2 How To Use A Digital Volt/Ohm Meter .............................. 19-1 Polarity Check.................................................................. 19-6 Resistance Check Coil................................................. 19-8 Short Circuit From Pin To Pin Check ........................... 19-5 Short Circuit To Ground Check .................................... 19-4 Use of Special Test Leads ................................................ 19-1 Voltage Checking ............................................................. 19-5 Engine Assembly ................................................................... 0-58 Assemble ............................................................................. 0-58 Engine Diagrams ..................................................................... E-6 Engine Views ......................................................................... E-6 Engine Disassembly................................................................. 0-8 Disassemble .......................................................................... 0-9 General Information ............................................................... 0-8 Assembly ........................................................................... 0-8 Disassembly ...................................................................... 0-8 Engine Identification ............................................................... E-1 Cummins Engine Nomenclature ............................................ E-1 ECM Dataplate ...................................................................... E-1 Engine Dataplate ................................................................... E-1 Engine Run-in (Chassis Dynamometer)............................... 14-23 General Information ............................................................ 14-23 Engine Throttle Control .................................................. 14-24 Run-In Instructions ............................................................. 14-26 Engine Run-in (Engine Dynamometer) ................................ 14-42 General Information ............................................................ 14-42 Run-In Instructions ............................................................. 14-44 Engine Run-in (Without Dynamometer)............................... 14-28 Preparatory ........................................................................ 14-28 General Engine Test Procedures .................................... 14-28 Run-In Instructions ............................................................. 14-30 Generator Set................................................................. 14-30 Off-Highway ................................................................... 14-30 Engine Support Bracket, Front .............................................. 16-4 Clean ................................................................................... 16-4 Inspect for Reuse ................................................................. 16-4 Engine Testing - General Information.................................... 14-1 Fuel Flow Measurement on Engine or Chassis Dynamometer . 14-2 Installation ....................................................................... 14-2 Operation ......................................................................... 14-3 General Information ............................................................. 14-1 Engine Testing - Specifications............................................. V-46 Engine Testing (Chassis Dynamometer) ................................ V-46 Engine Testing (Engine Dynamometer) ................................. V-46
Index Page 3
Engine Testing (Chassis Dynamometer) .............................. 14-11 Setup ................................................................................. 14-11 Test .................................................................................... 14-14 Engine Testing (Engine Dynamometer) ............................... 14-31 Install ................................................................................. 14-31 Test .................................................................................... 14-34 Engine Testing (In Chassis) ................................................. 14-47 Stall Speed Check ............................................................. 14-47 Time Speed Check ............................................................ 14-50 Engine Wiring Harness .......................................................... 19-8 Inspect for Reuse ................................................................. 19-8 Exhaust Manifold, Dry ............................................................ 11-1 Assemble ............................................................................. 11-3 Clean ................................................................................... 11-1 Marine Applications ........................................................... 11-2 Disassemble ......................................................................... 11-2 Inspect for Reuse ................................................................. 11-2 Marine Applications ........................................................... 11-3 Exhaust Manifold Heat Shield ................................................ 11-3 Clean ................................................................................... 11-3 Inspect for Reuse ................................................................. 11-4 Exhaust System - General Information .................................. 11-1 General Information .............................................................. 11-1 Exhaust System - Specifications........................................... V-44 Exhaust Manifold, Dry........................................................... V-44 Fan, Cooling ........................................................................... 8-18 General Information ............................................................. 8-18 Fan Drive Idler Arm Assembly ............................................... 8-11 Assemble ............................................................................. 8-12 Clean ................................................................................... 8-11 Disassemble ......................................................................... 8-11 Inspect for Reuse ................................................................. 8-11 Fan Drive Idler Pulley Assembly ............................................ 8-12 Clean ................................................................................... 8-12 Inspect for Reuse ................................................................. 8-13 Fan Hub, Belt Driven .............................................................. 8-14 Assemble ............................................................................. 8-16 Clean ................................................................................... 8-15 General Information ............................................................. 8-14 Inspect for Reuse ................................................................. 8-15 Flywheel ................................................................................. 16-4 Clean ................................................................................... 16-4 Inspect for Reuse ................................................................. 16-5 Flywheel Housing................................................................... 16-6 Clean ................................................................................... 16-6 Inspect for Reuse ................................................................. 16-6 Redowel ............................................................................... 16-7 Flywheel Ring Gear .............................................................. 16-10 Assemble ............................................................................ 16-11 Disassemble ....................................................................... 16-10 Fraction, Decimal, Millimeter Conversions ........................... V-51 Fuel Filter Head ....................................................................... 6-2 Install ..................................................................................... 6-2 Remove ................................................................................. 6-2 Fuel Manifold (Supply)............................................................. 6-3 Clean ..................................................................................... 6-3 Inspect for Reuse ................................................................... 6-4 Fuel Pump ................................................................................ 5-6 Calibrate ................................................................................ 5-7 Clean ..................................................................................... 5-6 Inspect for Reuse ................................................................... 5-6 Fuel Pump Drive ...................................................................... 9-5 Assemble ............................................................................. 9-10 Clean ..................................................................................... 9-7 Disassemble .......................................................................... 9-9 Exploded View ........................................................................ 9-6 General Information ............................................................... 9-5 Inspect for Reuse ................................................................... 9-7 Fuel Pump Drive Gear and Shaft ........................................... 9-11 Assemble ............................................................................. 9-12 Disassemble ......................................................................... 9-11 Fuel Shutoff Valve (FSOV) ....................................................... 5-9 Clean ................................................................................... 5-10 Inspect for Reuse ................................................................. 5-10 Install ................................................................................... 5-11 Remove ................................................................................. 5-9 Fuel Supply Lines .................................................................... 6-4 Clean ..................................................................................... 6-4 Inspect for Reuse ................................................................... 6-5 Fuel Control Supply Line.................................................... 6-5 Fuel Inlet Line .................................................................... 6-6 Fuel Rail Supply Line......................................................... 6-5 Fuel Tank-To-Fuel Filter ...................................................... 6-5 Fuel Timing and Supply Line ............................................. 6-5 Fuel System - General Information.......................................... 5-1 General Information ............................................................... 5-1 Fuel System - Torque Values ................................................. V-25 Fuel Shutoff Valve (FSOV)..................................................... V-25 Gear Cover Accessory Drive Bushing ................................... 1-80 Install ................................................................................... 1-80 Remove ............................................................................... 1-80 Gear Cover, Front................................................................... 1-55 Clean ................................................................................... 1-55 Inspect for Reuse ................................................................. 1-56 Measure ............................................................................... 1-57 Gear Cover Spacer Plate........................................................ 1-55 Clean ................................................................................... 1-55 Inspect for Reuse ................................................................. 1-55 General Cleaning Instructions .................................................. i-9 Glass or Plastic Bead Cleaning ............................................... i-9 Solvent and Acid Cleaning ...................................................... i-9 Steam Cleaning ...................................................................... i-9 General Repair Instructions...................................................... i-8 Welding on a Vehicle with Electronic Components .................. i-8 General Safety Instructions ...................................................... i-7 Important Safety Notice ........................................................... i-7 How to Use the Manual............................................................. i-1 Hydraulic Pump Drive ............................................................ 9-14 Assemble ............................................................................. 9-16 Clean ................................................................................... 9-15 Disassemble ........................................................................ 9-15 Exploded View ...................................................................... 9-14 General Information ............................................................. 9-14 Inspect for Reuse ................................................................. 9-15 Hydraulic Pump Drive Gear and Shaft................................... 9-17 Assemble ............................................................................. 9-18 Disassemble ........................................................................ 9-17 Hydraulic Pump Support Bushing ......................................... 9-57 Inspect for Reuse ................................................................. 9-58 Install ................................................................................... 9-58 Remove ............................................................................... 9-57 Idler Gear, Camshaft .............................................................. 1-57 Clean ................................................................................... 1-57 Inspect for Reuse ................................................................. 1-57 Magnetic Crack Inspect ........................................................ 1-58 Idler Gear, Hydraulic Pump .................................................... 1-59 Clean ................................................................................... 1-59 Inspect for Reuse ................................................................. 1-60 Idler Gear, Water Pump.......................................................... 1-60 Clean ................................................................................... 1-60 Inspect for Reuse ................................................................. 1-60 Illustrations ............................................................................... i-6 Injector ..................................................................................... 6-6 Clean ..................................................................................... 6-6 Inspect for Reuse ................................................................... 6-6 Injectors and Fuel Lines - General Information ...................... 6-1 General Information ............................................................... 6-1 Injectors and Fuel Lines - Torque Values.............................. V-26 Fuel Manifold (Supply) .......................................................... V-26 Literature Order Form .............................................................. L-3 Lubricating Oil Cooler.............................................................. 7-3 Clean ..................................................................................... 7-4 Exploded View ........................................................................ 7-3 General Information ............................................................... 7-4 Inspect for Reuse ................................................................... 7-4 Lubricating Oil Filter Head....................................................... 7-5 Assemble ............................................................................. 7-10 Clean ..................................................................................... 7-9 Disassemble .......................................................................... 7-8 Exploded View ........................................................................ 7-6 General Information ............................................................... 7-5 Inspect for Reuse ................................................................... 7-9 Lubricating Oil Filter Head Adapter ....................................... 7-13 Clean ................................................................................... 7-13
Index Page 4
General Information ............................................................. 7-13 Inspect for Reuse ................................................................. 7-13 Lubricating Oil Filter Head (Remote-Mounted) ...................... 7-11 Assemble ............................................................................. 7-12 Clean ................................................................................... 7-12 Disassemble ......................................................................... 7-11 Inspect for Reuse ................................................................. 7-12 Lubricating Oil Pan................................................................. 7-15 General Information ............................................................. 7-15 Oil Pan Capacity .............................................................. 7-15 Lubricating Oil Pan Adapter................................................... 7-16 Clean ................................................................................... 7-16 Inspect for Reuse ................................................................. 7-16 Lubricating Oil Pump ............................................................. 7-17 Assemble ............................................................................. 7-22 Clean ................................................................................... 7-19 Disassemble ........................................................................ 7-19 Exploded View ...................................................................... 7-18 General Information ............................................................. 7-17 Inspect for Reuse ................................................................. 7-20 Lubricating Oil System - General Information......................... 7-1 General Information ............................................................... 7-1 Lubricating Oil System - Specifications ................................ V-27 Lubricating Oil Filter Head .................................................... V-27 Lubricating Oil Filter Head (LF670) ....................................... V-27 Lubricating Oil Filter Head (Remote-Mounted)....................... V-27 Lubricating Oil Pan ............................................................... V-27 Lubricating Oil Pump ............................................................ V-27 Oil Transfer Connection ........................................................ V-28 Lubricating Oil System - Torque Values ................................ V-29 Lubricating Oil Cooler ........................................................... V-29 Lubricating Oil Filter Head .................................................... V-29 Lubricating Oil Filter Head (Remote-Mounted)....................... V-29 Lubricating Oil Pump ............................................................ V-29 Oil Transfer Connection ........................................................ V-30 Mounting Adaptations - General Information ........................ 16-1 General Information ............................................................. 16-1 Newton-Meter to Foot-Pound Conversion Chart ................... V-52 OEM Interface Harness .......................................................... 19-9 General Information ............................................................. 19-9 OEM Wiring Harness.............................................................. 19-9 General Information ............................................................. 19-9 Oil Transfer Connection ......................................................... 7-23 Assemble ............................................................................. 7-24 Clean ................................................................................... 7-23 Disassemble ........................................................................ 7-23 Inspect for Reuse ................................................................. 7-23 Outer Hydraulic Pump Support Drive .................................... 9-53 Assemble ............................................................................. 9-56 Disassemble ........................................................................ 9-53 Inspect for Reuse ................................................................. 9-54 Install ................................................................................... 9-55 Pipe Plug Torque Values........................................................ V-53 Piston ..................................................................................... 1-60 Clean ................................................................................... 1-60 Inspect for Reuse ................................................................. 1-61 Push Rods or Tubes................................................................. 4-7 Clean ..................................................................................... 4-7 General Information ............................................................... 4-7 Inspect for Reuse ................................................................... 4-7 Rear Gear Drive (Lower Assembly)........................................ 9-18 Assemble ............................................................................. 9-26 Disassemble ........................................................................ 9-25 Exploded View ...................................................................... 9-23 Inspect for Reuse ................................................................. 9-26 Install ................................................................................... 9-29 Remove ............................................................................... 9-18 Rear Gear Drive (Upper Assembly)........................................ 9-35 Assemble ................................................................... 9-42 , 9-50 Disassemble .............................................................. 9-37 , 9-49 Exploded View ............................................................ 9-35 , 9-48 Inspect for Reuse ....................................................... 9-40 , 9-49 Rocker Lever ............................................................................ 3-7 Assemble ............................................................................... 3-9 Disassemble .......................................................................... 3-7 Magnetic Crack Inspect ......................................................... 3-8 Rocker Lever Assembly.......................................................... 3-10 Assemble ............................................................................. 3-14 Clean ................................................................................... 3-12 Disassemble ........................................................................ 3-13 Exploded View ..................................................................... 3-10 Inspect for Reuse ................................................................. 3-12 Rocker Lever Bushings .......................................................... 3-14 Install ................................................................................... 3-14 Remove ............................................................................... 3-14 Rocker Lever Cover ................................................................ 3-15 Clean ................................................................................... 3-15 Inspect for Reuse ................................................................. 3-15 Rocker Lever Housing............................................................ 3-15 Assemble ............................................................................. 3-16 Clean ................................................................................... 3-15 Inspect for Reuse ................................................................. 3-16 Rocker Levers - General Information....................................... 3-1 General Information ............................................................... 3-1 Rocker Levers - Specifications .............................................. V-23 Rocker Lever ........................................................................ V-23 Rocker Lever Assembly......................................................... V-23 Rocker Lever Bushings ......................................................... V-23 Service Literature Ordering Location ...................................... L-2 Service Tools .......................................................................... 10-2 Air Intake System .................................................................. 10-2 Cooling System....................................................................... 8-3 Cylinder Block......................................................................... 1-2 Cylinder Head ......................................................................... 2-2 Drive Units .............................................................................. 9-2 Engine Disassembly and Assembly ......................................... 0-1 Engine Testing ...................................................................... 14-8 Fuel System............................................................................ 5-4 Lubricating Oil System ............................................................ 7-2 Mounting Adaptations............................................................ 16-3 Rocker Levers ......................................................................... 3-2 Specifications .......................................................................... E-2 Air Intake System .................................................................. E-2 Batteries (Specific Gravity)...................................................... E-5 Cooling System ........................................................... E-4 , 14-7 Electrical System ................................................................... E-2 Engine Testing ..................................................................... 14-6 Exhaust System ........................................................... E-4 , 14-7 Fuel System .......................................................................... E-2 General Specifications ........................................................... E-2 Lubricating Oil System ................................................. E-3 , 14-7 Starting Motor ........................................................................ 13-3 Clean ................................................................................... 13-3 Inspect for Reuse ................................................................. 13-4 Symbols .................................................................................... i-2 Tap-Drill Chart - U.S. Customary and Metric......................... V-54 Torque Converter Cooler........................................................ 8-26 Assemble ............................................................................. 8-27 Clean ................................................................................... 8-28 Disassemble ........................................................................ 8-28 Exploded View ...................................................................... 8-26 General Information ............................................................. 8-26 Inspect for Reuse ................................................................. 8-27 Turbocharger Heat Shield ..................................................... 10-11 Clean .................................................................................. 10-11 Marine Applications .......................................................... 10-11 Inspect for Reuse ............................................................... 10-11 Marine Applications .......................................................... 10-11 Install .................................................................................. 10-11 Marine Applications .......................................................... 10-11 Remove .............................................................................. 10-11 Marine Applications .......................................................... 10-11 Turbocharger, Water-Cooled ................................................. 10-10 Clean .................................................................................. 10-10 Inspect for Reuse ............................................................... 10-10 Valve, Cylinder Head .............................................................. 2-22 Grind ................................................................................... 2-24 Inspect for Reuse ................................................................. 2-23 Install ................................................................................... 2-26 Lap ...................................................................................... 2-26 Magnetic Crack Inspect ........................................................ 2-23 Remove ............................................................................... 2-22 Valve Guide, Cylinder Head ................................................... 2-18 Clean ................................................................................... 2-18
Index Page 5
Inspect ................................................................................. Inspect for Reuse ................................................................. Install ................................................................................... Remove ............................................................................... Valve Seat Bore ...................................................................... Initial Check ......................................................................... Valve Seat Insert, Cylinder Head ........................................... Grind .................................................................................... Install ................................................................................... Remove ............................................................................... Vibration Damper ................................................................... Clean ................................................................................... Inspect for Reuse ................................................................. Water Pump............................................................................ Assemble ............................................................................. Clean ................................................................................... Disassemble ........................................................................ Inspect ................................................................................. Inspect for Reuse ................................................................. Water Pump Bearings ............................................................ Install ................................................................................... Measure ............................................................................... Remove ............................................................................... Water Pump Drive Bushing.................................................... Assemble ............................................................................. Disassemble ........................................................................ Water Pump Drive Gear and Shaft......................................... Assemble ............................................................................. Disassemble ........................................................................ Water Pump Drive Pulley ....................................................... Clean ................................................................................... Inspect for Reuse ................................................................. Weights and Measures - Conversion Factors........................ 2-19 2-18 2-19 2-18 2-20 2-20 2-20 2-21 2-21 2-20 1-63 1-63 1-63 8-19 8-22 8-21 8-19 8-21 8-19 8-28 8-29 8-28 8-28 9-52 9-52 9-52 9-51 9-52 9-51 9-52 9-52 9-53 V-55
NO POSTAGE NECESSARY IF MAILED IN THE UNITED STATES
BUSINESS REPLY MAIL

FIRST CLASS PERMIT NO. 15, COLUMBUS INDIANA POSTAGE WILL BE PAID BY ADDRESSEE
CUMMINS ENGINE COMPANY, INC. MAIL CODE 41302 BOX 3005 COLUMBUS, IN 47202-3005
Do not use this form to order additional literature. Refer to Section L - Service Literature for literature information.
Literature Survey Form
Bulletin No.:
3666232-00
We are always open to any suggestions or recommendations that will aid in improving our manuals. Use this postage paid survey form to evaluate this manual. Please check the appropriate response and use the space provided below to list any additional comments: Yes No Is the needed information easy to locate in the manual? Is the information easy to read? Is the information easy to understand? Does the information sufficiently cover the subject? Are subjects in the Index specific enough to locate in the manual? Are the important points sufficiently emphasized? Are the illustrations easy to understand? Does the text support the operation being illustrated? Do you use the Table of Contents and Section Contents? Do you use the Index? Please provide comments on any response(s) marked No in this survey and on any suggestions you feel could improve our manuals.
Name: Company: Street Address: City: Country:
State/Province: Zip/Postal Code:
Do not use this form to order additional literature. Refer to Section L - Service Literature for literature information.
Cummins Engine Company, Inc. Box 3005 Columbus, Indiana, U.S.A., 47202 Cable: CUMDIEX COLUMBUS Registered Office Cummins Engine Company, Ltd. 46-50 Coombe Road New Malden, Surrey KT3 4QL, England Cable: CUMEUR G Registration No. 573951 England Copyright 1997 Cummins Engine Company, Inc.
Bulletin No. 3666232-00 Printed in U.S.A. 12/97
P35

Manual QSK19

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Manual QSK19

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Manual QSK19

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Shop Manual QSK19 Series Engines

Copyright 1997 Cummins Engine Company, Inc. All rights reserved

Bulletin No. 3666232 Printed 12/97

QSK19 Section i - Introduction

QSK19 Section i - Introduction

About the Manual Page i-1

About the Manual

How to Use the Manual

Symbols Page i-2

QSK19 Section i - Introduction

QSK19 Section i - Introduction

Symbols Page i-3

Symbols Page i-4

QSK19 Section i - Introduction

QSK19 Section i - Introduction

Symbols Page i-5

Illustrations Page i-6

QSK19 Section i - Introduction

QSK19 Section i - Introduction

General Safety Instructions Page i-7

General Safety Instructions

General Repair Instructions Page i-8

QSK19 Section i - Introduction

General Repair Instructions

Welding on a Vehicle with Electronic Components CAUTION

QSK19 Section i - Introduction

General Cleaning Instructions Page i-9

General Cleaning Instructions

Glass or Plastic Bead Cleaning

General Cleaning Instructions Page i-10

QSK19 Section i - Introduction

QSK19 Section E - Engine Identification

Section E - Engine Identification

QSK19 Section E - Engine Identification

Engine Identification Page E-1

Specifications Page E-2

QSK19 Section E - Engine Identification

Air Intake System

QSK19 Section E - Engine Identification

Specifications Page E-3

Lubricating Oil System

Specifications Page E-4

QSK19 Section E - Engine Identification

QSK19 Section E - Engine Identification

Specifications Page E-5

Batteries (Specific Gravity)

Engine Diagrams Page E-6

QSK19 Section E - Engine Identification

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12.

QSK19 Section E - Engine Identification

Engine Diagrams Page E-7

EXHAUST SIDE - QSK19

Engine Diagrams Page E-8

QSK19 Section E - Engine Identification

QSK19 Section 0 - Complete Engine - Group 00

Section 0 - Complete Engine - Group 00

QSK19 Section 0 - Complete Engine - Group 00

Service Tools Page 0-1

Puller Remove the alternator and accessory drive pulleys. ST-647

QSK19 Section 0 - Complete Engine - Group 00 Tool Illustration